Add travis config exempting 1.8

find include/ src/ lang/ docs/ *.* Config -exec sed -i 's/-20.. Anope Team/-2014 Anope Team/i' {} \;

.BANNER

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
                              CURVER
 This program will help you to compile your Services, and ask you
 questions regarding the compile-time settings of it during the
-process. For more options type SOURCE_DIR/Config --help
+process. For more options type ./Config --help
 
 Anope is a set of Services for IRC networks that allows users to
 manage their nicks and channels in a secure and efficient way,

.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,35 @@
+*.so
+*.o
+*.s
+Makefile
+Makefile.inc
+autom4te.cache/
 config.cache
+config.log
+config.status
 include/sysconf.h
-build/
+include/version.h
+include/language.h
+lang/language.h
+src/bin/anoperc
+lang/cat
+lang/de
+lang/en_us
+lang/es
+lang/fr
+lang/gr
+lang/hun
+lang/index
+lang/it
+lang/langcheck
+lang/langcomp
+lang/nl
+lang/pl
+lang/pt
+lang/ru
+lang/tr
+lang/ja_utf8
+src/services
+src/tools/anopesmtp
+src/tools/db-merger
+src/tools/epona2anope

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+branches:
+  except:
+    - 1.8

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-# This usage of CMake requires at least version 2.4 (checks are made to determine what to use when certain versions lack functions)
-cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.4 FATAL_ERROR)
-if(COMMAND cmake_policy)
-  cmake_policy(SET CMP0003 NEW)
-endif(COMMAND cmake_policy)
-
-# If the Source dir and the Binary dir are the same, we are building in-source, which we will disallow due to Autotools being there (but only on non-Windows)
-if(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} AND NOT WIN32)
-  message(FATAL_ERROR "You can not use CMake to build Anope from the root of it's source tree! Remove the CMakeCache.txt file from this directory, then create a separate directory (either below this directory or elsewhere), and then re-run CMake from there.")
-endif(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} AND NOT WIN32)
-
-# Set the project as C++ primarily, but have C enabled for the checks required later
-project(Anope CXX)
-enable_language(C)
-
-# Detect the version of CMake for the later conditional checks
-execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} --version OUTPUT_VARIABLE VERSION OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE)
-string(REGEX REPLACE "cmake version 2\\.(.*)" "\\1" ONLY_VERSION "${VERSION}")
-string(REGEX MATCH "-patch .*$" HAS_PATCH "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-if(HAS_PATCH)
-  string(REGEX REPLACE "(.*)-patch .*" "\\1" MINOR_VERSION "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*-patch (.*)" "\\1" PATCH_VERSION "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-else(HAS_PATCH)
-  string(REGEX MATCH "\\." HAS_DOT "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-  if(HAS_DOT)
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "(.*)\\..*" "\\1" MINOR_VERSION "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-    string(REGEX REPLACE ".*\\.(.*)" "\\1" PATCH_VERSION "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-  else(HAS_DOT)
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "(.*)-beta" "\\1" MINOR_VERSION "${ONLY_VERSION}")
-    if(MINOR_VERSION STREQUAL "4-1\n")
-      set(PATCH_VERSION 1)
-    else(MINOR_VERSION STREQUAL "4-1\n")
-      set(PATCH_VERSION 0)
-    endif(MINOR_VERSION STREQUAL "4-1\n")
-    set(MINOR_VERSION 4)
-  endif(HAS_DOT)
-endif(HAS_PATCH)
-
-# Detect is we are using CMake 2.6 or better, these versions include functions that require less work than CMake 2.4 does
-if(MINOR_VERSION GREATER 5)
-  set(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-  set(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-  set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-  set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-else(MINOR_VERSION GREATER 5)
-  set(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-  # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.8 or better, the FIND sub-command of list() is non-existant in earlier versions
-  if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 7)
-    set(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-    set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-    set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-  else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 7)
-    set(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-    # Also detect if we are using CMake 2.4.4 or better, the CheckCXXCompilerFlag module and SORT sub-command of list() are non-existant in earlier versions
-    if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 3)
-      set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-      set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-    else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 3)
-      set(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-      # ALSO detect if we are using CMake 2.4.2 or better, the APPEND sub-command of list() is non-existant in earlier versions
-      if(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 1)
-        set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER TRUE)
-      else(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 1)
-        set(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER FALSE)
-      endif(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 1)
-    endif(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 3)
-  endif(PATCH_VERSION GREATER 7)
-endif(MINOR_VERSION GREATER 5)
-
-# Override the module include path to include our directory, for our Anope.cmake, as well as we are using our own version of the NSIS template
-set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake)
-
-include(Anope)
-
-# Force the locale to C for later uses of things like gcc so the messages come up in English, not the user's default language
-set(ENV{LC_ALL} C)
-
-# Start with empty defaults for library and include directories, to be used by GNU compilers only
-set(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-set(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-
-# If we are using a GNU compiler (have to use CXX because it seems to fail on C), we will be able to determine it's default paths for libraries and includes
-if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-  # First look for the compiler's default library directories
-  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -print-search-dirs OUTPUT_VARIABLE LINES OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE)
-  # Find only the part after "libraries: "
-  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*\nlibraries: (.*)$" "\\1" LINE "${LINES}")
-  # Replace the colons in the list with semicolons (only when not on MinGW, which uses semicolons already), and if on MinGW, just copy the line
-  if(NOT MINGW)
-    string(REGEX REPLACE ":" ";" LIBRARIES ${LINE})
-  else(NOT MINGW)
-    set(LIBRARIES "${LINE}")
-  endif(NOT MINGW)
-  # Iterate through the libraries
-  foreach(LIBRARY ${LIBRARIES})
-    # Check if the first character is an equal sign, and skip that library directory as it is (I believe) the primary default and shows up later in the list anyways
-    string(SUBSTRING ${LIBRARY} 0 1 FIRST_CHAR)
-    if(NOT FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL "=")
-      # If the directory had no = in front of it, make sure it's absolute and add it to the list of default library directories
-      get_filename_component(LIBRARY ${LIBRARY} ABSOLUTE)
-      append_to_list(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS ${LIBRARY})
-    endif(NOT FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL "=")
-  endforeach(LIBRARY)
-  # Remove duplicate entries from the list
-  if(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-    remove_list_duplicates(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-  endif(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS)
-  # Create a temporary file to test for the default include directories
-  FILE(WRITE empty.cpp "")
-  # Next, we look for the compiler's default include directories
-  # Run the command to find the default include directories
-  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -v -x c++ -E ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/empty.cpp ERROR_VARIABLE LINES OUTPUT_QUIET ERROR_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE)
-  # Remove the empty file, it is no longer needed
-  FILE(REMOVE empty.cpp)
-  # Convert the new lines to semicolons
-  string(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" LINES ${LINES})
-  # Temporary variable saying if we are in the search list or not
-  set(IN_SEARCH_LIST FALSE)
-  # Iterate through the lines
-  foreach(LINE ${LINES})
-    # If the line has the following on it, the next lines will contain directory names
-    if(LINE STREQUAL "#include <...> search starts here:")
-      set(IN_SEARCH TRUE)
-    else(LINE STREQUAL "#include <...> search starts here:")
-      # If the line has the following on it, we hit the end of the list
-      if(LINE STREQUAL "End of search list.")
-        set(IN_SEARCH FALSE)
-      else(LINE STREQUAL "End of search list.")
-        # If we are within the block between the above two lines...
-        if(IN_SEARCH)
-          # Get everything but the first character of the line
-          string(LENGTH ${LINE} LINE_LENGTH)
-          math(EXPR LINE_LENGTH "${LINE_LENGTH} - 1")
-          string(SUBSTRING ${LINE} 1 ${LINE_LENGTH} INCLUDE)
-          # Convert the path to an absolute one, just in case it wasn't
-          get_filename_component(INCLUDE ${INCLUDE} ABSOLUTE)
-          # Add that directory to the list of default include directories
-          append_to_list(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS ${INCLUDE})
-        endif(IN_SEARCH)
-      endif(LINE STREQUAL "End of search list.")
-    endif(LINE STREQUAL "#include <...> search starts here:")
-  endforeach(LINE)
-  # Remove duplicate entries from the list
-  if(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-    remove_list_duplicates(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-  endif(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS)
-endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-
-# If we are using Visual Studio, locate the path of the Windows Server 2008 SDK or Windows Server 2003 Platform SDK, depending on which is installed
-if(MSVC)
-  # If the path comes up as "/registry" from any of these, the path wasn't found, otherwise, we'll set WSDK_PATH to the corresponding path
-  # Look for the 2008 SDK under HKLM first
-  get_filename_component(WSDK2008_PATH "[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Microsoft SDKs\\Windows;CurrentInstallFolder]" ABSOLUTE CACHE)
-  if(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-    # If not found, look for the 2003 SDK under HKLM
-    get_filename_component(WSDK2003_PATH "[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\MicrosoftSDK\\InstalledSDKs\\D2FF9F89-8AA2-4373-8A31-C838BF4DBBE1;Install Dir]" ABSOLUTE CACHE)
-    if(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-      # If not found, look for the 2008 SDK under HKCU
-      get_filename_component(WSDK2008_PATH "[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Microsoft SDKs\\Windows;CurrentInstallFolder]" ABSOLUTE CACHE)
-      if(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-        # If not found, look for the 2003 SDK under HKCU
-        get_filename_component(WSDK2003_PATH "[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\MicrosoftSDK\\InstalledSDKs\\D2FF9F89-8AA2-4373-8A31-C838BF4DBBE1;Install Dir]" ABSOLUTE CACHE)
-        if(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
-          # The SDK was never found, set the path to nothing
-          set(WSDK_PATH "")
-        else(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
-          set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2003_PATH}")
-        endif(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/regsitry")
-      else(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-        set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2008_PATH}")
-      endif(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-    else(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-      set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2003_PATH}")
-    endif(WSDK2003_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-  else(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-    set(WSDK_PATH "${WSDK2008_PATH}")
-  endif(WSDK2008_PATH STREQUAL "/registry")
-endif(MSVC)
-
-# If the user specifies -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE on the command line, take their definition
-# and dump it in the cache along with proper documentation, otherwise set CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE
-# to Debug
-# Only do this if not using Visual Studio
-if(NOT MSVC)
-  if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
-    set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE} CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build, options are: None(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS or CMAKE_C_FLAGS used) Debug Release RelWithDebInfo MinSizeRel.")
-  else(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
-    set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE DEBUG CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build, options are: None(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS or CMAKE_C_FLAGS used) Debug Release RelWithDebInfo MinSizeRel.")
-  endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
-endif(NOT MSVC)
-
-# If running under MinGW, we have to force the resource compiler settings (hopefully this will be fixed in a later version of CMake)
-if(MINGW)
-  set(CMAKE_RC_COMPILER_INIT windres)
-  enable_language(RC)
-  set(CMAKE_RC_COMPILE_OBJECT "<CMAKE_RC_COMPILER> <FLAGS> <DEFINES> -o <OBJECT> <SOURCE>")
-endif(MINGW)
-
-# Include the checking functions used later in this CMakeLists.txt
-include(CheckFunctionExists)
-include(CheckIncludeFile)
-include(CheckTypeSize)
-include(CheckLibraryExists)
-if(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-  include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
-else(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-  include(TestCXXAcceptsFlag)
-endif(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-
-# If extra directories were specified, tell cmake about them.
-if(EXTRA_INCLUDE)
-  include_directories(${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  link_directories(${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-endif(EXTRA_INCLUDE)
-
-# Find gettext
-find_package(Gettext)
-
-# Add an optional variable for using run-cc.pl for building, Perl will be checked later regardless of this setting
-option(USE_RUN_CC_PL "Use run-cc.pl for building" OFF)
-option(USE_PCH "Use precompiled headers" OFF)
-
-# Use the following directories as includes
-# Note that it is important the binary include directory comes before the
-# source include directory so the precompiled headers work correctly.
-include_directories(${Anope_BINARY_DIR}/include ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/include ${Anope_BINARY_DIR}/language ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/modules/pseudoclients)
-
-# If using Windows, always add the _WIN32 define
-if(WIN32)
-  add_definitions(-D_WIN32)
-  # And include the windows specific folder for our anope_windows.h
-  include_directories(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/win32)
-endif(WIN32)
-
-# If using Visual Studio, set the C++ flags accordingly
-if(MSVC)
-  # Remove the default exception handling flags, also remove default warning level flag
-  string(REPLACE "/EHsc " "" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS})
-  string(REPLACE "/GX " "" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS})
-  string(REPLACE "/W3 " "" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS})
-  # Set the compile flags to have warnings on the max setting (but disable a few annoying ones), exception handling turned on, the proper defines
-  set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} /W4 /wd4100 /wd4127 /wd4250 /wd4251 /wd4355 /wd4706 /wd4800 /wd4996 /EHs")
-  add_definitions(-DMSVCPP -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
-# Otherwise, we're not using Visual Studio
-else(MSVC)
-  # Set the compile flags to have all warnings on (including shadowed variables)
-  set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -Wall -Wshadow")
-  # If on a *nix system, also set the compile flags to remove GNU extensions (favor ISO C++) as well as reject non-ISO C++ code, also remove all leading underscores in exported symbols (only on GNU compiler)
-  if(UNIX)
-    set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -ansi -pedantic ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
-    if (CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID STREQUAL "GNU")
-      set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -Wno-long-long -fno-leading-underscore")
-    endif(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID STREQUAL "GNU")
-  # If we aren't on a *nix system, we are using MinGW
-  else(UNIX)
-    # Also, if we are building under MinGW, add another define for MinGW
-    if(MINGW)
-      add_definitions(-DMINGW)
-    endif(MINGW)
-  endif(UNIX)
-endif(MSVC)
-
-# If CMake has found that the given system requires a special library for dl* calls, include it with the linker flags
-if(CMAKE_DL_LIBS)
-  append_to_list(LINK_LIBS ${CMAKE_DL_LIBS})
-endif(CMAKE_DL_LIBS)
-
-# Under MinGW, the -shared flag isn't properly set in the module-specific linker flags, add it from the C flags for shared libraries
-if(MINGW)
-  set(CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_CREATE_C_FLAGS}")
-endif(MINGW)
-
-# Under Windows, we set the executable name for Anope to be anope
-if(WIN32)
-  set(PROGRAM_NAME anope)
-# Under *nix, we set the executable name for Anope to be services
-else(WIN32)
-  set(PROGRAM_NAME services)
-endif(WIN32)
-
-# If we are not using Visual Studio, we'll run the following checks
-if(NOT MSVC)
-  # Check if the C++ compiler can accept the -pipe flag, and add it to the compile flags if it works
-  if(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-    # If using CMake 2.4.4 or better, we can use check_cxx_compiler_flag
-    check_cxx_compiler_flag(-pipe HAVE_PIPE_FLAG)
-  else(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-    # If using CMake 2.4.3 or older, we will use check_cxx_accepts_flags instead
-    check_cxx_accepts_flag(-pipe HAVE_PIPE_FLAG)
-  endif(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-  # If the flag was accepted, add it to the list of flags
-  if(HAVE_PIPE_FLAG)
-    set(CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} -pipe")
-  endif(HAVE_PIPE_FLAG)
-
-  # The following are additional library checks, they are not required for Windows
-  if(NOT WIN32)
-    # Check if socket is within the socket library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
-    check_library_exists(socket socket "" HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
-    if(HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
-      append_to_list(LINK_LIBS socket)
-    endif(HAVE_SOCKET_LIB)
-    # Check if inet_addr is within the nsl library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
-    check_library_exists(nsl inet_addr "" HAVE_NSL_LIB)
-    if(HAVE_NSL_LIB)
-      append_to_list(LINK_LIBS nsl)
-    endif(HAVE_NSL_LIB)
-    # Check if pthread_create is within the pthread library (if the library exists), and add it to the linker flags if needed
-    check_library_exists(pthread pthread_create "" HAVE_PTHREAD)
-    if(HAVE_PTHREAD)
-      set(LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS} -pthread")
-    else(HAVE_PTHREAD)
-      message(FATAL_ERROR "The pthread library is required to build Anope")
-    endif(HAVE_PTHREAD)
-  endif(NOT WIN32)
-endif(NOT MSVC)
-
-# If DEFUMASK wasn't passed to CMake, set a default depending on if RUNGROUP was passed in or not
-if(NOT DEFUMASK)
-  if(RUNGROUP)
-    set(DEFUMASK "007")
-  else(RUNGROUP)
-    set(DEFUMASK "077")
-  endif(RUNGROUP)
-endif(NOT DEFUMASK)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_BUILD for sysconf.h
-if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "DEBUG" OR CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "RELWITHDEBINFO")
-  set(DEBUG_BUILD TRUE)
-endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "DEBUG" OR CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "RELWITHDEBINFO")
-
-# Check for the existance of the following include files
-check_include_file(cstdint HAVE_CSTDINT)
-check_include_file(stdint.h HAVE_STDINT_H)
-check_include_file(strings.h HAVE_STRINGS_H)
-
-# Check for the existance of the following functions
-check_function_exists(setgrent HAVE_SETGRENT)
-check_function_exists(strcasecmp HAVE_STRCASECMP)
-check_function_exists(stricmp HAVE_STRICMP)
-check_function_exists(umask HAVE_UMASK)
-check_function_exists(epoll_wait HAVE_EPOLL)
-check_function_exists(poll HAVE_POLL)
-check_function_exists(kqueue HAVE_KQUEUE)
-
-# Check if eventfd works
-try_run(EVENTFD_TEST_RUN_RESULT EVENTFD_TEST_COMPILE_RESULT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/eventfd_test.cpp)
-set(HAVE_EVENTFD FALSE)
-if (EVENTFD_TEST_COMPILE_RESULT AND EVENTFD_TEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 1)
-  set(HAVE_EVENTFD TRUE)
-endif(EVENTFD_TEST_COMPILE_RESULT AND EVENTFD_TEST_RUN_RESULT EQUAL 1)
-
-# Strip the leading and trailing spaces from the compile flags
-if(CXXFLAGS)
-  strip_string(${CXXFLAGS} CXXFLAGS)
-endif(CXXFLAGS)
-# Strip the leading and trailing spaces from the linker flags
-if(LDFLAGS)
-  strip_string(${LDFLAGS} LDFLAGS)
-endif(LDFLAGS)
-
-# Search for the following programs
-find_program(GREP grep)
-find_program(SH sh)
-find_program(CHGRP chgrp)
-find_program(CHMOD chmod)
-find_program(PERL perl)
-
-# If perl is included on the system and the user wants to use run-cc.pl, change the commands for compiling and linking
-if(PERL AND USE_RUN_CC_PL)
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILE_OBJECT "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILE_OBJECT}")
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_LINK_EXECUTABLE "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_LINK_EXECUTABLE}")
-  set(CMAKE_CXX_CREATE_SHARED_MODULE "${PERL} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/run-cc.pl -q ${CMAKE_CXX_CREATE_SHARED_MODULE}")
-endif(PERL AND USE_RUN_CC_PL)
-
-# If a INSTDIR was passed in to CMake, use it as the install prefix, otherwise set the default install prefix to the services directory under the user's home directory
-if(INSTDIR)
-  set(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "${INSTDIR}")
-else(INSTDIR)
-  set(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "$ENV{HOME}/services")
-endif(INSTDIR)
-
-# Set default paths for various directories if not already defined
-if(NOT BIN_DIR)
-  set(BIN_DIR "bin")
-endif(NOT BIN_DIR)
-if(NOT DB_DIR)
-  set(DB_DIR "data")
-endif(NOT DB_DIR)
-if(NOT DOC_DIR)
-  set(DOC_DIR "doc")
-endif(NOT DOC_DIR)
-if(NOT CONF_DIR)
-  set(CONF_DIR "conf")
-endif(NOT CONF_DIR)
-if(NOT LIB_DIR)
-  set(LIB_DIR "lib")
-endif(NOT LIB_DIR)
-if(NOT LOCALE_DIR)
-  set(LOCALE_DIR "locale")
-endif(NOT LOCALE_DIR)
-if(NOT LOGS_DIR)
-  set(LOGS_DIR "logs")
-endif(NOT LOGS_DIR)
-
-# Version number processing
-# Find all lines in src/version.sh that start with VERSION_
-read_from_file(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/version.sh "^VERSION_" VERSIONS)
-# Iterate through the strings found
-foreach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})
-  # Get the length of the string
-  string(LENGTH ${VERSION_STR} VERSION_LEN)
-  # Subtract 16 from the string's length (8 for VERSION_, 5 more for the type, 2 for the space and leading quote, 1 for the trailing quote)
-  math(EXPR VERSION_NUM_LEN "${VERSION_LEN} - 16")
-  # Extract the type from the string
-  string(SUBSTRING ${VERSION_STR} 8 5 VERSION_TYPE)
-  # Extract the actual value from the string
-  string(SUBSTRING ${VERSION_STR} 15 ${VERSION_NUM_LEN} VERSION)
-  # Set the version type to the value extract from above
-  set(VERSION_${VERSION_TYPE} ${VERSION})
-endforeach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})
-
-# Default build version to 0
-set(VERSION_BUILD 0)
-
-# Only change the build number if version.h exists
-if(EXISTS "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/include/version.h")
-  # Attempt to read the build number from include/version.h
-  read_from_file(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/include/version.h "^#define VERSION_BUILD" VERSIONS)
-  foreach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})
-    # Get the length of the string
-    string(LENGTH ${VERSION_STR} VERSION_LEN)
-    # Subtract 22 from the string's length
-    math(EXPR VERSION_NUM_LEN "${VERSION_LEN} - 22")
-    # Extract the value from the string
-    string(SUBSTRING ${VERSION_STR} 22 ${VERSION_NUM_LEN} VERSION)
-    # Set VERSION_BUILD correctly
-    set(VERSION_BUILD ${VERSION})
-  endforeach(VERSION_STR ${VERSIONS})
-endif(EXISTS "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/include/version.h")
-
-# Set the version variables based on what was found above
-set(VERSION_COMMA "${VERSION_MAJOR},${VERSION_MINOR},${VERSION_PATCH},${VERSION_BUILD}")
-set(VERSION_DOTTED_NOBUILD "${VERSION_MAJOR}.${VERSION_MINOR}.${VERSION_PATCH}")
-set(VERSION_DOTTED "${VERSION_DOTTED_NOBUILD}.${VERSION_BUILD}")
-set(VERSION_FULL "${VERSION_DOTTED}${VERSION_EXTRA}")
-set(VERSION_FULL_NOBUILD "${VERSION_DOTTED_NOBUILD}${VERSION_EXTRA}")
-
-# Only do the following for Windows
-if(WIN32)
-  # Generate the win32.rc file using the above variables
-  configure_file(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/win32/win32.rc.cmake ${Anope_BINARY_DIR}/src/win32/win32.rc)
-endif(WIN32)
-
-# Add the initial files to ignore which will be ignored regardless of if you are building in-source or out-of-source
-add_to_cpack_ignored_files(".git\;config.cache\;CMakeFiles\;sysconf.h$\;build" TRUE)
-# Add the files we don't want the periods converted for
-add_to_cpack_ignored_files(".\\\\\\\\.so$;.\\\\\\\\.o$;.\\\\\\\\.s$;${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/Makefile$")
-# If the two directories are the same, we are building in-source, thus we need to ignore more files from the build
-if(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${Anope_BINARY_DIR})
-  # Add the files that need their periods converted
-  add_to_cpack_ignored_files("Makefile\;cmake_install.cmake\;sysconf.h$\;CMakeCache.txt\;install_manifest.txt" TRUE)
-  # Add the files we don't want the periods converted for
-  add_to_cpack_ignored_files(".\\\\\\\\.so$;CPack.;anope-${VERSION_FULL_NOBUILD}-source\\\\\\\\..")
-  # If using Visual Studio, add these files as well
-  if(MSVC)
-    add_to_cpack_ignored_files(".vcproj$\;.sln$\;.ncb$\;.suo$\;.dir$\;.ilk$\;.exp$\;.pdb$\;.lib$\;/debug$;/release$;/relwithdebinfo$;/minsizerel$" TRUE)
-  endif(MSVC)
-endif(${Anope_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${Anope_BINARY_DIR})
-
-# Go into the following directories and run their CMakeLists.txt as well
-add_subdirectory(data)
-add_subdirectory(docs)
-add_subdirectory(language)
-add_subdirectory(src)
-add_subdirectory(modules)
-add_subdirectory(include)
-
-# Get the filename of the Anope binary, to use later
-get_target_property(SERVICES_BINARY ${PROGRAM_NAME} LOCATION)
-get_filename_component(SERVICES_BINARY ${SERVICES_BINARY} NAME)
-
-# At install time, create the following additional directories
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"${DB_DIR}/backups\")")
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"${LOGS_DIR}\")")
-install(CODE "file(MAKE_DIRECTORY \"${LIB_DIR}/modules/runtime\")")
-# On non-Windows platforms, if RUNGROUP is set, change the permissions of the below directories, as well as the group of the data directory
-if(NOT WIN32 AND RUNGROUP)
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${DB_DIR}/backups\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${LOGS_DIR}\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHMOD} 2775 \"\${LIB_DIR}/modules/runtime\")")
-  install(CODE "execute_process(COMMAND ${CHGRP} -R ${RUNGROUP} \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}\")")
-endif(NOT WIN32 AND RUNGROUP)
-# On Windows platforms, install extra files
-if(WIN32)
-  install(FILES ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src/win32/anope.bat
-    DESTINATION ${BIN_DIR}
-  )
-endif(WIN32)
-
-# Only process the CPack section if we have CPack
-if(EXISTS "${CMAKE_ROOT}/Modules/CPack.cmake")
-  # Various options for CPack
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "Anope IRC Services")
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "Anope Team")
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR ${VERSION_MAJOR})
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR ${VERSION_MINOR})
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "${VERSION_PATCH}${VERSION_EXTRA}")
-  set(CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME "anope-${VERSION_FULL_NOBUILD}")
-  set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/docs/COPYING")
-  # The following doesn't actually do anything. :(
-  #set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/docs/README")
-  # The following is primarily for NSIS
-  if(WIN32)
-    # Also for Windows, include installing the MSVCRT library
-    include(InstallRequiredSystemLibraries)
-    set(CPACK_GENERATOR "NSIS")
-    set(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "Anope")
-    set(CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES "")
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_MENU_LINKS
-      "bin\\\\${SERVICES_BINARY}" "Anope IRC Services"
-      "bin\\\\anope.bat\\\" \\\"-debug -nofork" "Anope IRC Services (Debug and Window Logging)"
-      "bin\\\\anope.bat\\\" \\\"-nofork" "Anope IRC Services (Window Logging)"
-      "bin\\\\anope.bat\\\" \\\"-nothird" "Anope IRC Services (No Third Party Modules)"
-      "http://www.anope.org/" "Anope Web Site"
-    )
-    # The following doesn't work, but a bug report has been filed about it
-    #set(CPACK_CREATE_DESKTOP_LINK_${SERVICES_BINARY} TRUE)
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_MUI_ICON "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src\\\\win32\\\\anope-icon.ico")
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_MUI_UNIICON "${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/src\\\\win32\\\\anope-icon.ico")
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLED_ICON_NAME "${SERVICES_BINARY}")
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_URL_INFO_ABOUT "http://www.anope.org/")
-    set(CPACK_NSIS_COMPRESSOR "/SOLID lzma")
-  endif(WIN32)
-  set(CPACK_SOURCE_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME "anope-${VERSION_FULL_NOBUILD}-source")
-  set(CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR "TGZ")
-  set(CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES "$ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES}")
-  set(CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL TRUE)
-  include(CPack)
-endif(EXISTS "${CMAKE_ROOT}/Modules/CPack.cmake")

Changes.conf

@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
+Anope Version 1.8.9
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+Anope Version 1.8.8
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.7
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.6
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.5
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# ForkForMail [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When enabled, services will fork when sending mail, which means there is no
+# services lag from mail. This is only supported on operating systems that allow
+# the use of forking (eg, not Windows).
+#
+
+#ForkForMail
+
+inspircd20 - IRCDModule
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# DefSessionLimit <limit>  [REQUIRED]
+#     Default session limit per host. Once a host reaches it's session limit,
+#     all clients attempting to connect from that host will be killed.
+
+DefSessionLimit 3
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.4
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.3
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+inspircd12 - IRCDModule
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+Anope Version 1.8.2
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+Anope Version 1.8.1
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# IRCDModule <module_name>  [REQUIRED]
+#     The ircd protocol module should be used when connecting anope to your
+#     chosen IRCD.  This should be one of the following options, or a file 
+#     provided by your IRCD author.
+#
+#     Bahamut 1.4.27 [or later]         - "bahamut"
+#     Charybdis 1.0 [or later]          - "charybdis"
+#     DreamForge 4.6.7                  - "dreamforge"
+#     Hybrid IRCd 7.0 [experimental]    - "hybrid"
+#     InspIRCd 1.1 [beta 8 or later]    - "inspircd11"
+#     Plexus 3.0 [or later]             - "plexus3"
+#     Plexus 2.0 [or later]             - "plexus2"
+#     PTLink 6.15.0 [experimental]      - "ptlink"
+#     RageIRCd 2.0.x                    - "rageircd"
+#     Ratbox 2.0.6 [or later]           - "ratbox"
+#     ShadowIRCD 4.0x [beta 7 or later] - "shadowircd"
+#     Solid IRCD 3.4.x [3.4.6 or later] - "solidircd"
+#     UltimateIRCd 3.0.0 [or later]     - "ultimate3"
+#     UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 [or later]     - "ultimate2"
+#     Unreal 3.2 [beta-19 or later]     - "unreal32"
+#     Unreal 3.1.1 [or later]           - "unreal31"
+#     ViagraIRCd 1.3.x [or later]       - "viagra"
+#
+
+#IRCDModule "unreal32"
+
+
+# SuperAdmin  [OPTIONAL]
+#    When enabled, Services Roots will be able to use SuperAdmin [ON|OFF]
+#    which will temporarily grant them extra privileges, such as being a
+#    founder of _all_ channels, ability to adjust another users modes etc..
+
+#SuperAdmin
+
+
+# UnRestrictSAdmin [OPTIONAL]
+#     On many ircd Anope removes the umode of +a from users whom are not
+#     Service Admin in Anope. This mode is NOT used by Anope for any form
+#     of access. Thus this option allows them to keep the mode without having
+#     to be a Service Admin in Anope
+#UnRestrictSAdmin
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+Anope Version 1.8.0
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+
+Anope Version 1.7.24
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23b
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# OSIgnoreDBName [OPTIONAL]
+# Module: os_ignore_db
+#
+# Use the given filename as database for services ignores. 
+# If not given, the default of "os_ignore.db" will be used.
+#
+#OSIgnoreDBName "os_ignore.db"
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.22
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# BotCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of BotServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+BotCoreModules "bs_help bs_botlist bs_assign bs_set bs_kick bs_badwords bs_act bs_info bs_say bs_unassign bs_bot bs_fantasy bs_fantasy_kick bs_fantasy_kickban bs_fantasy_owner bs_fantasy_seen"
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.21
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.20
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.19
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.18
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+###########################################################################
+#
+# Encryption settings
+#
+###########################################################################
+
+# EncModule <module_name>  [REQUIRED]
+#     The encryption module to use when dealing with passwords.
+#     This determines how the passwords are stored in the databases,
+#     and does not add any security as far as transmitting passwords over
+#     the network goes.
+#     enc_none provides no password encryption, storing the password in
+#     plain text, this is the most versiatle as passwords can easily be
+#     recovered.
+#
+#     NOTE: users of anope's previous (broken) md5 implementation should 
+#     select the enc_old option, or things may break.
+#
+#     NOTE2: Some of these encryption methods are one-way (md5, sha1, old)
+#     meaning that you can NOT retrive the passwords in plain text once
+#     encrypted.
+#
+#     Plain Text                -  enc_none
+#     Previous (broken) MD5     -  enc_old
+#     MD5                       -  enc_md5 
+#     SHA1                      -  enc_sha1
+#
+
+EncModule "enc_none"
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.17
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.16
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.15
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# UseStrictPrivMsg [OPTIONAL]
+#    Using this directive will force services to only respond to privmsgs
+#    addressed to Nick@ServerName - e.g. NickServ@localhost.net.
+#    This should be used on conjunction with ircd aliases.
+#
+
+#UseStrictPrivMsg
+
+# NSResendDelay <time>  [RECOMMENDED]
+#     Sets the minimum length of time between consecutive uses of the
+#     RESEND command.  If not given, this restriction is disabled (note
+#     that this allows "resend flooding" or "mail bombing").
+
+NSResendDelay  90s
+
+NSDefAutoop
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+ModuleDelayedAutoload "cs_appendtopic cs_enforce ns_maxemail os_info hs_request"
+
+# LimitSessions  [OPTIONAL]
+#     Enables session limiting. Session limiting prevents users from 
+#     connecting more than a certain number of times from the same host at the
+#     same time - thus preventing most types of cloning. Once a host reaches 
+#     it's session limit, all clients attempting to connect from that host 
+#     will be killed. Exceptions to the default session limit, which are based 
+#     on host names, can be defined via the exception list. It should be noted
+#     that session limiting, along with a large exception list, can degrade
+#     services' performance. See the source and comments in sessions.c and the
+#     online help for more information about session limiting.
+#
+#     NOTE:  This option is not available when STREAMLINED is defined in
+#     the Makefile.
+
+LimitSessions
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+# NSAutoOPDBName [OPTIONAL]
+# Module: ns_noop
+#
+# Use the given filename as database for the autoop list. If not given,
+# the default of "autoop.db" will be used.
+#
+#NSAutoOPDBName "autoop.db"
+
+# KillClonesAkillExpire <time>  [REQUIRED]
+#     Sets the expiry time for autokills added for hosts that have been
+#     killed using the KILLCLONES command.
+
+KillClonesAkillExpire   30m
+
+# CheckClones <minusers> <maxdelay> <warningdelay>  [DEPRECATED]
+#     Causes Services to try and detect "clones" connecting to the network.
+#     A WALLOPS (or GOPER, if supported on the IRC server) will be sent if
+#     Services thinks it has found clones.
+#
+#     This feature has been superseded by Session Limiting.
+#
+#     <minusers> sets the minimum number of users which must successively
+#     connect to the network before Services will send a clone warning.
+#
+#     <maxdelay> sets the maximum time that can elapse between successive
+#     users before Services decides they are not clones.
+#
+#     <warningdelay> sets the minimum time between clone warnings for
+#     clones from the same host.
+#
+#     NOTE:  This option is not available when STREAMLINED is defined in
+#     the Makefile.
+
+# CheckClones   5 10s 30s
+
+# KillClones [DISCOURAGED]  [DEPRECATED]
+#     Causes Services to kill users which trigger the clone warnings.  (If
+#     CheckClones is disabled, this will have no effect.)
+#
+#     This feature has been superceded by Session Limiting.
+#
+#     BEWARE!  The clone checking code is easily fooled; it can be
+#     triggered falsely under many conditions, for example:
+#
+#         - Multiple users connecting from a shell machine.
+#
+#         - A single user repeatedly connecting and disconnecting.
+#
+#     Be very sure you know what you're doing before you even think about
+#     enabling this option, and remember that Services comes with no
+#     warranty.
+#
+#     If that wasn't enough discouragement:
+#
+#     ***** DO NOT ENABLE THIS OPTION! *****
+#
+#     NOTE:  This option is not available when STREAMLINED is defined in
+#     the Makefile.
+
+#KillClones
+
+Anope Version 1.7.13
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.12
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# BSFantasyCharacter [REQUIRED]
+#    This option allows you to change the default prefix for fantasy
+#    commands in channels. This character will have to be prepended to all
+#    fantasy commands. If you choose "!" (the default), fantasy commands
+#    will, for example, be "!kick", "!op", etc.
+
+BSFantasyCharacter "!"
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.11
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# NickLen [REQUIRED]
+#     Set this to the maximum allowed nick length on your network. Anope does
+#     not support values larger than 31, so setting them makes no sense. Be
+#     sure to set this correctly, as setting this wrong can result in services
+#     being disconnected from the network.
+
+NickLen 31
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# UserKey1|2|3 <value> [RECOMMENDED]
+#
+#     These keys are required to initiate the random number generator. These
+#     numbers MUST be random as you want your passcodes to be random. Don't
+#     give these keys to anyone! Keep them private!
+#
+#     *** NOTE ***
+#     If you don't enable these, or keep their default values, any talented
+#     programmer would be able to easily "guess" random strings used to mask
+#     information. Be safe, and come up with three different 7 digit numbers
+
+#UserKey1 9866235
+#UserKey2 8362013
+#UserKey3 2362899
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.10
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.9
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+# IRCDModule <module_name>  [REQUIRED]
+#     The ircd protocol module should be used when connecting anope to your
+#     chosen IRCD.  This should be one of the following options, or a file 
+#     provided by your IRCD author.
+#
+#     Bahamut 1.4.27 [or later]         - "bahamut"
+#     DreamForge 4.6.7                  - "dreamforge"
+#     Hybrid IRCd 7.0 [experimental]    - "hybrid"
+#     InspIRCd 1.0 Beta 5               - "inspircd"
+#     InspIRCd module is provided by Brain <brain@inspircd.org> 
+#     Plexus 2.0 [or later]             - "plexus"
+#     PTLink 6.15.0 [experimental]      - "ptlink"
+#     RageIRCd 2.0.0 [beta-6 of later]  - "rageircd"
+#     Ratbox 2.0.6 [or later]           - "ratbox"
+#     ShadowIRCD 4.0x [beta 7 or later] - "shadowircd"
+#     Solid IRCD 3.4.x [3.4.6 or later] - "solidircd"
+#     UltimateIRCd 3.0.0 [or later]     - "ultimate3"
+#     UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 [or later]     - "ultimate2"
+#     Unreal 3.2 [beta-19 or later]     - "unreal32"
+#     Unreal 3.1.1 [or later]           - "unreal31"
+#     ViagraIRCd 1.3.x [or later]       - "viagra"
+#
+
+#IRCDModule "unreal32"
+
+# HostCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of HostServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+HostCoreModules "hs_help hs_on hs_off hs_group hs_list hs_set hs_setall hs_del hs_delall"
+
+# MemoCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of MemoServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+MemoCoreModules "ms_send ms_cancel ms_list ms_read ms_del ms_set ms_info ms_rsend ms_check ms_staff ms_sendall ms_help"
+
+# HelpCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of HelpServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+HelpCoreModules "he_help"
+
+# BotCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of BotServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+BotCoreModules "bs_help bs_botlist bs_assign bs_set bs_kick bs_badwords bs_act bs_info bs_say bs_unassign bs_bot bs_fantasy bs_fantasy_kick bs_fantasy_kickban bs_fantasy_owner bs_fantasy_seen bs_fantasy_unban"
+
+# OperCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of OperServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+OperCoreModules "os_help os_global os_stats os_oper os_admin os_staff os_mode os_kick os_clearmodes os_killclones os_akill os_sgline os_sqline os_szline os_chanlist os_userlist os_logonnews os_randomnews os_opernews os_session os_noop os_jupe os_ignore os_set os_reload os_update os_restart os_quit os_shutdown os_defcon os_chankill os_svsnick os_oline os_umode os_modload os_modunload os_modlist os_modinfo"
+
+# NickCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of NickServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+NickCoreModules "ns_help ns_register ns_group ns_identify ns_access ns_set ns_drop ns_recover ns_release ns_sendpass ns_ghost ns_alist ns_info ns_list ns_logout ns_status ns_update ns_getpass ns_getemail ns_forbid ns_suspend"
+
+# ChanCoreModules <list> [RECOMMENDED]
+#     These modules will be loaded as part of ChanServ's core.
+#     It is not recommended you change these settings unless you are 
+#     sure you understand exactly what it is you are doing.
+ChanCoreModules "cs_help cs_register cs_identify cs_set cs_xop cs_access cs_akick cs_drop cs_sendpass cs_ban cs_clear cs_modes cs_getkey cs_invite cs_kick cs_list cs_logout cs_topic cs_info cs_getpass cs_forbid cs_suspend cs_status"
+
+# OSOpersOnly [RECOMMENDED]
+#     If this is defined, only IRC Operators will be permitted to use
+#     OperServ, regardless of module based command access restrictions.
+
+OSOpersOnly
+
+# NSEmailMax [OPTIONAL]
+# Module: ns_maxemail
+#
+# Limit the amount of registrations with the same email address to the
+# amount given here. If set to 0 or left commented, there will be no limit
+# enforced when registering new accounts or using /msg NickServ SET EMAIL.
+#
+#NSEmailMax 1
+
+# NSAutoOPDBName [OPTIONAL]
+# Module: ns_noop
+#
+# Use the given filename as database for the autoop list. If not given,
+# the default of "autoop.db" will be used.
+#
+#NSAutoOPDBName "autoop.db"
+
+# OSInfoDBName [OPTIONAL]
+# Module: os_info
+#
+# Use the given filename as database for the oper information lines.
+# If not given, the default of "os_info.db" will be used.
+#
+#OSInfoDBName "os_info.db"
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# UserKey1|2|3 <value> [REQUIRED]
+#     
+#     These keys are required to initiate the random number generator. These
+#     numbers MUST be random as you want your passcodes to be random. Don't
+#     give these keys to no anyone! Keep them private!
+#     For those pple who don't understand what to do here: Just pick three
+#     _different_ _random_ numbers with about 6 or 7 digits and put them here.
+#     If the keys don't work, they might be too long or you forgot to remove
+#     the # in front of them. Example:
+#     UserKey1 9866235
+
+#     UserKey1 <your_first_random_number_here>
+#     UserKey2 <your_second_random_number_here>
+#     UserKey3 <you_third_random_number_here>
+
+# Numeric [OPTIONAL]
+#     Many ircd identify themselves with a Numeric ID when using this option
+#     consult your ircds documentation before using this.
+#Numeric "3AX"
+#Numeric "4"
+
+# ModuleDelayedAutoload [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When compiled with module support, this contains a space separated list
+# of modules to automaticaly load when services are ready for new clients.
+# e.g. new pesudo clients such as CatServ :-) *meow*
+# By default a number of modules that we found worth adding by default are
+# loaded. Feel free to change this if you want to add more, or remove some
+# from the list.
+#
+ModuleDelayedAutoload "cs_appendtopic cs_enforce ns_maxemail ns_noop os_info"
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+###########################################################################
+#
+# Proxy detection
+#
+###########################################################################
+
+# Note: if ProxyDetect is not set, all parameters after it in this section
+# are optional.
+
+# ProxyDetect [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# Enables insecure proxy detection. Services will automatically
+# scan each incoming user and akill those that use insecure proxy.
+#
+# Anope currently supports detection of Wingate (port 23), SOCKS4/5
+# (port 1080), and HTTP proxy (ports 3128 and 8080). It uses the
+# protocol of each proxy type to connect to an IRC server, it does
+# not only check if the port is open (so your users may still have
+# an open telnet server on their port 23 for example).
+#
+# WARNING: You should get the authorization of the administrator of
+# the computer which runs the proxy detector before enabling it; not
+# all administrators will accept it. Also note that in certain
+# countries, port scanning is prohibited.
+#
+# This feature requires threading support to be compiled into Anope.
+
+#ProxyDetect
+
+# ProxyThreads <number> [REQUIRED]
+#
+# Sets the number of threads Services will launch when starting. Each
+# thread will have the responsibility to scan queued hostname for
+# proxies.
+#
+# This value must be set depending of the number of users you have
+# on your network. The more threads are used, the more simultaneous
+# checks can be done. Remember however, that threads are
+# resource-consuming.
+#
+# WARNING: On Linux, each thread takes a background process, and there
+# is an additional process used for thread management; this is a problem
+# if you are limited in the number of background process you can use
+# (on a paid shell for example).
+
+ProxyThreads 5
+
+# ProxyMessage... <message> [RECOMMENDED]
+#
+# Sets the notices that will be sent out to users before Services
+# scan them for proxy. You may not use all of them, but just as much as
+# necessary.
+
+ProxyMessage1 "I will now detect if you're using an insecure proxy."
+ProxyMessage2 "If you see a connection on port 23, 1080, 3128 or 8080 from"
+ProxyMessage3 "my.box.net, please disregard it, as it is the detector in action."
+ProxyMessage4 "See http://proxy.myirc.net/ for information about our proxy policy."
+#ProxyMessage5 "Enter"
+#ProxyMessage6 "whatever"
+#ProxyMessage7 "you want"
+#ProxyMessage8 "here."
+
+# ProxyCheck... [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# Determines what types of proxy Anope will try to find (respectively
+# Wingate on port 23, SOCKS4 on port 1080, SOCKS5 on port 1080, HTTP
+# proxy on port 3128, HTTP proxy on port 8080 and HTTP proxy on port
+# 80).
+
+ProxyCheckWingate
+ProxyCheckSocks4
+ProxyCheckSocks5
+ProxyCheckHTTP1
+ProxyCheckHTTP2
+ProxyCheckHTTP3
+
+# ProxyTimeout <time> [REQUIRED]
+
+# Sets the maximum length of time we allow a connect/read operation to
+# take. If you set this value too high, your threads may hang on a single
+# check for a very long time. The best is to try different values
+# and see which one is the more efficient for your network.
+
+ProxyTimeout 15s
+
+# ProxyTestServer <ip> <port> [REQUIRED]
+#
+# Sets the *IP* and port of the IRC server to use as a target when
+# testing users for proxy.
+
+ProxyTestServer "1.2.3.4" 6667
+
+# ProxyExpire <time> [RECOMMENDED]
+#
+# Sets the length of time before a proxy host cache entry expires, if
+# not used. If this is not set the default time is 2 days.
+
+ProxyExpire 30d
+
+# ProxyCacheExpire <time> [REQUIRED]
+#
+# Sets the length of time before a normal host cache entry expires, if
+# not used. This cannot be set to 0d.
+#
+# Every non-proxy hosts will be stored in cache (to avoid too many scans
+# to the same host), so you should set this enough low to not fill your
+# memory, especially on large networks.
+
+ProxyCacheExpire 1d
+
+# ProxyAkillReason <reason> [REQUIRED]
+#
+# Sets the reason that will be used to AKILL an user from the network
+# if a proxy is detected.
+
+ProxyAkillReason "You're using an insecure proxy. See http://proxy.myirc.net/config.html for information about how to config your proxy in a safe manner."
+
+# WallProxy [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# Sends a WALLOPS/GLOBOPS when an user using an insecure proxy is being
+# AKILLed.
+
+WallProxy
+
+# ProxyMax <number> [REQUIRED]
+#
+# Sets the maximum proxy cache entries that can be displayed in a single
+# call to OperServ CACHE.
+
+ProxyMax 50
+
+
+Anope Version 1.7.8
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# UseTS6  [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# Modern hybrid ircd like Ratbox 2.0.x support a protocol called TS6. 
+# However this protocol is optional thus our default support is for without 
+# TS6, if you want to take advantage of TS6, enable this option.
+
+#UseTS6
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.7
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# NSAddAccessOnReg  [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When enabled, services will add the usermask of registering users to the
+# access list of their newly created account. If you disable this, users
+# will always have to identify to nickserv before being recognized, unless
+# they manually add an address to the access list of their account.
+
+NSAddAccessOnReg
+
+# UlineServers  [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# A list of ulined servers on your network, these servers are assumed they
+# can set channel modes and we will not attempt to take them from them
+# WARNING: do not put your user servers in this option
+
+UlineServers "stats.your.network, proxy.your.network"
+
+# KillOnSGline [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When enabled, this option makes the services send an (SVS)KILL command
+# immediately after SGLINE ADD. This eliminates the need of killing the 
+# users after the SGLINE has been added.
+
+# KillOnSGline
+
+# KillOnSQline [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When enabled, this option makes the services send an (SVS)KILL command
+# immediately after SQLINE ADD. This eliminates the need of killing the 
+# users after the SQLINE has been added.
+
+# KillOnSQline
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+# NetworkDomain <name> [OPTIONAL]
+#
+#     If your network has a common domain name, specify it there (for
+#     example, all IRCZONE servers have a name ending in ".irczone.cl",
+#     so "irczone.cl" would be set there.
+#
+#     You can specify more than one Network Domain by separating each one by
+#     a space: NetworkDomain "localnet.net localnet.com"
+#
+#     Note that this directive is no longer used by the GLOBAL command, since
+#     it uses a dynamic list of connected servers regardless of their
+#     domains. However, some modules may still use this value, so you might
+#     want to keep it just in case.
+
+NetworkDomain "localnet.com"
+
+# ListOpersOnly  [DEPRECATED]
+#     When enabled, limits use of the ChanServ and NickServ LIST commands
+#     to IRC operators.
+#
+#     This directive has been superseded by the NSListOpersOnly and
+#     CSListOpersOnly directives.
+
+#ListOpersOnly
+
+Anope Version 1.7.6
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# UserKey1|2|3 <value> [REQUIRED]
+#     
+#     These keys are required to initiate the random number generator. These
+#     numbers MUST be random as you want your passcodes to be random. Don't
+#     give these keys to no anyone! Keep them private!
+
+#UserKey1 9866235
+#UserKey2 5216332
+#UserKey3 9651291
+
+
+# RestrictOperNick [OPTIONAL]
+#     Forbids the registration of nicks that contain nick with services        
+#     access. So if Tester is a Services Oper, for example, You can't 
+#     register NewTester or Tester123 unless you are an IRC operator.
+#RestrictOperNicks
+
+# UseTokens [OPTIONAL]
+#     Allows irc networks to use TOKEN commands instead of the 
+#     standard commands. This saves bandwidth but can break older
+#     modules that are not set to trap for TOKEN - if you are using
+#     older modules do NOT use this option
+#UseTokens
+
+# UseSVS2MODE [OPTIONAL]
+#     On Unreal IRCD use SVS2MODE instead of SVSMODE, doing this will
+#     show services changing user modes.
+#UseSVS2MODE
+
+# NewsCount [OPTIONAL]
+#     The number of LOGON/OPER News item to display when a user logs
+#     on. The default value is 3
+#NewsCount 3
+
+# Numeric [OPTIONAL]
+#     Many ircd identify themselves with a Numeric when using this option
+#     consult your ircds documentation before using this
+#Numeric 0
+
+# UnRestrictSAdmin [OPTIONAL]
+#     On many ircd Anope removes the umode of +a from users whom are not
+#     Service Admin in Anope. This mode is NOT used by Anope for any form
+#     of access. Thus this option allows them to keep the mode without having
+#     to be a Service Admin in Anope
+#UnRestrictSAdmin
+
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.5
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# UseSVSHOLD [OPTIONAL]
+#     Allows Bahamut-networks to use SVSHOLD instead of the services
+#     enforcer. This option has been introduced in Bahamut 1.4.35 and
+#     places a temporary Q:Line instead of introducing a new nick,
+#     which is better for both CPU and bandwidth. If you enable this
+#     option on a pre-1.4.35 Bahamut, it is most likely to break.
+#UseSVSHOLD
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# NetworkDomain <name> [OPTIONAL]
+#
+#     If your network has a common domain name, specify it there (for
+#     example, all IRCZONE servers have a name ending in ".irczone.cl",
+#     so "irczone.cl" would be set there.
+#
+#     You can specify more than one Network Domain by separating each one by
+#     a space: NetworkDomain "localnet.net localnet.com"
+#
+#     Note that this directive is no longer used by the GLOBAL command, since
+#     it uses a dynamic list of connected servers regardless of their
+#     domains. However, some modules may still use this value, so you might
+#     want to keep it just in case.
+
+NetworkDomain "localnet.com"
+
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.4
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# NSNickTracking  [OPTIONAL]
+#
+# When enabled, services will track your last nick identified when issuing
+# nick changes.
+
+#NSNickTracking
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES ** 
+
+Anope Version 1.7.3
+-------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# BSCaseSensitive [OPTIONAL]
+#    This option will make botserv use cAsE sEnSiTiVe checking for badwords
+
+# BSCaseSensitive
+
+# MSMemoReceipt    [OPTIONAL]
+# Allow the use of memo receipts for the following groups:
+# 1 - Opers Only
+# 2 - Everybody
+#
+#MSMemoReceipt 1
+
+Anope Version 1.7.2
+--------------------
+No Changes.
+
+Anope Version 1.7.1
+--------------------
+** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+
+# UseRDB [OPTIONAL]
+# 
+#    Enable this if you want anope to load its data from a remote database.
+#    (e.g. MySQL)
+#
+#UseRDB
+
+# NickRegDelay <seconds> [OPTIONAL]
+#     Prevents users from regging their nick if they are not
+#     connected for at least X seconds.         
+#NickRegDelay 30
+
+** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
+** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **

Changes.lang

@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+Anope Version 1.8.9
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.8
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.7
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.6
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.5
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.4
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+NICK_HELP_LIST
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+
+Anope Version 1.8.3
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+NEWS_HELP_LOGON
+NEWS_HELP_OPER
+NEWS_HELP_RANDOM
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.8.2
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.8.1
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	HOST_OFF
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.8.0
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.24
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	OPER_STATS_HOSTSERV_MEM
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_AUTOOP
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23b
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	PASSWORD_TOO_LONG
+	CHAN_LOGOUT_FOUNDER_FAILED
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	OPER_HELP_OPER
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_PASSWORD
+	OPER_IGNORE_SYNTAX
+	OPER_HELP_IGNORE
+	CHAN_LOGOUT_ALL_SUCCEEDED
+	OPER_HELP_MODLIST
+
+*** Del Strings:
+	PASSWORD_TRUNCATED
+
+Anope Version 1.7.22
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_UNKNOWN
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_CHANGED
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_LANGUAGE
+	NICK_HELP_RESEND
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	NICK_HELP_SASET
+	NICK_RECOVERED
+	NICK_LIST_SERVADMIN_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_LIST
+	CHAN_GETKEY_KEY
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_LIST
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_LIST
+	OPER_HELP_GLOBAL
+	OPER_HELP_UMODE
+	OPER_HELP_OLINE
+	OPER_HELP_KICK
+	OPER_HELP_SVSNICK
+	OPER_HELP_SET_LOGCHAN
+	OPER_HELP_SET_SUPERADMIN
+	CHAN_HELP_AKICK
+	NICK_HELP_RECOVER
+	NICK_HELP_RELEASE
+	NEWS_HELP_LOGON
+	NEWS_HELP_OPER
+	OPER_HELP_IGNORE
+	OPER_IGNORE_TIME_DONE
+	OPER_IGNORE_PERM_DONE
+	OPER_IGNORE_DEL_DONE
+
+*** Del Strings:
+	NICK_SET_UNKNOWN_OPTION_OR_BAD_NICK
+	OPER_HELP_KILLCLONES
+
+Anope Version 1.7.21
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.20
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	NICK_HELP_CONFIRM
+	CHAN_XOP_NOT_AVAILABLE
+	HELP_LIMIT_SERV_OPER
+	HELP_LIMIT_SERV_ADMIN
+	HELP_LIMIT_SERV_ROOT
+	HELP_LIMIT_IRC_OPER
+	HELP_LIMIT_HOST_SETTER
+	HELP_LIMIT_HOST_REMOVER
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	OPER_HELP_SET
+In all of the following strings only the trailing 'Limited to ...' line has been removed:
+	OPER_HELP_EXCEPTION
+	OPER_HELP_SESSION
+	NICK_HELP_SASET
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_DISPLAY
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_PASSWORD
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_URL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_EMAIL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_ICQ
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_GREET
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_KILL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_SECURE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_PRIVATE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_HIDE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_MSG
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_NOEXPIRE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_AUTOOP
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_GETPASS
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_GETEMAIL
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_FORBID
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_SUSPEND
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_UNSUSPEND
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_SET_NOEXPIRE
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_GETPASS
+	CHAN_SERVADMiN_HELP_FORBID
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_SUSPEND
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_UNSUSPEND
+	CHAN_SERVADMIN_HELP_STATUS
+	OPER_HELP_MODE
+	OPER_HELP_CLEARMODES
+	OPER_HELP_KICK
+	OPER_HELP_SVSNICK
+	OPER_HELP_AKILL
+	OPER_HELP_SGLINE
+	OPER_HELP_SQLINE
+	OPER_HELP_SZLINE
+	OPER_HELP_SET
+	OPER_HELP_NOOP
+	OPER_HELP_JUPE
+	OPER_HELP_RAW
+	OPER_HELP_UPDATE
+	OPER_HELP_RELOAD
+	OPER_HELP_QUIT
+	OPER_HELP_SHUTDOWN
+	OPER_HELP_RESTART
+	OPER_HELP_KILLCLONES
+	OPER_HELP_CHANLIST
+	OPER_HELP_USERLIST
+	OPER_HELP_MODLOAD
+	OPER_HELP_MODUNLOAD
+	OPER_HELP_MODINFO
+	OPER_HELP_MODLIST
+	BOT_SERVADMIN_HELP_SET_NOBOT
+	BOT_SERVADMIN_HELP_SET_PRIVATE
+	HOST_HELP_SET
+	HOST_HELP_DELALL
+	HOST_HELP_SETALL
+	HOST_HELP_DEL
+	HOST_HELP_LIST
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.19
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	CHAN_HELP_LIST
+	BOT_SET_SYNTAX
+	BOT_HELP_SET
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.18
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.17
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.16
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.15
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	INVALID_TARGET
+	NICK_SET_AUTOOP_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SET_AUTOOP_ON
+	NICK_SET_AUTOOP_OFF
+        BOT_LONG_IDENT
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	NICK_HELP_SET
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.14
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	CHAN_X_INVALID
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.13
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.12
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	OPER_STATS_UPLINK_SERVER
+	OPER_STATS_UPLINK_CAPAB
+	OPER_STATS_UPLINK_SERVER_COUNT
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	OPER_HELP_STATS
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version  1.7.11
+---------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	NICK_SASET_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_DISABLED
+	NICK_SASET_UNKNOWN_OPTION
+	NICK_SASET_BAD_NICK
+	NICK_SASET_OPTION_DISABLED
+	NICK_SASET_DISPLAY_INVALID
+	NICK_SASET_DISPLAY_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_PASSWORD_FAILED
+	NICK_SASET_PASSWORD_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_PASSWORD_CHANGED_TO
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_UNKNOWN
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_URL_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_URL_UNSET
+	NICK_SASET_EMAIL_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_EMAIL_UNSET
+	NICK_SASET_EMAIL_UNSET_IMPOSSIBLE
+	NICK_SASET_ICQ_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_ICQ_UNSET
+	NICK_SASET_ICQ_INVALID
+	NICK_SASET_GREET_CHANGED
+	NICK_SASET_GREET_UNSET
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_IMMED_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_ON
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_QUICK
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_IMMED
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_IMMED_DISABLED
+	NICK_SASET_KILL_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_SECURE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_SECURE_ON
+	NICK_SASET_SECURE_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_PRIVATE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_PRIVATE_ON
+	NICK_SASET_PRIVATE_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_EMAIL_ON
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_EMAIL_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_MASK_ON
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_MASK_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_QUIT_ON
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_QUIT_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_STATUS_ON
+	NICK_SASET_HIDE_STATUS_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_MSG_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_MSG_ON
+	NICK_SASET_MSG_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_NOEXPIRE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_NOEXPIRE_ON
+	NICK_SASET_NOEXPIRE_OFF
+	NICK_HELP_SASET
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_DISPLAY
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_PASSWORD
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_LANGUAGE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_URL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_EMAIL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_ICQ
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_GREET
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_KILL
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_SECURE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_PRIVATE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_HIDE
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_MSG
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_NOEXPIRE
+	NICK_HELP_CMD_SASET
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+    OPER_HELP_MODLIST
+
+*** Del Strings:
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_SET
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_SET_NOEXPIRE
+	NICK_SET_NOEXPIRE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SET_NOEXPIRE_ON
+	NICK_SET_NOEXPIRE_OFF
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_UNKNOWN
+	NICK_SASET_LANGUAGE_CHANGED
+	NICK_HELP_SASET_LANGUAGE
+
+
+Anope Version 1.7.10
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.9
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	CHAN_HELP_IRCD_HALFOP
+	CHAN_HELP_IRCD_PROTECT
+	CHAN_GETKEY_SYNTAX
+	CHAN_GETKEY_NOKEY
+	CHAN_GETKEY_KEY
+	OPER_SET_SQL_ERROR_DISABLED
+	NICK_X_SUSPENDED
+	NICK_INFO_SUSPENDED
+	NICK_SUSPEND_SYNTAX
+	NICK_SUSPEND_SUCCEEDED
+	NICK_SUSPEND_FAILED
+	NICK_UNSUSPEND_SYNTAX
+	NICK_UNSUSPEND_SUCCEEDED
+	NICK_UNSUSPEND_FAILED
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_SUSPEND
+	NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_UNSUSPEND	
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	OPER_HELP_SET
+	NICK_HELP
+	CHAN_AOP_CLEAR
+	CHAN_HOP_CLEAR
+	CHAN_SOP_CLEAR
+	CHAN_VOP_CLEAR
+	CHAN_ACCESS_CLEAR
+	CHAN_AKICK_CLEAR
+	CHAN_SET_KEEPTOPIC_ON
+	CHAN_SET_KEEPTOPIC_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_TOPICLOCK_ON
+	CHAN_SET_TOPICLOCK_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_PEACE_ON
+	CHAN_SET_PEACE_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_PRIVATE_ON
+	CHAN_SET_PRIVATE_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_SECUREOPS_ON
+	CHAN_SET_SECUREOPS_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_SECUREFOUNDER_ON
+	CHAN_SET_SECUREFOUNDER_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_RESTRICTED_ON
+	CHAN_SET_RESTRICTED_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_SECURE_ON
+	CHAN_SET_SECURE_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_SIGNKICK_ON
+	CHAN_SET_SIGNKICK_LEVEL
+	CHAN_SET_SIGNKICK_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_OPNOTICE_ON
+	CHAN_SET_OPNOTICE_OFF
+	CHAN_SET_XOP_ON
+	CHAN_SET_XOP_OFF
+
+*** Del Strings:
+	CHAN_HELP_ULTIMATE
+	OPER_STATS_PROXY_MEM
+	OPER_CACHE_SYNTAX
+	OPER_CACHE_DISABLED
+	OPER_CACHE_NOT_FOUND
+	OPER_CACHE_REMOVED
+	OPER_CACHE_HEADER
+	OPER_CACHE_LIST
+	OPER_CACHE_FOOTER
+	OPER_CACHE_QUEUED
+	OPER_CACHE_PROGRESS
+	OPER_CACHE_NORMAL
+	OPER_CACHE_WINGATE
+	OPER_CACHE_SOCKS4
+	OPER_CACHE_SOCKS5
+	OPER_CACHE_HTTP
+	OPER_HELP_CACHE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.8
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+	OPER_HELP_SET_IGNORE
+	OPER_HELP_ADMIN_CMD_EXTRA
+	OPER_HELP_ADMIN_CMD_OLINE
+	OPER_HELP_ADMIN_CMD_UMODE
+	OPER_HELP_ADMIN_CMD_SVSNICK
+	OPER_HELP_OPER_CMD_EXTRA
+	OPER_HELP_OPER_CMD_SGLINE
+	OPER_HELP_OPER_CMD_SQLINE
+	OPER_HELP_OPER_CMD_SZLINE
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+	HOST_OFF_UNREAL
+	OPER_HELP_OPER_CMD
+	OPER_HELP_ADMIN_CMD
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.7
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+    MEMO_NO_RSEND_SELF
+    NICK_REGISTERED_NO_MASK
+    OPER_ADMIN_MOVED
+    OPER_OPER_MOVED
+    OPER_HELP_SET_SQL
+    OPER_SET_SQL_ON
+    OPER_SET_SQL_OFF
+    OPER_SET_SQL_ERROR
+    OPER_SET_SQL_ERROR_INIT
+    OPER_EXCEPTION_EXISTS
+    OPER_EXCEPTION_CHANGED
+    OPER_SET_LIST_OPTION_ON
+    OPER_SET_LIST_OPTION_OFF
+    OPER_HELP_SET_LIST
+    OPER_SUPER_ADMIN_NOT_ENABLED
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+    BOT_SERVADMIN_HELP_BOT
+    NICK_HELP_STATUS
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.6
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+    CHAN_REGISTER_NONE_CHANNEL
+    CHAN_SYMBOL_REQUIRED
+    OPER_SVSNICK_UNSUPPORTED
+    OPER_SQLINE_UNSUPPORTED
+    OPER_SVSO_UNSUPPORTED
+    OPER_UMODE_UNSUPPORTED
+    CHAN_CLEARED_INVITES
+    NICK_INFO_VHOST2
+    NICK_STATUS_0
+    NICK_STATUS_1
+    NICK_STATUS_2
+    NICK_STATUS_3
+    CHAN_STATUS_SYNTAX
+    CHAN_STATUS_NOT_REGGED
+    CHAN_STATUS_FORBIDDEN
+    CHAN_STATUS_NOTONLINE
+    CHAN_STATUS_INFO
+    NICK_INFO_EXPIRE
+    NICK_GLIST_REPLY
+    NICK_GLIST_REPLY_ADMIN
+    CHAN_INFO_EXPIRE
+    NICK_ACCESS_LIST_EMPTY
+    NICK_ACCESS_LIST_X_EMPTY
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.5
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+  MEMO_HELP
+  CHAN_LEVEL_NOJOIN
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.4
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+  CHAN_CLEARED_HOPS
+  OPER_MODULE_LIST_HEADER
+  OPER_MODULE_LIST_FOOTER
+  NICK_X_IS_SERVICES
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+
+  CHAN_HELP_CLEAR
+
+*** Del Strings:
+
+Anope Version 1.7.3
+-------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+ MEMO_RSEND_PLEASE_WAIT
+ MEMO_RSEND_DISABLED
+ MEMO_RSEND_SYNTAX
+ MEMO_RSEND_NICK_MEMO_TEXT
+ MEMO_RSEND_CHAN_MEMO_TEXT
+ MEMO_RSEND_USER_NOTIFICATION
+ MEMO_HELP_RSEND
+ MEMO_CHECK_SYNTAX
+ MEMO_CHECK_NOT_READ
+ MEMO_CHECK_READ
+ MEMO_CHECK_NO_MEMO
+ MEMO_HELP_CHECK
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+ MEMO_HELP
+ NICK_LIST_SERVADMIN_SYNTAX
+ NICK_SERVADMIN_HELP_LIST
+
+Anope Version 1.7.2
+--------------------
+No Changes.
+
+Anope Version 1.7.1
+--------------------
+*** New Strings:
+
+ MEMO_SET_NOTIFY_MAIL
+ MEMO_SET_NOTIFY_NOMAIL
+ MEMO_SET_NOTIFY_INVALIDMAIL
+ MEMO_MAIL_SUBJECT
+ MEMO_MAIL_TEXT1
+ MEMO_MAIL_TEXT2
+ MEMO_MAIL_TEXT3
+ NICK_INFO_SERVICES_ROOT
+ NICK_SET_HIDE_STATUS_ON
+ NICK_SET_HIDE_STATUS_OFF
+ NICK_REG_DELAY
+
+*** Mod Strings:
+ MEMO_SET_NOTIFY_SYNTAX
+ NICK_HELP_SET_HIDE
+
+*** Del Strings:

Changes.mysql

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+Anope Version 1.8.9
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.8
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.7
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.6
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.5
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.4
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.3
+-------------------
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_access` DROP INDEX `display` ;
+
+Anope Version 1.8.2
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.1
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.8.0
+-------------------
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_access` DROP INDEX display;
+
+Anope Version 1.7.24
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23b
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.23
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.22
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.21
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.20
+--------------------
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_request` DROP INDEX `nick_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_core` DROP INDEX `display_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_access` ADD UNIQUE (`display`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ms_info` ADD UNIQUE (`nm_id` , `serv`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_alias` DROP INDEX `nick_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_info` DROP INDEX `name_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_access` ADD UNIQUE (`channel` , `display`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_levels` ADD UNIQUE (`channel` , `position`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_akicks` CHANGE `dmask` `dmask` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_akicks` ADD UNIQUE (`channel` , `dmask`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_badwords` CHANGE `word` `word` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_badwords` ADD UNIQUE (`channel` , `word`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_ttb` ADD UNIQUE (`channel` , `ttb_id`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_akills` CHANGE `user` `user` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL , CHANGE `host` `host` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_akills` ADD UNIQUE (`user` , `host`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sglines` CHANGE `mask` `mask` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sglines` ADD UNIQUE (`mask`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sqlines` CHANGE `mask` `mask` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sqlines` ADD UNIQUE (`mask`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_szlines` CHANGE `mask` `mask` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_szlines` ADD UNIQUE (`mask`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_news` ADD UNIQUE (`type` , `num` , `time`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_exceptions` CHANGE `mask` `mask` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_os_exceptions` ADD UNIQUE (`mask`) ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_hs_core` DROP INDEX `nick_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_bs_core` DROP INDEX `nick_index` ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ms_info` CHANGE `receiver` `receiver` VARCHAR( 255 ) NOT NULL ;
+ALTER TABLE `anope_ms_info` ADD INDEX ( `receiver` , `serv` ) ;
+
+Anope Version 1.7.19
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.18
+--------------------
+- DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `anope_os_status`
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_bs_core` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_access` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_akicks` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_badwords` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_levels` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_cs_ttb` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_hs_core` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_ms_info` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_access` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_ns_request` CHANGE `active` `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_akills` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_exceptions` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_news` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sglines` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_sqlines` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+- ALTER TABLE `anope_os_szlines` ADD `active` TINYINT( 1 ) DEFAULT '1' NOT NULL
+
+Anope Version 1.7.17
+--------------------
+- CREATE TABLE anope_cs_ttb (
+   ct_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+   channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+   ttb_id int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+   value int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+   PRIMARY KEY  (ct_id)
+  ) TYPE=MyISAM
+- ALTER TABLE anope_cs_info DROP ttb
+
+Anope Version 1.7.16
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.15
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.14
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.13
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.12
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.11
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.10
+--------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.9
+-------------------
+- DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_cache
+
+Anope Version 1.7.8
+-------------------
+- NONE
+
+Anope Version 1.7.7
+-------------------
+- ALTER TABLE anope_ns_alias CHANGE status status int(11) unsigned NOT NULL default '0'

Config

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 #
 # Configuration script for Services.
 #
-# Anope (c) 2003-2011 Anope team
+# Anope (c) 2003-2014 Anope Team
 # Contact us at team@anope.org
 #
 # This program is free but copyrighted software; see the file COPYING for
@@ -14,103 +14,73 @@
 ###########################################################################
 
 echo2 () {
-	$ECHO2 "$*$ECHO2SUF" # these are defined later
+    $ECHO2 "$*$ECHO2SUF"    # these are defined later
 }
 
-exists () { # because some shells don't have test -e
-	if [ -f $1 -o -d $1 -o -p $1 -o -c $1 -o -b $1 ] ; then
-		return 0
-	else
-		return 1
-	fi
+exists () {                     # because some shells don't have test -e
+    if [ -f $1 -o -d $1 -o -p $1 -o -c $1 -o -b $1 ] ; then
+        return 0
+    else
+        return 1
+    fi
 }
 
 Load_Cache () {
-	if [ -f $SOURCE_DIR/config.cache -a -r $SOURCE_DIR/config.cache -a ! "$IGNORE_CACHE" ] ; then
-		echo "Using defaults from config.cache. To ignore, $SOURCE_DIR/Config -nocache"
-		echo ""
-		. $SOURCE_DIR/config.cache
-		CAN_QUICK="yes"
-	else
-		CAN_QUICK="no"
-	fi
+    if [ -f config.cache -a -r config.cache -a ! "$IGNORE_CACHE" ] ; then
+        echo "Using defaults from config.cache. To ignore, ./Config -nocache"
+        echo ""
+        . ./config.cache
+        CAN_QUICK="yes"
+    else
+        CAN_QUICK="no"
+    fi
 }
 
-Run_Build_System () {
-	WITH_INST=""
-	WITH_RUN=""
-	WITH_PERM=""
-	RUN_CC_PL=""
-	GEN_TYPE=""
+Run_Configure () {
+WITH_BIN=""
+WITH_DATA=""
+WITH_ENC=""
+WITH_RUN=""
+WITH_PERM=""
+WITH_MYSQL=""
 
-	if [ "$INSTDIR" != "" ] ; then
-		WITH_INST="-DINSTDIR:STRING=$INSTDIR"
-	fi
+if [ "$BINDEST" != "" ] ; then
+    WITH_BIN=" --with-bindir=$BINDEST"
+    WITH_DATA=" --with-datadir=$DATDEST"
+fi
 
-	if [ "$RUNGROUP" != "" ] ; then
-		WITH_RUN="-DRUNGROUP:STRING=$RUNGROUP"
-	fi
+if [ "$DATDEST" != "" ] ; then
+    WITH_DATA=" --with-datadir=$DATDEST"
+fi
 
-	if [ "$UMASK" != "" ] ; then
-		WITH_PERM="-DDEFUMASK:STRING=$UMASK"
-	fi
+if [ "$RUNGROUP" != "" ] ; then
+    WITH_RUN="  --with-rungroup=$RUNGROUP"
+fi
 
-	if [ "$DEBUG" = "yes" ] ; then
-		BUILD_TYPE="-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE:STRING=DEBUG"
-	else
-		BUILD_TYPE="-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE:STRING=RELEASE"
-	fi
+if [ "$UMASK" != "" ] ; then
+    WITH_PERM=" --with-permissions=$UMASK"
+fi
 
-	if [ "$USE_RUN_CC_PL" = "yes" ] ; then
-		RUN_CC_PL="-DUSE_RUN_CC_PL:BOOLEAN=ON"
-	else
-		RUN_CC_PL="-DUSE_RUN_CC_PL:BOOLEAN=OFF"
-	fi
+if [ "$MYSQL" != "yes" ] ; then
+    WITH_MYSQL=" --without-mysql"
+fi
 
-	if [ "$USE_PCH" = "yes" ] ; then
-		PCH="-DUSE_PCH:BOOLEAN=ON"
-	else
-		PCH="-DUSE_PCH:BOOLEAN=OFF"
-	fi
 
-	case `uname -s` in
-		MINGW*)
-			GEN_TYPE="-G\"MSYS Makefiles\""
-			;;
-	esac
+echo "./configure $WITH_BIN $WITH_DATA $WITH_ENC $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $WITH_MYSQL"
 
-	if [ "$SOURCE_DIR" = "." ] ; then
-		pwdsave=`pwd`
-		test -d build || mkdir build
-		cd "build"
-		REAL_SOURCE_DIR=".."
-	else
-		REAL_SOURCE_DIR="$SOURCE_DIR"
-	fi
-
-	echo "cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $RUN_CC_PL $PCH $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR"
-
-	cmake $GEN_TYPE $WITH_INST $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $BUILD_TYPE $RUN_CC_PL $PCH $EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS $REAL_SOURCE_DIR
-
-	echo ""
-	if [ "$SOURCE_DIR" = "." ] ; then
-		echo "Now cd build, then run make to build Anope."
-		cd "$pwdsave"
-	else
-		echo "Now run make to build Anope."
-	fi
+./configure $WITH_BIN $WITH_DATA $WITH_ENC $WITH_RUN $WITH_PERM $WITH_MYSQL
 }
 
 ECHO2SUF=''
 if [ "`echo -n a ; echo -n b`" = "ab" ] ; then
 	ECHO2='echo -n'
 elif [ "`echo 'a\c' ; echo 'b\c'`" = "ab" ] ; then
-	ECHO2='echo' ; ECHO2SUF='\c'
+        ECHO2='echo' ; ECHO2SUF='\c'
 elif [ "`printf 'a' 2>&1 ; printf 'b' 2>&1`" = "ab" ] ; then
-	ECHO2='printf "%s"'
+        ECHO2='printf "%s"'
 else
-	# oh well...
-	ECHO2='echo'
+        # oh well...
+        ECHO2='echo'
 fi
 export ECHO2 ECHO2SUF
 
@@ -118,108 +88,50 @@ export ECHO2 ECHO2SUF
 # Init values
 ###########################################################################
 
-INSTDIR=$HOME/services
+BINDEST=$HOME/services
+DATDEST=$HOME/services
 RUNGROUP=
 UMASK=
-DEBUG="yes"
-USE_RUN_CC_PL="no"
-USE_PCH="no"
-EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=
+IRCTYPE="no default"
 CAN_QUICK="no"
-SOURCE_DIR=`dirname $0`
 
 ###########################################################################
 # Check out the options
 ###########################################################################
-
 while [ $# -ge 1 ] ; do
-	if [ $1 = "--help" ] ; then
-		echo "Config utility for Anope"
-		echo "------------------------"
-		echo "Syntax: ./Config [options]"
-		echo "-nocache     Ignore settings saved in config.cache"
-		echo "-nointro     Skip intro (disclaimer, etc)"
-		echo "-quick       Skip questions, go straight to cmake"
-		exit 0
-	elif [ $1 = "-nocache" ] ; then
-		IGNORE_CACHE="1"
-	elif [ $1 = "-nointro" ] ; then
-		NO_INTRO="1"
-	elif [ $1 = "-quick" -o $1 = "-q" ] ; then
-		Load_Cache
-		if [ "$CAN_QUICK" = "yes" ] ; then
-			Run_Build_System
-		else
-			echo ""
-			echo "Can't find cache file (config.cache), aborting..."
-		fi
-		exit 0
-	fi
-	shift 1
+        if [ $1 = "--help" ] ; then
+                echo "Config utility for Anope"
+                echo "------------------------"
+                echo "Syntax: ./Config [options]"
+                echo "-nocache     Ignore settings saved in config.cache"
+                echo "-nointro     Skip intro (disclaimer, etc)"
+                echo "-quick       Skip questions, go straight to configure"
+                exit 0
+        elif [ $1 = "-nocache" ] ; then
+                IGNORE_CACHE="1"
+        elif [ $1 = "-nointro" ] ; then
+                NO_INTRO="1"
+        elif [ $1 = "-quick" -o $1 = "-q" ] ; then
+                Load_Cache
+                if [ $CAN_QUICK = "yes" ] ; then
+                    Run_Configure
+                else
+                    echo ""
+                    echo "Can't find cache file (config.cache), aborting..."
+                fi
+                exit 0
+        fi
+        shift 1
 done
 
 ###########################################################################
-# Check for CMake and (optionally) install it
-###########################################################################
-
-which cmake > /dev/null
-if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
-	clear
-	if exists "cmake-bin" ; then :
-	else
-		echo "Anope requires CMake 2.4 or newer, which can be downloaded at http://cmake.org"
-		echo "If you have installed CMake already, ensure it is in your PATH environment variable."
-
-		if [ `uname` = "Linux" ] ; then
-
-			echo ""
-			echo "Config can attempt to install CMake for you now, which"
-			echo "will take approximately 50 MB of disk space."
-			echo "Would you like to install CMake now?"
-			echo2 "[y] "
-			read YN
-			if [ "$YN" = "n" ] ; then
-				exit 0
-			fi
-
-			echo "Downloading CMake... this may take a minute or two."
-			wget -q http://anope.org/cmake/linux-i386.php -O cmake-bin.tar.gz
-			if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
-				rm -f cmake-bin.tar.gz
-				echo "Unable to download CMake"
-				exit 0
-			fi
-			mkdir -p cmake-bin
-			tar zxf cmake-bin.tar.gz -C cmake-bin
-			rm -f cmake-bin.tar.gz
-			echo "Done!"
-		else
-			exit 0
-		fi
-	fi
-
-	CMAKE_BIN=`find cmake-bin -name cmake`
-	CMAKE_BIN="`pwd`/`dirname $CMAKE_BIN`"
-	PATH="$PATH:$CMAKE_BIN"
-fi
-
-###########################################################################
-
 if [ ! "$NO_INTRO" ] ; then
-	case `uname -s` in
-		MINGW*)
-			PAGER=less
-			;;
-		*)
-			PAGER=more
-			clear
-			;;
-	esac
-	. $SOURCE_DIR/src/version.sh
-	cat $SOURCE_DIR/.BANNER | sed "s/CURVER/$VERSION_MAJOR.$VERSION_MINOR.$VERSION_PATCH$VERSION_EXTRA/" | sed "s@SOURCE_DIR@$SOURCE_DIR@" | $PAGER
-	echo ""
+        clear
+		. ./version.log
+        cat .BANNER | sed "s/CURVER/$VERSION_MAJOR.$VERSION_MINOR.$VERSION_PATCH$VERSION_EXTRA/" | more
+        echo ""
 else
-	echo ""
+        echo ""
 fi
 
 echo "Beginning Services configuration."
@@ -228,9 +140,8 @@ echo ""
 ###########################################################################
 # Load the cache
 ###########################################################################
-
 if [ ! "$IGNORE_CACHE" ] ; then
-	Load_Cache
+        Load_Cache
 fi
 
 # Ask the user anything we need to know ahead of time.
@@ -240,12 +151,13 @@ export ok INPUT
 ####
 
 ok=0
+echo "Note: press Return for the default, or enter a new value."
 echo "In what directory do you want the binaries to be installed?"
 while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
-	echo2 "[$INSTDIR] "
+	echo2 "[$BINDEST] "
 	if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
 	if [ ! "$INPUT" ] ; then
-		INPUT=$INSTDIR
+		INPUT=$BINDEST
 	fi
 	if [ ! -d "$INPUT" ] ; then
 		if exists "$INPUT" ; then
@@ -266,159 +178,148 @@ while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
 		ok=1
 	fi
 done
-INSTDIR=$INPUT
+BINDEST=$INPUT
+DATDEST=$INPUT
+echo ""
+
+
+####
+
+ok=0
+echo "Where do you want the data files to be installed?"
+while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
+        echo2 "[$DATDEST] "
+        if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
+        if [ ! "$INPUT" ] ; then
+                INPUT=$DATDEST
+        fi
+        if [ ! -d "$INPUT" ] ; then
+                if exists "$INPUT" ; then
+                        echo "$INPUT exists, but is not a directory!"
+                else
+                        echo "$INPUT does not exist.  Create it?"
+                        echo2 "[y] "
+                        read YN
+                        if [ "$YN" != "n" ] ; then
+                                if mkdir -p $INPUT ; then
+                                        ok=1
+                                fi
+                        fi
+                fi
+        elif exists "$INPUT/include/services.h" ; then
+                echo "You cannot use the Services source directory as a target directory."
+        else
+                ok=1
+        fi
+done
+DATDEST=$INPUT
 echo ""
 
 ####
 
+
 OLD_RUNGROUP="$RUNGROUP"
 if [ "$RUNGROUP" ] ; then
-	echo "Which group should all Services data files be owned by?  (If Services"
-	echo "should not force files to be owned by a particular group, type \"none\""
-	echo "(without the quotes) and press Return.)"
+  echo "Which group should all Services data files be owned by?  (If Services"
+  echo "should not force files to be owned by a particular group, type "\"none\"
+  echo "(without the quotes) and press Return.)"
 else
-	echo "Which group should all Services data files be owned by?  (If Services"
-	echo "should not force files to be owned by a particular group, just press"
-	echo "Return.)"
+  echo "Which group should all Services data files be owned by?  (If Services"
+  echo "should not force files to be owned by a particular group, just press"
+  echo "Return.)"
 fi
 echo2 "[$RUNGROUP] "
 if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
 if [ "$INPUT" ] ; then
-	if [ "$INPUT" = "none" ] ; then
-		RUNGROUP=""
-	else
-		RUNGROUP="$INPUT"
-	fi
+        if [ "$INPUT" = "none" ] ; then
+                RUNGROUP=""
+        else
+                RUNGROUP="$INPUT"
+        fi
 fi
 echo ""
 
 ####
 
 if [ ! "$UMASK" -o "$RUNGROUP" != "$OLD_RUNGROUP" ] ; then
-	if [ "$RUNGROUP" ] ; then
-		UMASK=007
-	else
-		UMASK=077
-	fi
+        if [ "$RUNGROUP" ] ; then
+                UMASK=007
+        else
+                UMASK=077
+        fi
 fi
 
 ok=0
 echo "What should the default umask for data files be (in octal)?"
 echo "(077 = only accessible by owner; 007 = accessible by owner and group)"
 while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
-	echo2 "[$UMASK] "
-	if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
-	if [ ! "$INPUT" ] ; then
-		INPUT=$UMASK
-	fi
-	if [ `echo "$INPUT" | grep -c '[^0-7]'` -gt 0 ] ; then
-		echo "$UMASK is not a valid octal number!"
-	else
-		if [ "`echo $INPUT | cut -c1`" != "0" ] ; then
-			INPUT=0$INPUT
-		fi
-		ok=1
-	fi
+        echo2 "[$UMASK] "
+        if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
+        if [ ! "$INPUT" ] ; then
+                INPUT=$UMASK
+        fi
+        if [ `echo "$INPUT" | grep -c '[^0-7]'` -gt 0 ] ; then
+                echo "$UMASK is not a valid octal number!"
+        else
+                if [ "`echo $INPUT | cut -c1`" != "0" ] ; then
+                        INPUT=0$INPUT
+                fi
+                ok=1
+        fi
 done
 UMASK=$INPUT
 echo ""
 
 ####
 
-TEMP_YN="n"
-if [ "$DEBUG" = "yes" ] ; then
-	TEMP_YN="y"
-fi
-echo "Would you like to build a debug version of Anope?"
-echo2 "[$TEMP_YN] "
-read YN
-if [ "$YN" ] ; then
-	if [ "$YN" = "y" ] ; then
-		DEBUG="yes"
-	else
-		DEBUG="no"
-	fi
-fi
+ok=0
+DEF=yes
+echo "Allow anope to automatically check for mysql libaries?"
+echo "unless you get errors with make, there is no need to"
+echo "change this setting."
+while [ $ok -eq 0 ] ; do
+        echo2 "[$DEF] "
+        if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
+        if [ ! "$INPUT" ] ; then
+                INPUT=$DEF
+        fi
+        case $INPUT in
+                n*|N*)
+			MYSQL=
+			ok=1
+			;;
+                y*|Y*)
+			MYSQL="yes"
+			ok=1
+			;;
+                *)
+                        echo "Please enter 'yes' or 'no'."
+                        ;;
+        esac
+done
 echo ""
 
 ####
 
-TEMP_YN="n"
-if [ "$USE_RUN_CC_PL" = "yes" ] ; then
-	TEMP_YN="y"
-fi
-echo "You can optionally have the build run through run-cc.pl, which will"
-echo "cause warnings and errors (if any) to be colored yellow and red,"
-echo "respectively. This relies on Perl being installed, so if you say yes"
-echo "to this without Perl, the option will be ignored."
-echo "NOTE: If you are using MinGW, it is NOT recommended to say yes to"
-echo "this, it may fail."
-echo "Would you like to utilize run-cc.pl?"
-echo2 "[$TEMP_YN] "
-read YN
-if [ "$YN" ] ; then
-	if [ "$YN" = "y" ] ; then
-		USE_RUN_CC_PL="yes"
-	else
-		USE_RUN_CC_PL="no"
-	fi
-fi
-echo ""
-
-####
-
-TEMP_YN="n"
-if [ "$USE_PCH" = "yes" ] ; then
-	TEMP_YN="y"
-fi
-echo "Do you want to build using precompiled headers? This can speed up"
-echo "the build, but uses more disk space."
-echo2 "[$TEMP_YN] "
-read YN
-if [ "$YN" ] ; then
-	if [ "$YN" = "y" ] ; then
-		USE_PCH="yes"
-	else
-		USE_PCH="no"
-	fi
-fi
-echo ""
-
-####
-
-echo "Are there any extra arguments you wish to pass to cmake?"
-echo "You may only need to do this if cmake is unable to locate"
-echo "missing dependencies without hints."
-echo "You can do this by: -DEXTRA_INCLUDE:STRING=/path/to/files;/path/to/more/files"
-echo2 "[$EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS] "
-if read INPUT ; then : ; else echo "" ; exit 1 ; fi
-if [ "$INPUT" ] ; then
-  EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS=$INPUT
-fi
-echo ""
-
-####
 
 ################################################################################
 # Store values
 ################################################################################
-
 echo2 "Saving configuration results in config.cache... "
 
-cat <<EOT >$SOURCE_DIR/config.cache
-INSTDIR="$INSTDIR"
+cat <<EOT >config.cache
+BINDEST="$BINDEST"
+DATDEST="$DATDEST"
 RUNGROUP="$RUNGROUP"
 UMASK=$UMASK
-DEBUG="$DEBUG"
-USE_RUN_CC_PL="$USE_RUN_CC_PL"
-USE_PCH="$USE_PCH"
-EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS="$EXTRA_CONFIG_ARGS"
+IRCTYPE="$IRCTYPE"
+IRCTYPE_DEF="$IRCTYPE_DEF"
+MYSQL="$MYSQL"
 EOT
 echo "done."
 
 
 ################################################################################
-# Build the build system string
+# Build the configure string
 ################################################################################
-
-Run_Build_System
+Run_Configure

Config.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+@echo off
+cscript /nologo install.js
+

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+CC=@CC@
+INCLUDEDIR=../include
+ANOPELIBS=@ANOPELIBS@
+CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
+STRICT=-Wall -ansi -pedantic
+PROFILE=-pg
+LDPROFILE=
+SHELL=/bin/sh
+SUBDIRS=src
+BINDEST=@BINDEST@
+DATDEST=@DATDEST@
+INSTALL=@INSTALL@
+RM=@RM@
+CP=@CP@
+TOUCH=@TOUCH@
+MODULE_PATH=@MODULE_PATH@
+MYSQL=@MYSQL@
+RDB=@RDB@
+LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
+RUNGROUP=@RUNGROUP@
+SHARED=@SHARED@
+MODULEFLAGS=@MODULEFLAGS@
+
+all:   language headers build core protocols tools modules 
+strict: language headers strict_build strict_core strict_protocols strict_tools strict_modules
+profile: language headers profile_build profile_core profile_protocols profile_tools profile_modules
+
+MAKEARGS = 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS}' 'CC=${CC}' 'ANOPELIBS=${ANOPELIBS}' \
+	   'LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS}' 'BINDEST=${BINDEST}' 'INSTALL=${INSTALL}' \
+           'INCLUDEDIR=${INCLUDEDIR}' 'RM=${RM}' 'CP=${CP}' \
+      	   'TOUCH=${TOUCH}' 'SHELL=${SHELL}' 'DATDEST=${DATDEST}' \
+  	   'RUNGROUP=${RUNGROUP}' 'MODULE_PATH=${MODULE_PATH}' 'RDB=${RDB}'\
+	   'MYSQL=${MYSQL}' 'SHARED=${SHARED}' 'MODULEFLAGS=${MODULEFLAGS}'
+
+build: language headers
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+            echo "*** Building $$i";\
+            ( cd $$i; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} all; ) \
+        done
+
+strict_build:  
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+            echo "*** Strict Building $$i";\
+            ( cd $$i; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(STRICT)' all; ) \
+        done
+
+profile_build:
+	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+            echo "*** Strict Building $$i";\
+            ( cd $$i; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(PROFILE)' 'LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS} ${PROFILE}' all; ) \
+        done
+
+modules: build
+	(cd src/modules ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules";
+
+clean_modules:
+	(cd src ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} clean_modules )
+
+distclean_modules:
+	(cd src ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} distclean_modules )
+
+protocols: build
+	@echo "*** Building protocol support";
+	(cd src/protocol ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} all; )
+
+strict_protocols: build
+	@echo "*** Building protocol support";
+	(cd src/protocol ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(STRICT)' all; )
+
+profile_protocols: build
+	@echo "*** Building protocol support";
+	(cd src/protocol ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} ${PROFILE}' 'PROFILE=${PROFILE}' all; )
+
+core: build 
+	@echo "*** Building Core modules";
+	(cd src/ ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} core; )
+
+strict_core: build 
+	@echo "*** Building Core modules";
+	(cd src/ ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(STRICT)' core; )
+
+profile_core: build 
+	@echo "*** Building Core modules";
+	(cd src/ ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} ${PROFILE}' 'PROFILE=${PROFILE}' core; )
+
+tools: build
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules/Tools";
+
+strict_tools: strict_build
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(STRICT)' all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules/Tools";
+
+profile_tools: profile_build
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} $(PROFILE)' all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules/Tools";
+
+strict_modules: strict_build
+	(cd src/modules ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) $(STRICT)' all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules";
+
+profile_modules: profile_build
+	(cd src/modules ; ./configure ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} ${PROFILE}' 'PROFILE=${PROFILE}' all; )
+	@echo "*** All done, now (g)make install to install Anope/Modules";
+
+language:
+	(cd lang ; $(MAKE) ${MAKEARGS} all language.h ; )
+
+headers:
+	(cd include ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} )
+
+clean:
+	(cd lang ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} clean )
+	(cd include ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} clean )
+	(cd src ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} clean )
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} clean )
+
+distclean: clean
+	(cd lang ; ${MAKE} distclean )
+	(cd include ; ${MAKE} distclean )
+	(cd src ; ${MAKE} distclean )
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} distclean )
+	rm -f config.log config.status config.cache Makefile src/bin/anoperc
+
+install: DUMMY
+	(cd src ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} install)
+	(cd src/tools ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEARGS} install)
+	@echo "*** All done, Anope is now installed. Please read docs/INSTALL for details on what to do now.";
+
+DUMMY:

Makefile.win32

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Makefile for Anope.
+#
+# (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+# Contact us at team@anope.org
+#
+# This program is free but copyrighted software; see the file COPYING for
+# details.
+#
+# Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+# Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+
+include Makefile.inc.win32
+
+###########################################################################
+
+all: src core protocols languages tools modules install
+
+src: include\version.h include\sysconf.h include\language.h include\sysconf.h
+        cd src && $(MAKE) && cd ..
+        
+install:
+        -@mkdir $(DATDEST)\backups
+        -@mkdir $(DATDEST)\logs
+        -@mkdir $(DATDEST)\languages
+        cd lang && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        cd src && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        cd src\modules && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        cd src\modules && $(MAKE) subs-install && cd ..
+        cd src\protocol && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        cd src\core && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        cd src\tools && $(MAKE) install && cd ..
+        -@echo ---
+        -@echo Anope has been installed successfully!
+        -@echo See docs\INSTALL for details on how to configure Anope for use.
+        -@echo ---
+        
+spotless:
+        cd lang && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..
+        cd src && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..
+        cd src\modules && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..\..
+        cd src\protocol && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..\..
+        cd src\core && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..\..
+        cd src\tools && $(MAKE) spotless && cd ..\..
+        -@erase include\language.h include\version.h *.manifest *~ anope.exe version.sh.exe *.obj anopesmtp.exe
+	-@echo --
+	-@echo NOTICE:
+	-@echo   You will need to run config.bat again
+	-@echo --
+
+mypasql: 
+        $(MYPASQL_BUILD)
+
+distclean: spotless
+
+clean: spotless
+
+###########################################################################
+
+
+languages: FRC
+        cd lang && $(MAKE) && cd ..
+
+tools: FRC
+        cd src\tools && $(MAKE) && cd ..\..
+
+core: FRC
+        cd src\core && $(MAKE) && cd ..\..
+
+protocols: FRC
+        cd src\protocol && $(MAKE) && cd ..\..
+
+modules: FRC
+        cd src\modules && $(MAKE) && cd ..\..
+
+###########################################################################
+
+include\sysconf.h:
+        copy include\sysconf.h.win32 include\sysconf.h
+
+lang\language.h: lang\Makefile lang\index
+        cd lang && $(MAKE) language.h && cd ..
+
+lang\index:
+        cd lang && $(MAKE) index && cd ..
+        
+include\language.h: lang\language.h
+        cd lang && copy language.h ..\include\language.h && cd ..
+        
+include\version.h: version.sh.exe version.log include\services.h include\pseudo.h include\messages.h
+        version.sh.exe
+        move version.h include\version.h
+
+version.sh.exe:
+        $(CC) $(BASE_CFLAGS) include\version.sh.c /link $(LFLAGS)
+
+FRC:

aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4-p6
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
+dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
+dnl require excessive bracketing.
+ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  if test $use_additional = yes; then
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux*) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+  dnl at the end of configure.
+  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+  else
+    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+  fi
+  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+  else
+    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  fi
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+  $1
+  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+# lib-link.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.14.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+  ])
+  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+  dnl accordingly.
+  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+  ])
+  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+  else
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LIB[]NAME=
+    LTLIB[]NAME=
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+  dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
+  m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+    . ./conftest.sh
+    rm -f ./conftest.sh
+    acl_cv_rpath=done
+  ])
+  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+  libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+  shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+  hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+  hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+  hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+    :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
+[  --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib$1-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+  LIB[]NAME=
+  LTLIB[]NAME=
+  INC[]NAME=
+  rpathdirs=
+  ltrpathdirs=
+  names_already_handled=
+  names_next_round='$1 $2'
+  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+    names_next_round=
+    for name in $names_this_round; do
+      already_handled=
+      for n in $names_already_handled; do
+        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+          already_handled=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+        if test -n "$value"; then
+          if test "$value" = yes; then
+            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+          else
+            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+            :
+          fi
+        else
+          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+          found_dir=
+          found_la=
+          found_so=
+          found_a=
+          if test $use_additional = yes; then
+            if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+              found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+              found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+                found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+              fi
+            else
+              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+                found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+                found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+                if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+                  found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+              case "$x" in
+                -L*)
+                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                  if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+                    found_dir="$dir"
+                    found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+                      found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+                    fi
+                  else
+                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+                      found_dir="$dir"
+                      found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+                      if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+                        found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                  ;;
+              esac
+              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+                break
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+            dnl Found the library.
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+              dnl standard /usr/lib.
+              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+              else
+                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                dnl binary.
+                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                haveit=
+                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                    haveit=yes
+                    break
+                  fi
+                done
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+                fi
+                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+                if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+                  dnl resulting binary.
+                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                else
+                  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                    dnl binary.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+                    fi
+                  else
+                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+                    fi
+                    if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    else
+                      dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+                      dnl very old systems.
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            else
+              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+                dnl Linking with a static library.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+              else
+                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+                dnl fallback.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+            additional_includedir=
+            case "$found_dir" in
+              */lib | */lib/)
+                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+                ;;
+            esac
+            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+              dnl But don't add it
+              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
+              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+                haveit=
+                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                    case $host_os in
+                      linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                    esac
+                  fi
+                fi
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+                      haveit=yes
+                      break
+                    fi
+                  done
+                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Look for dependencies.
+            if test -n "$found_la"; then
+              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+              save_libdir="$libdir"
+              case "$found_la" in
+                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+              esac
+              libdir="$save_libdir"
+              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+                case "$dep" in
+                  -L*)
+                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+                    dnl But don't add it
+                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
+                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+                      haveit=
+                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                          case $host_os in
+                            linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                          esac
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -R*)
+                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -l*)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+                    ;;
+                  *.la)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+                    dnl option.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+                    ;;
+                  *)
+                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    ;;
+                esac
+              done
+            fi
+          else
+            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+      alldirs=
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+      done
+      dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+      libdir="$alldirs"
+      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+    else
+      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+        libdir="$found_dir"
+        eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+      done
+    fi
+  fi
+  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+    done
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+  for element in [$2]; do
+    haveit=
+    for x in $[$1]; do
+      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+        haveit=yes
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+    fi
+  done
+])
+
+# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
+dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
+dnl with libtool.m4.
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
+*)
+  acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
+esac])
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
+      [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
+      # Canonicalize the path of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
+      *)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+  acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
+
+dnl Macro: anope_CHECK_TYPE_SIZES
+dnl
+dnl Check the size of several types and define a valid int16_t and int32_t.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(anope_CHECK_TYPE_SIZES,
+[dnl Check type sizes
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
+if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" = 2 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int16_t, int)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int16_t, unsigned int)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_short" = 2 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int16_t, short)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int16_t, unsigned short)
+else
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type with size of 16 bits])
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, int)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned int)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_short" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, short)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned short)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_long" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, long)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned long)
+else
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type with size of 32 bits])
+fi
+])
+

anope.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+dnl Macro: anope_CHECK_TYPE_SIZES
+dnl
+dnl Check the size of several types and define a valid int16_t and int32_t.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(anope_CHECK_TYPE_SIZES,
+[dnl Check type sizes
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
+if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" = 2 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int16_t, int)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int16_t, unsigned int)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_short" = 2 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int16_t, short)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int16_t, unsigned short)
+else
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type with size of 16 bits])
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_sizeof_int" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, int)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned int)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_short" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, short)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned short)
+elif test "$ac_cv_sizeof_long" = 4 ; then
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(int32_t, long)
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int32_t, unsigned long)
+else
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find a type with size of 32 bits])
+fi
+])

cmake/Anope.cmake

@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-###############################################################################
-# strip_string(<input string> <output string>)
-#
-# A macro to handle stripping the leading and trailing spaces from a string,
-#   uses string(STRIP) if using CMake 2.6.x or better, otherwise uses
-#   string(REGEX REPLACE).
-###############################################################################
-macro(strip_string INPUT_STRING OUTPUT_STRING)
-  if(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.6.x or better, we can just use the STRIP sub-command of string()
-    string(STRIP ${INPUT_STRING} ${OUTPUT_STRING})
-  else(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x, we will have to use the REGEX REPLACE sub-command of string() instead
-    # First check if the input string is empty or not
-    if (${INPUT_STRING} STREQUAL "")
-      set(${OUTPUT_STRING} "")
-    else(${INPUT_STRING} STREQUAL "")
-      # Determine if the string is entirely empty or not
-      string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*$" EMPTY_STRING "${INPUT_STRING}")
-      if(EMPTY_STRING)
-        set(${OUTPUT_STRING} "")
-      else(EMPTY_STRING)
-        # We detect if there is any leading whitespace and remove any if there is
-        string(SUBSTRING "${INPUT_STRING}" 0 1 FIRST_CHAR)
-        if(FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-          string(REGEX REPLACE "^[ \t]+" "" TEMP_STRING "${INPUT_STRING}")
-        else(FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-          set(TEMP_STRING "${INPUT_STRING}")
-        endif(FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR FIRST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-        # Next we detect if there is any trailing whitespace and remove any if there is
-        string(LENGTH "${TEMP_STRING}" STRING_LEN)
-        math(EXPR STRING_LEN "${STRING_LEN} - 1")
-        string(SUBSTRING "${TEMP_STRING}" ${STRING_LEN} 1 LAST_CHAR)
-        if(LAST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR LAST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-          string(REGEX REPLACE "[ \t]+$" "" ${OUTPUT_STRING} "${TEMP_STRING}")
-        else(LAST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR LAST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-          set(${OUTPUT_STRING} "${TEMP_STRING}")
-        endif(LAST_CHAR STREQUAL " " OR LAST_CHAR STREQUAL "\t")
-      endif(EMPTY_STRING)
-    endif(${INPUT_STRING} STREQUAL "")
-  endif(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-endmacro(strip_string)
-
-###############################################################################
-# append_to_list(<list> <args>...)
-#
-# A macro to handle appending to lists, uses list(APPEND) if using CMake 2.4.2
-#   or better, otherwise uses set() instead.
-###############################################################################
-macro(append_to_list LIST)
-  if(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.2 or better, we can just use the APPEND sub-command of list()
-    list(APPEND ${LIST} ${ARGN})
-  else(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x before 2.4.2, we have to do this manually use set() instead
-    set(${LIST} ${${LIST}} ${ARGN})
-  endif(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-endmacro(append_to_list)
-
-###############################################################################
-# find_in_list(<list> <value> <output variable>)
-#
-# A macro to handle searching within a list, will store the result in the
-#   given <output variable>, uses list(FIND) if using CMake 2.6.x or better
-#   (or CMake 2.4.8 or better), otherwise it iterates through the list to find
-#   the item.
-###############################################################################
-macro(find_in_list LIST ITEM_TO_FIND FOUND)
-  if(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.8 or better, we can use the FIND sub-command of list()
-    list(FIND ${LIST} ${ITEM_TO_FIND} ITEM_FOUND)
-  else(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x before 2.4.8, we have to do this ourselves (NOTE: This is very slow due to a lack of break() as well)
-    # Firstly we set the position to -1 indicating nothing found, we also use a temporary position
-    set(ITEM_FOUND -1)
-    set(POS 0)
-    # Iterate through the list
-    foreach(ITEM ${${LIST}})
-      # If the item we are looking at is the item we are trying to find, set that we've found the item
-      if(${ITEM} STREQUAL ${ITEM_TO_FIND})
-        set(ITEM_FOUND ${POS})
-      endif(${ITEM} STREQUAL ${ITEM_TO_FIND})
-      # Increase the position value by 1
-      math(EXPR POS "${POS} + 1")
-    endforeach(ITEM)
-  endif(CMAKE248_OR_BETTER)
-  # Set the given FOUND variable to the result
-  set(${FOUND} ${ITEM_FOUND})
-endmacro(find_in_list)
-
-###############################################################################
-# remove_list_duplicates(<list>)
-#
-# A macro to handle removing duplicates from a list, uses
-#   list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES) if using CMake 2.6.x or better, otherwise it uses
-#   a slower method of creating a temporary list and only adding to it when
-#   a duplicate item hasn't been found.
-###############################################################################
-macro(remove_list_duplicates LIST)
-  if(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.6.x or better, this can be done automatically
-    list(REMOVE_DUPLICATES ${LIST})
-  else(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x, we have to do this ourselves, firstly we'll clear a temporary list
-    set(NEW_LIST)
-    # Iterate through the old list
-    foreach(ITEM ${${LIST}})
-      # Check if the item is in the new list
-      find_in_list(NEW_LIST ${ITEM} FOUND_ITEM)
-      if(FOUND_ITEM EQUAL -1)
-        # If the item was not found, append it to the list
-        append_to_list(NEW_LIST ${ITEM})
-      endif(FOUND_ITEM EQUAL -1)
-    endforeach(ITEM)
-    # Replace the old list with the new list
-    set(${LIST} ${NEW_LIST})
-  endif(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-endmacro(remove_list_duplicates)
-
-###############################################################################
-# remove_item_from_list(<list> <value>)
-#
-# A macro to handle removing a value from a list, uses list(REMOVE_ITEM) in
-#   both cases, but can remove the value itself using CMake 2.4.2 or better,
-#   while older versions use a slower method of iterating the list to find the
-#   index of the value to remove.
-###############################################################################
-macro(remove_item_from_list LIST VALUE)
-  if(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.2 or better, this can be done automatically
-    list(REMOVE_ITEM ${LIST} ${VALUE})
-  else(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x before 2.4.2, we have to do this ourselves, firstly we set the index and a variable to indicate if the item was found
-    set(INDEX 0)
-    set(FOUND FALSE)
-    # Iterate through the old list
-    foreach(ITEM ${${LIST}})
-      # If the item hasn't been found yet, but the current item is the same, remove it
-      if(NOT FOUND)
-        if(ITEM STREQUAL ${VALUE})
-          set(FOUND TRUE)
-          list(REMOVE_ITEM ${LIST} ${INDEX})
-        endif(ITEM STREQUAL ${VALUE})
-      endif(NOT FOUND)
-      # Increase the index value by 1
-      math(EXPR INDEX "${INDEX} + 1")
-    endforeach(ITEM)
-  endif(CMAKE242_OR_BETTER)
-endmacro(remove_item_from_list)
-
-###############################################################################
-# sort_list(<list>)
-#
-# A macro to handle sorting a list, uses list(SORT) if using CMake 2.4.4 or
-#   better, otherwise it uses a slower method of creating a temporary list and
-#   adding elements in alphabetical order.
-###############################################################################
-macro(sort_list LIST)
-  if(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.4 or better, this can be done automatically
-    list(SORT ${LIST})
-  else(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x before 2.4.4, we have to do this ourselves, firstly we'll create a teporary list
-    set(NEW_LIST)
-    # Iterate through the old list
-    foreach(ITEM ${${LIST}})
-      # Temporary index position for the new list, as well as temporary value to store if the item was ever found
-      set(INDEX 0)
-      set(FOUND FALSE)
-      # Iterate through the new list
-      foreach(NEW_ITEM ${NEW_LIST})
-        # Compare the items, only if nothing was found before
-        if(NOT FOUND)
-          if(NEW_ITEM STRGREATER "${ITEM}")
-            set(FOUND TRUE)
-            list(INSERT NEW_LIST ${INDEX} ${ITEM})
-          endif(NEW_ITEM STRGREATER "${ITEM}")
-        endif(NOT FOUND)
-        # Increase the index value by 1
-        math(EXPR INDEX "${INDEX} + 1")
-      endforeach(NEW_ITEM)
-      # If the item was never found, just append it to the end
-      if(NOT FOUND)
-        append_to_list(NEW_LIST ${ITEM})
-      endif(NOT FOUND)
-    endforeach(ITEM)
-    # Replace the old list with the new list
-    set(${LIST} ${NEW_LIST})
-  endif(CMAKE244_OR_BETTER)
-endmacro(sort_list)
-
-###############################################################################
-# read_from_file(<filename> <regex> <output variable>)
-#
-# A macro to handle reading specific lines from a file, uses file(STRINGS) if
-#   using CMake 2.6.x or better, otherwise we read in the entire file and
-#   perform a string(REGEX MATCH) on each line of the file instead.  This
-#   macro can also be used to read in all the lines of a file if REGEX is set
-#   to "".
-###############################################################################
-macro(read_from_file FILE REGEX STRINGS)
-  if(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.6.x or better, we can just use the STRINGS sub-command to get the lines that match the given regular expression (if one is given, otherwise get all lines)
-    if(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-      file(STRINGS ${FILE} RESULT)
-    else(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-      file(STRINGS ${FILE} RESULT REGEX ${REGEX})
-    endif(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-  else(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-    # For CMake 2.4.x, we need to do this manually, firstly we read the file in
-    execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -DFILE:STRING=${FILE} -P ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/ReadFile.cmake ERROR_VARIABLE ALL_STRINGS)
-    # Next we replace all newlines with semicolons
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "\n" ";" ALL_STRINGS ${ALL_STRINGS})
-    if(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-      # For no regular expression, just set the result to all the lines
-      set(RESULT ${ALL_STRINGS})
-    else(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-      # Clear the result list
-      set(RESULT)
-      # Iterate through all the lines of the file
-      foreach(STRING ${ALL_STRINGS})
-        # Check for a match against the given regular expression
-        string(REGEX MATCH ${REGEX} STRING_MATCH ${STRING})
-        # If we had a match, append the match to the list
-        if(STRING_MATCH)
-          append_to_list(RESULT ${STRING})
-        endif(STRING_MATCH)
-      endforeach(STRING)
-    endif(REGEX STREQUAL "")
-  endif(CMAKE26_OR_BETTER)
-  # Set the given STRINGS variable to the result
-  set(${STRINGS} ${RESULT})
-endmacro(read_from_file)
-
-###############################################################################
-# extract_include_filename(<line> <output variable> [<optional output variable of quote type>])
-#
-# This macro will take a #include line and extract the filename.
-###############################################################################
-macro(extract_include_filename INCLUDE FILENAME)
-  # Strip the leading and trailing spaces from the include line
-  strip_string(${INCLUDE} INCLUDE_STRIPPED)
-  # Make sure to only do the following if there is a string
-  if(INCLUDE_STRIPPED STREQUAL "")
-    set(FILE "")
-  else(INCLUDE_STRIPPED STREQUAL "")
-    # Extract the filename including the quotes or angle brackets
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "^.*([\"<].*[\">]).*$" "\\1" FILE "${INCLUDE_STRIPPED}")
-    # If an optional 3rd argument is given, we'll store if the quote style was quoted or angle bracketed
-    if(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
-      string(SUBSTRING ${FILE} 0 1 QUOTE)
-      if(QUOTE STREQUAL "<")
-        set(${ARGV2} "angle brackets")
-      else(QUOTE STREQUAL "<")
-        set(${ARGV2} "quotes")
-      endif(QUOTE STREQUAL "<")
-    endif(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
-    # Now remove the quotes or angle brackets
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "^[\"<](.*)[\">]$" "\\1" FILE "${FILE}")
-  endif(INCLUDE_STRIPPED STREQUAL "")
-  # Set the filename to the the given variable
-  set(${FILENAME} "${FILE}")
-endmacro(extract_include_filename)
-
-###############################################################################
-# find_includes(<source filename> <output variable>)
-#
-# This macro will search through a file for #include lines, regardless of
-#   whitespace, but only returns the lines that are valid for the current
-#   platform CMake is running on.
-###############################################################################
-macro(find_includes SRC INCLUDES)
-  # Read all lines from the file that start with #, regardless of whitespace before the #
-  read_from_file(${SRC} "^[ \t]*#.*$" LINES)
-  # Set that any #include lines found are valid, and create temporary variables for the last found #ifdef/#ifndef
-  set(VALID_LINE TRUE)
-  set(LAST_DEF)
-  set(LAST_CHECK)
-  # Create an empty include list
-  set(INCLUDES_LIST)
-  # Iterate through all the # lines
-  foreach(LINE ${LINES})
-    # Search for #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, #endif, and #include
-    string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*ifdef[ \t]*.*$" FOUND_IFDEF ${LINE})
-    string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*ifndef[ \t]*.*$" FOUND_IFNDEF ${LINE})
-    string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*else.*$" FOUND_ELSE ${LINE})
-    string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*endif.*$" FOUND_ENDIF ${LINE})
-    string(REGEX MATCH "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*include[ \t]*[\"<].*[\">][\ t]*.*$" FOUND_INCLUDE ${LINE})
-    # If we found a #ifdef on the line, extract the data after the #ifdef and set if the lines after it are valid based on the variables in CMake
-    if(FOUND_IFDEF)
-      # Extract the define
-      string(REGEX REPLACE "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*ifdef[ \t]*(.*)$" "\\1" DEFINE ${LINE})
-      # Replace _WIN32 with WIN32, so we can check if the WIN32 variable of CMake is set instead of _WIN32
-      if(DEFINE STREQUAL "_WIN32")
-        set(DEFINE WIN32)
-      endif(DEFINE STREQUAL "_WIN32")
-      # Set the last define to this one, and set the last check to true, so when #else is encountered, we can do an opposing check
-      set(LAST_DEF ${DEFINE})
-      set(LAST_CHECK TRUE)
-      # If the define is true (it either exists or is a non-false result), the lines following will be checked, otherwise they will be skipped
-      if(${DEFINE})
-        set(VALID_LINE TRUE)
-      else(${DEFINE})
-        set(VALID_LINE FALSE)
-      endif(${DEFINE})
-    else(FOUND_IFDEF)
-      # If we found a #ifndef on the line, the same thing as #ifdef is done, except with the checks in the opposite direction
-      if(FOUND_IFNDEF)
-        # Extract the define
-        string(REGEX REPLACE "^[ \t]*#[ \t]*ifndef[ \t]*(.*)$" "\\1" DEFINE ${LINE})
-        # Replace _WIN32 with WIN32, so we can check if the WIN32 variable of CMake is set instead of _WIN32
-        if(DEFINE STREQUAL "_WIN32")
-          set(DEFINE WIN32)
-        endif(DEFINE STREQUAL "_WIN32")
-        # Set the last define to this one, and set the last check to false, so when #else is encountered, we can do an opposing check
-        set(LAST_DEF ${DEFINE})
-        set(LAST_CHECK FALSE)
-        # If the define is not true (it either doesn't exists or is a false result), the lines following will be checked, otherwise they will be skipped
-        if(${DEFINE})
-          set(VALID_LINE FALSE)
-        else(${DEFINE})
-          set(VALUE_LINE TRUE)
-        endif(${DEFINE})
-      else(FOUND_IFNDEF)
-        # If we found a #else on the line, we check the last define in the opposite direction
-        if(FOUND_ELSE)
-          # When LAST_CHECK is true, we were inside a #ifdef, now act as if we are entering a #ifndef section by doing an opposing check
-          if(LAST_CHECK)
-            if(${LAST_DEF})
-              set(VALID_LINE FALSE)
-            else(${LAST_DEF})
-              set(VALID_LINE TRUE)
-            endif(${LAST_DEF})
-          # When LAST_CHECK is false, we were inside a #ifndef, now act as if we are entering a #ifdef section by doing an opposing check
-          else(LAST_CHECK)
-            if(${LAST_DEF})
-              set(VALID_LINE TRUE)
-            else(${LAST_DEF})
-              set(VALID_LINE FALSE)
-            endif(${LAST_DEF})
-          endif(LAST_CHECK)
-        else(FOUND_ELSE)
-          # If we found a #endif on the line, we'll assume everything following the line is valid until we meet another one of the above lines
-          if(FOUND_ENDIF)
-            set(VALID_LINE TRUE)
-          else(FOUND_ENDIF)
-            # If we found a #include on the line, add the entire line to the list of includes unless the line isn't valid
-            if(FOUND_INCLUDE)
-              if(VALID_LINE)
-                append_to_list(INCLUDES_LIST "${LINE}")
-              endif(VALID_LINE)
-            endif(FOUND_INCLUDE)
-          endif(FOUND_ENDIF)
-        endif(FOUND_ELSE)
-      endif(FOUND_IFNDEF)
-    endif(FOUND_IFDEF)
-  endforeach(LINE)
-  set(${INCLUDES} ${INCLUDES_LIST})
-endmacro(find_includes)
-
-###############################################################################
-# calculate_depends(<source filename> <output variable set to TRUE on fail> [<optional output variable for includes>])
-#
-# This macro is used in most of the src (sub)directories to calculate the
-#   header file dependencies for the given source file.
-###############################################################################
-macro(calculate_depends SRC SKIP)
-  # Temporarily set that we didn't get a 3nd argument before we actually check if we did get one or not
-  set(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES FALSE)
-  # Check for a third argument
-  if(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
-    set(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES TRUE)
-  endif(${ARGC} GREATER 2)
-  # Find all the lines in the given source file that have any form of #include on them, regardless of whitespace, but only if they are valid for the platform we are on
-  find_includes(${SRC} INCLUDES)
-  # Reset the list of headers to empty
-  set(HEADERS)
-  # Reset skip
-  set(${SKIP} FALSE)
-  # Iterate through the strings containing #include (if any)
-  foreach(INCLUDE ${INCLUDES})
-    # Extract the filename from the #include line
-    extract_include_filename(${INCLUDE} FILENAME QUOTE_TYPE)
-    if(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "angle brackets")
-      # The following checks will only be done if there was a request for angle includes to be checked
-      if(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES)
-        # Find the path of the include file
-        if(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-          find_path(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE NAMES ${FILENAME} PATHS ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/include $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/include ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-        else(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-          find_path(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE NAMES ${FILENAME} ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-        endif(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-        # If the include file was found, add it's path to the list of include paths, but only if it doesn't already exist and isn't in the defaults for the compiler
-        if(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
-          find_in_list(DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}" FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS)
-          if(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-            find_in_list(${ARGV2} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}" FOUND_IN_INCLUDES)
-            if(FOUND_IN_INCLUDES EQUAL -1)
-              append_to_list(${ARGV2} "${FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE}")
-            endif(FOUND_IN_INCLUDES EQUAL -1)
-          endif(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-        else(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
-          set(${SKIP} TRUE)
-          message("${SRC} needs header file ${FILENAME} but we were unable to locate that header file! Check that the header file is within the search path of your OS.")
-        endif(FOUND_${FILENAME}_INCLUDE)
-      endif(CHECK_ANGLE_INCLUDES)
-    endif(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "angle brackets")
-  endforeach(INCLUDE)
-endmacro(calculate_depends)
-
-###############################################################################
-# calculate_libraries(<source filename> <output variable set to TRUE on fail> <output variable for linker flags> <output variable for extra depends>)
-#
-# This macro is used in most of the module (sub)directories to calculate the
-#   library dependencies for the given source file.
-###############################################################################
-macro(calculate_libraries SRC SKIP SRC_LDFLAGS EXTRA_DEPENDS)
-  # Set up a temporary LDFLAGS for this file
-  set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${LDFLAGS}")
-  # Reset extra dependencies
-  set(EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES)
-  # Reset library paths
-  set(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-  # Reset libraries
-  set(LIBRARIES)
-  # Default to not skipping this file
-  set(${SKIP} FALSE)
-  # Check to see if there are any lines matching: /* RequiredLibraries: [something] */
-  read_from_file(${SRC} "/\\\\*[ \t]*RequiredLibraries:[ \t]*.*[ \t]*\\\\*/" REQUIRED_LIBRARIES)
-  # Iterate through those lines
-  foreach(REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARIES})
-    # Strip off the /* RequiredLibraries: and */ from the line
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "/\\*[ \t]*RequiredLibraries:[ \t]*([^ \t]*)[ \t]*\\*/" "\\1" REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
-    # Replace all commas with semicolons
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "," ";" REQUIRED_LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
-    # Iterate through the libraries given
-    foreach(LIBRARY ${REQUIRED_LIBRARY})
-      # Locate the library to see if it exists
-      if(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-      else(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-        find_library(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY NAMES ${LIBRARY} ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-      endif(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS OR WSDK_PATH OR DEFINED $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR})
-      # If the library was found, we will add it to the linker flags
-      if(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
-        # Get the path only of the library, to add it to linker flags
-        get_filename_component(LIBRARY_PATH ${FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY} PATH)
-        if(MSVC)
-          # For Visual Studio, instead of editing the linker flags, we'll add the library to a separate list of extra dependencies
-          append_to_list(EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES "${FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY}")
-        else(MSVC)
-          # For all others, add the library paths and libraries
-          append_to_list(LIBRARY_PATHS "${LIBRARY_PATH}")
-          append_to_list(LIBRARIES "${LIBRARY}")
-        endif(MSVC)
-      else(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
-        # Skip this file
-        set(${SKIP} TRUE)
-        # In the case of the library not being found, we fatally error so CMake stops trying to generate
-        message("${SRC} needs library ${LIBRARY} but we were unable to locate that library! Check that the library is within the search path of your OS.")
-      endif(FOUND_${LIBRARY}_LIBRARY)
-    endforeach(LIBRARY)
-  endforeach(REQUIRED_LIBRARY)
-  if(NOT ${SKIP})
-    # Remove duplicates from the library paths
-    if(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-      remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-    endif(LIBRARY_PATHS)
-    # Remove diplicates from the libraries
-    if(LIBRARIES)
-      remove_list_duplicates(LIBRARIES)
-    endif(LIBRARIES)
-    # Iterate through library paths and add them to the linker flags
-    foreach(LIBRARY_PATH ${LIBRARY_PATHS})
-      find_in_list(DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS "${LIBRARY_PATH}" FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS)
-      if(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-        set(THIS_LDFLAGS "${THIS_LDFLAGS} -L${LIBRARY_PATH}")
-      endif(FOUND_IN_DEFAULTS EQUAL -1)
-    endforeach(LIBRARY_PATH)
-    # Iterate through libraries and add them to the linker flags
-    foreach(LIBRARY ${LIBRARIES})
-      append_to_list(EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES "${LIBRARY}")
-    endforeach(LIBRARY)
-    set(${SRC_LDFLAGS} "${THIS_LDFLAGS}")
-    set(${EXTRA_DEPENDS} "${EXTRA_DEPENDENCIES}")
-  endif(NOT ${SKIP})
-endmacro(calculate_libraries)
-
-###############################################################################
-# check_functions(<source filename> <output variable set to TRUE on success>)
-#
-# This macro is used in most of the module (sub)directories to calculate the
-#   fcuntion dependencies for the given source file.
-###############################################################################
-macro(check_functions SRC SUCCESS)
-  # Default to true
-  set(${SUCCESS} TRUE)
-  # Check to see if there are any lines matching: /* RequiredFunctions: [something] */
-  read_from_file(${SRC} "/\\\\*[ \t]*RequiredFunctions:[ \t]*.*[ \t]*\\\\*/" REQUIRED_FUNCTIONS)
-  # Iterate through those lines
-  foreach(REQUIRED_FUNCTION ${REQUIRED_FUNCTIONS})
-    # Strip off the /* RequiredFunctions: and */ from the line
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "/\\*[ \t]*RequiredFunctions:[ \t]*([^ \t]*)[ \t]*\\*/" "\\1" REQUIRED_FUNCTION ${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-    # Replace all commas with semicolons
-    string(REGEX REPLACE "," ";" REQUIRED_FUNCTION ${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-    # Iterate through the functions given
-    foreach(FUNCTION ${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-      # Check if the function exists
-      check_function_exists(${REQUIRED_FUNCTION} HAVE_${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-      # If we don't have the function warn the user and set SUCCESS to FALSE
-      if(NOT HAVE_${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-        message("${SRC} needs function ${REQUIRED_FUNCTION} but we were unable to locate that function!")
-        set(${SUCCESS} FALSE)
-      endif(NOT HAVE_${REQUIRED_FUNCTION})
-    endforeach(FUNCTION)
-  endforeach(REQUIRED_FUNCTION)
-endmacro(check_functions)
-
-###############################################################################
-# add_to_cpack_ignored_files(<item> [TRUE])
-#
-# A macro to update the environment variable CPACK_IGNORED_FILES which
-#   contains a list of files for CPack to ignore. If the optional 2nd argument
-#   of TRUE is given, periods will be converted to \\. for CPack.
-###############################################################################
-macro(add_to_cpack_ignored_files ITEM)
-  # Temporary copy of the orignal item
-  set(REAL_ITEM "${ITEM}")
-  # If we have 2+ arguments, assume that the second one was something like TRUE (doesn't matter really) and convert periods so they will be \\. for CPack
-  if(${ARGC} GREATER 1)
-    string(REPLACE "." "\\\\." REAL_ITEM ${REAL_ITEM})
-  endif(${ARGC} GREATER 1)
-  # If the environment variable is already defined, just tack the item to the end
-  if(DEFINED ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES})
-    set(ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES} "$ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES};${REAL_ITEM}")
-  # Otherwise set the environment variable to the item
-  else(DEFINED ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES})
-    set(ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES} "${REAL_ITEM}")
-  endif(DEFINED ENV{CPACK_IGNORED_FILES})
-endmacro(add_to_cpack_ignored_files)

cmake/FindGettext.cmake

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# Find the header files, libs, and executables for gettext
-if(NOT WIN32)
-  find_path(GETTEXT_INCLUDE libintl.h /usr/include /usr/local/include ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY intl PATHS /usr/lib /usr/lib64 ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_program(GETTEXT_MSGFMT msgfmt PATHS /usr/bin/ /usr/local/bin ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
-    set(GETTEXT_FOUND TRUE)
-  endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT)
-else(NOT WIN32)
-  find_path(GETTEXT_INCLUDE libintl.h ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/include $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/include gettext/include ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GETTEXT_LIBRARY libintl PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(ICONV_LIBRARY libiconv PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(MINGWEX_LIBRARY libmingwex PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_library(GCC_LIBRARY libgcc PATHS ${DEFAULT_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/lib $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/lib gettext/lib ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  find_program(GETTEXT_MSGFMT msgfmt PATHS ${DEFAULT_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${WSDK_PATH}/bin $ENV{VCINSTALLDIR}/bin gettext/bin ${EXTRA_INCLUDE})
-  if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT AND ICONV_LIBRARY AND MINGWEX_LIBRARY AND GCC_LIBRARY)
-    set(GETTEXT_FOUND TRUE)
-  endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE AND GETTEXT_MSGFMT AND ICONV_LIBRARY AND MINGWEX_LIBRARY AND GCC_LIBRARY)
-endif(NOT WIN32)
-
-# If we found everything we need set variables correctly for lang/CMakeLists.txt to use
-if(GETTEXT_FOUND)
-  include_directories("${GETTEXT_INCLUDE}")
-  set(GETTEXT_MSGFMT_EXECUTABLE ${GETTEXT_MSGFMT})
-
-  if(WIN32)
-    set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES libiconv libintl libmingwex libgcc)
-  else(WIN32)
-    if(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
-      set(GETTEXT_LIBRARIES ${GETTEXT_LIBRARY})
-    endif(GETTEXT_LIBRARY)
-  endif(WIN32)
-endif(GETTEXT_FOUND)

cmake/NSIS.template.in

@@ -1,825 +0,0 @@
-; CPack install script designed for a nmake build
-
-;--------------------------------
-; You must define these values
-
-  !define VERSION "@CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION@"
-  !define INST_DIR "@CPACK_TEMPORARY_DIRECTORY@"
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Variables
-
-  Var MUI_TEMP
-  Var STARTMENU_FOLDER
-  Var SV_ALLUSERS
-  Var START_MENU
-  Var DO_NOT_ADD_TO_PATH
-  Var ADD_TO_PATH_ALL_USERS
-  Var ADD_TO_PATH_CURRENT_USER
-  Var INSTALL_DESKTOP
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Include Modern UI
-
-  !include "MUI2.nsh"
-
-  ;Default installation folder
-  InstallDir "$PROGRAMFILES\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY@"
-
-;--------------------------------
-;General
-
-  ;Name and file
-  Name "@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@ @CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION@"
-  OutFile "@CPACK_TOPLEVEL_DIRECTORY@/@CPACK_OUTPUT_FILE_NAME@"
-
-  ;Set compression
-  SetCompressor @CPACK_NSIS_COMPRESSOR@
-
-@CPACK_NSIS_DEFINES@
-
-  !include Sections.nsh
-
-;--- Component support macros: ---
-; The code for the add/remove functionality is from:
-;   http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Add/Remove_Functionality
-; It has been modified slightly and extended to provide
-; inter-component dependencies.
-Var AR_SecFlags
-Var AR_RegFlags
-@CPACK_NSIS_SECTION_SELECTED_VARS@
-
-; Loads the "selected" flag for the section named SecName into the
-; variable VarName.
-!macro LoadSectionSelectedIntoVar SecName VarName
- SectionGetFlags ${${SecName}} $${VarName}
- IntOp $${VarName} $${VarName} & ${SF_SELECTED}  ;Turn off all other bits
-!macroend
-
-; Loads the value of a variable... can we get around this?
-!macro LoadVar VarName
-  IntOp $R0 0 + $${VarName}
-!macroend
-
-; Sets the value of a variable
-!macro StoreVar VarName IntValue
-  IntOp $${VarName} 0 + ${IntValue}
-!macroend
-
-!macro InitSection SecName
-  ;  This macro reads component installed flag from the registry and
-  ;changes checked state of the section on the components page.
-  ;Input: section index constant name specified in Section command.
-
-  ClearErrors
-  ;Reading component status from registry
-  ReadRegDWORD $AR_RegFlags HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@\Components\${SecName}" "Installed"
-  IfErrors "default_${SecName}"
-    ;Status will stay default if registry value not found
-    ;(component was never installed)
-  IntOp $AR_RegFlags $AR_RegFlags & ${SF_SELECTED} ;Turn off all other bits
-  SectionGetFlags ${${SecName}} $AR_SecFlags  ;Reading default section flags
-  IntOp $AR_SecFlags $AR_SecFlags & 0xFFFE  ;Turn lowest (enabled) bit off
-  IntOp $AR_SecFlags $AR_RegFlags | $AR_SecFlags      ;Change lowest bit
-
-  ; Note whether this component was installed before
-  !insertmacro StoreVar ${SecName}_was_installed $AR_RegFlags
-  IntOp $R0 $AR_RegFlags & $AR_RegFlags
-
-  ;Writing modified flags
-  SectionSetFlags ${${SecName}} $AR_SecFlags
-
- "default_${SecName}:"
- !insertmacro LoadSectionSelectedIntoVar ${SecName} ${SecName}_selected
-!macroend
-
-!macro FinishSection SecName
-  ;  This macro reads section flag set by user and removes the section
-  ;if it is not selected.
-  ;Then it writes component installed flag to registry
-  ;Input: section index constant name specified in Section command.
-
-  SectionGetFlags ${${SecName}} $AR_SecFlags  ;Reading section flags
-  ;Checking lowest bit:
-  IntOp $AR_SecFlags $AR_SecFlags & ${SF_SELECTED}
-  IntCmp $AR_SecFlags 1 "leave_${SecName}"
-    ;Section is not selected:
-    ;Calling Section uninstall macro and writing zero installed flag
-    !insertmacro "Remove_${${SecName}}"
-    WriteRegDWORD HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@\Components\${SecName}" \
-  "Installed" 0
-    Goto "exit_${SecName}"
-
- "leave_${SecName}:"
-    ;Section is selected:
-    WriteRegDWORD HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@\Components\${SecName}" \
-  "Installed" 1
-
- "exit_${SecName}:"
-!macroend
-
-!macro RemoveSection SecName
-  ;  This macro is used to call section's Remove_... macro
-  ;from the uninstaller.
-  ;Input: section index constant name specified in Section command.
-
-  !insertmacro "Remove_${${SecName}}"
-!macroend
-
-; Determine whether the selection of SecName changed
-!macro MaybeSelectionChanged SecName
-  !insertmacro LoadVar ${SecName}_selected
-  SectionGetFlags ${${SecName}} $R1
-  IntOp $R1 $R1 & ${SF_SELECTED} ;Turn off all other bits
-
-  ; See if the status has changed:
-  IntCmp $R0 $R1 "${SecName}_unchanged"
-  !insertmacro LoadSectionSelectedIntoVar ${SecName} ${SecName}_selected
-
-  IntCmp $R1 ${SF_SELECTED} "${SecName}_was_selected"
-  !insertmacro "Deselect_required_by_${SecName}"
-  goto "${SecName}_unchanged"
-
-  "${SecName}_was_selected:"
-  !insertmacro "Select_${SecName}_depends"
-
-  "${SecName}_unchanged:"
-!macroend
-;--- End of Add/Remove macros ---
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Interface Settings
-
-  !define MUI_ABORTWARNING
-
-;----------------------------------------
-; based upon a script of "Written by KiCHiK 2003-01-18 05:57:02"
-;----------------------------------------
-!verbose 3
-!include "WinMessages.NSH"
-!verbose 4
-
-;====================================================
-; get_NT_environment
-;     Returns: the selected environment
-;     Output : head of the stack
-;====================================================
-!macro select_NT_profile UN
-Function ${UN}select_NT_profile
-   StrCmp $ADD_TO_PATH_ALL_USERS "1" 0 environment_single
-      DetailPrint "Selected environment for all users"
-      Push "all"
-      Return
-   environment_single:
-      DetailPrint "Selected environment for current user only."
-      Push "current"
-      Return
-FunctionEnd
-!macroend
-!insertmacro select_NT_profile ""
-!insertmacro select_NT_profile "un."
-;----------------------------------------------------
-!define NT_current_env 'HKCU "Environment"'
-!define NT_all_env     'HKLM "SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\Environment"'
-
-!ifndef WriteEnvStr_RegKey
-  !ifdef ALL_USERS
-    !define WriteEnvStr_RegKey \
-       'HKLM "SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\Environment"'
-  !else
-    !define WriteEnvStr_RegKey 'HKCU "Environment"'
-  !endif
-!endif
-
-; AddToPath - Adds the given dir to the search path.
-;        Input - head of the stack
-;        Note - Win9x systems requires reboot
-
-Function AddToPath
-  Exch $0
-  Push $1
-  Push $2
-  Push $3
-
-  # don't add if the path doesn't exist
-  IfFileExists "$0\*.*" "" AddToPath_done
-
-  ReadEnvStr $1 PATH
-  Push "$1;"
-  Push "$0;"
-  Call StrStr
-  Pop $2
-  StrCmp $2 "" "" AddToPath_done
-  Push "$1;"
-  Push "$0\;"
-  Call StrStr
-  Pop $2
-  StrCmp $2 "" "" AddToPath_done
-  GetFullPathName /SHORT $3 $0
-  Push "$1;"
-  Push "$3;"
-  Call StrStr
-  Pop $2
-  StrCmp $2 "" "" AddToPath_done
-  Push "$1;"
-  Push "$3\;"
-  Call StrStr
-  Pop $2
-  StrCmp $2 "" "" AddToPath_done
-
-  Call IsNT
-  Pop $1
-  StrCmp $1 1 AddToPath_NT
-    ; Not on NT
-    StrCpy $1 $WINDIR 2
-    FileOpen $1 "$1\autoexec.bat" a
-    FileSeek $1 -1 END
-    FileReadByte $1 $2
-    IntCmp $2 26 0 +2 +2 # DOS EOF
-      FileSeek $1 -1 END # write over EOF
-    FileWrite $1 "$\r$\nSET PATH=%PATH%;$3$\r$\n"
-    FileClose $1
-    SetRebootFlag true
-    Goto AddToPath_done
-
-  AddToPath_NT:
-    ReadRegStr $1 ${WriteEnvStr_RegKey} "PATH"
-    StrCmp $1 "" AddToPath_NTdoIt
-      Push $1
-      Call Trim
-      Pop $1
-      StrCpy $0 "$1;$0"
-    AddToPath_NTdoIt:
-      WriteRegExpandStr ${WriteEnvStr_RegKey} "PATH" $0
-      SendMessage ${HWND_BROADCAST} ${WM_WININICHANGE} 0 "STR:Environment" /TIMEOUT=5000
-
-  AddToPath_done:
-    Pop $3
-    Pop $2
-    Pop $1
-    Pop $0
-FunctionEnd
-
-
-; RemoveFromPath - Remove a given dir from the path
-;     Input: head of the stack
-
-Function un.RemoveFromPath
-  Exch $0
-  Push $1
-  Push $2
-  Push $3
-  Push $4
-  Push $5
-  Push $6
-
-  IntFmt $6 "%c" 26 # DOS EOF
-
-  Call un.IsNT
-  Pop $1
-  StrCmp $1 1 unRemoveFromPath_NT
-    ; Not on NT
-    StrCpy $1 $WINDIR 2
-    FileOpen $1 "$1\autoexec.bat" r
-    GetTempFileName $4
-    FileOpen $2 $4 w
-    GetFullPathName /SHORT $0 $0
-    StrCpy $0 "SET PATH=%PATH%;$0"
-    Goto unRemoveFromPath_dosLoop
-
-    unRemoveFromPath_dosLoop:
-      FileRead $1 $3
-      StrCpy $5 $3 1 -1 # read last char
-      StrCmp $5 $6 0 +2 # if DOS EOF
-        StrCpy $3 $3 -1 # remove DOS EOF so we can compare
-      StrCmp $3 "$0$\r$\n" unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopRemoveLine
-      StrCmp $3 "$0$\n" unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopRemoveLine
-      StrCmp $3 "$0" unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopRemoveLine
-      StrCmp $3 "" unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopEnd
-      FileWrite $2 $3
-      Goto unRemoveFromPath_dosLoop
-      unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopRemoveLine:
-        SetRebootFlag true
-        Goto unRemoveFromPath_dosLoop
-
-    unRemoveFromPath_dosLoopEnd:
-      FileClose $2
-      FileClose $1
-      StrCpy $1 $WINDIR 2
-      Delete "$1\autoexec.bat"
-      CopyFiles /SILENT $4 "$1\autoexec.bat"
-      Delete $4
-      Goto unRemoveFromPath_done
-
-  unRemoveFromPath_NT:
-    ReadRegStr $1 ${WriteEnvStr_RegKey} "PATH"
-    StrCpy $5 $1 1 -1 # copy last char
-    StrCmp $5 ";" +2 # if last char != ;
-      StrCpy $1 "$1;" # append ;
-    Push $1
-    Push "$0;"
-    Call un.StrStr ; Find `$0;` in $1
-    Pop $2 ; pos of our dir
-    StrCmp $2 "" unRemoveFromPath_done
-      ; else, it is in path
-      # $0 - path to add
-      # $1 - path var
-      StrLen $3 "$0;"
-      StrLen $4 $2
-      StrCpy $5 $1 -$4 # $5 is now the part before the path to remove
-      StrCpy $6 $2 "" $3 # $6 is now the part after the path to remove
-      StrCpy $3 $5$6
-
-      StrCpy $5 $3 1 -1 # copy last char
-      StrCmp $5 ";" 0 +2 # if last char == ;
-        StrCpy $3 $3 -1 # remove last char
-
-      WriteRegExpandStr ${WriteEnvStr_RegKey} "PATH" $3
-      SendMessage ${HWND_BROADCAST} ${WM_WININICHANGE} 0 "STR:Environment" /TIMEOUT=5000
-
-  unRemoveFromPath_done:
-    Pop $6
-    Pop $5
-    Pop $4
-    Pop $3
-    Pop $2
-    Pop $1
-    Pop $0
-FunctionEnd
-
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
-; Uninstall sutff
-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
-
-###########################################
-#            Utility Functions            #
-###########################################
-
-;====================================================
-; IsNT - Returns 1 if the current system is NT, 0
-;        otherwise.
-;     Output: head of the stack
-;====================================================
-; IsNT
-; no input
-; output, top of the stack = 1 if NT or 0 if not
-;
-; Usage:
-;   Call IsNT
-;   Pop $R0
-;  ($R0 at this point is 1 or 0)
-
-!macro IsNT un
-Function ${un}IsNT
-  Push $0
-  ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion" CurrentVersion
-  StrCmp $0 "" 0 IsNT_yes
-  ; we are not NT.
-  Pop $0
-  Push 0
-  Return
-
-  IsNT_yes:
-    ; NT!!!
-    Pop $0
-    Push 1
-FunctionEnd
-!macroend
-!insertmacro IsNT ""
-!insertmacro IsNT "un."
-
-; StrStr
-; input, top of stack = string to search for
-;        top of stack-1 = string to search in
-; output, top of stack (replaces with the portion of the string remaining)
-; modifies no other variables.
-;
-; Usage:
-;   Push "this is a long ass string"
-;   Push "ass"
-;   Call StrStr
-;   Pop $R0
-;  ($R0 at this point is "ass string")
-
-!macro StrStr un
-Function ${un}StrStr
-Exch $R1 ; st=haystack,old$R1, $R1=needle
-  Exch    ; st=old$R1,haystack
-  Exch $R2 ; st=old$R1,old$R2, $R2=haystack
-  Push $R3
-  Push $R4
-  Push $R5
-  StrLen $R3 $R1
-  StrCpy $R4 0
-  ; $R1=needle
-  ; $R2=haystack
-  ; $R3=len(needle)
-  ; $R4=cnt
-  ; $R5=tmp
-  loop:
-    StrCpy $R5 $R2 $R3 $R4
-    StrCmp $R5 $R1 done
-    StrCmp $R5 "" done
-    IntOp $R4 $R4 + 1
-    Goto loop
-done:
-  StrCpy $R1 $R2 "" $R4
-  Pop $R5
-  Pop $R4
-  Pop $R3
-  Pop $R2
-  Exch $R1
-FunctionEnd
-!macroend
-!insertmacro StrStr ""
-!insertmacro StrStr "un."
-
-Function Trim ; Added by Pelaca
-	Exch $R1
-	Push $R2
-Loop:
-	StrCpy $R2 "$R1" 1 -1
-	StrCmp "$R2" " " RTrim
-	StrCmp "$R2" "$\n" RTrim
-	StrCmp "$R2" "$\r" RTrim
-	StrCmp "$R2" ";" RTrim
-	GoTo Done
-RTrim:
-	StrCpy $R1 "$R1" -1
-	Goto Loop
-Done:
-	Pop $R2
-	Exch $R1
-FunctionEnd
-
-Function ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Pop $0
-  Pop $1
-  StrCmp "$0" "" ConditionalAddToRegisty_EmptyString
-    WriteRegStr SHCTX "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" \
-    "$1" "$0"
-    ;MessageBox MB_OK "Set Registry: '$1' to '$0'"
-    DetailPrint "Set install registry entry: '$1' to '$0'"
-  ConditionalAddToRegisty_EmptyString:
-FunctionEnd
-
-;--------------------------------
-
-!ifdef CPACK_USES_DOWNLOAD
-Function DownloadFile
-    IfFileExists $INSTDIR\* +2
-    CreateDirectory $INSTDIR
-    Pop $0
-
-    ; Skip if already downloaded
-    IfFileExists $INSTDIR\$0 0 +2
-    Return
-
-    StrCpy $1 "@CPACK_DOWNLOAD_SITE@"
-
-  try_again:
-    NSISdl::download "$1/$0" "$INSTDIR\$0"
-
-    Pop $1
-    StrCmp $1 "success" success
-    StrCmp $1 "Cancelled" cancel
-    MessageBox MB_OK "Download failed: $1"
-  cancel:
-    Return
-  success:
-FunctionEnd
-!endif
-
-;--------------------------------
-; Installation types
-@CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLATION_TYPES@
-
-;--------------------------------
-; Component sections
-@CPACK_NSIS_COMPONENT_SECTIONS@
-
-;--------------------------------
-; Define some macro setting for the gui
-@CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLER_MUI_ICON_CODE@
-@CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLER_ICON_CODE@
-@CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLER_MUI_COMPONENTS_DESC@
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Pages
-  !define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_ROOT "SHCTX"
-  !define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_KEY "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@"
-  !define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_VALUENAME "NSIS:Language"
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_WELCOME
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "@CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE@"
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_DIRECTORY
-
-  ;Start Menu Folder Page Configuration
-  !define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_ROOT "SHCTX"
-  !define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_KEY "Software\@CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR@\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY@"
-  !define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_VALUENAME "Start Menu Folder"
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_STARTMENU Application $STARTMENU_FOLDER
-
-  @CPACK_NSIS_PAGE_COMPONENTS@
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES
-
-  !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME "$INSTDIR\docs\README.txt"
-  !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_FINISH
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_CONFIRM
-  !insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_INSTFILES
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Languages
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Dutch"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "English"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "French"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "German"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Italian"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Portuguese"
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Spanish"
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Installer Sections
-
-Section "-Core installation"
-  ;Use the entire tree produced by the INSTALL target.  Keep the
-  ;list of directories here in sync with the RMDir commands below.
-  SetOutPath "$INSTDIR"
-  @CPACK_NSIS_FULL_INSTALL@
-
-  ;Store installation folder
-  WriteRegStr SHCTX "Software\@CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR@\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY@" "" $INSTDIR
-
-  ;Create uninstaller
-  WriteUninstaller "$INSTDIR\Uninstall.exe"
-  Push "DisplayName"
-  Push "@CPACK_NSIS_DISPLAY_NAME@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "DisplayVersion"
-  Push "@CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "Publisher"
-  Push "@CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "UninstallString"
-  Push "$INSTDIR\Uninstall.exe"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "NoRepair"
-  Push "1"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-
-  !ifdef CPACK_NSIS_ADD_REMOVE
-  ;Create add/remove functionality
-  Push "ModifyPath"
-  Push "$INSTDIR\AddRemove.exe"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  !else
-  Push "NoModify"
-  Push "1"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  !endif
-
-  ; Optional registration
-  Push "DisplayIcon"
-  Push "$INSTDIR\@CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLED_ICON_NAME@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "HelpLink"
-  Push "@CPACK_NSIS_HELP_LINK@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "URLInfoAbout"
-  Push "@CPACK_NSIS_URL_INFO_ABOUT@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "Contact"
-  Push "@CPACK_NSIS_CONTACT@"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_WRITE_BEGIN Application
-
-  ;Create shortcuts
-  CreateDirectory "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER"
-@CPACK_NSIS_CREATE_ICONS@
-@CPACK_NSIS_CREATE_ICONS_EXTRA@
-  CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\Uninstall.lnk" "$INSTDIR\Uninstall.exe"
-
-  ; Write special uninstall registry entries
-  Push "StartMenu"
-  Push "$STARTMENU_FOLDER"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "DoNotAddToPath"
-  Push "$DO_NOT_ADD_TO_PATH"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "AddToPathAllUsers"
-  Push "$ADD_TO_PATH_ALL_USERS"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "AddToPathCurrentUser"
-  Push "$ADD_TO_PATH_CURRENT_USER"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-  Push "InstallToDesktop"
-  Push "$INSTALL_DESKTOP"
-  Call ConditionalAddToRegisty
-
-@CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_INSTALL_COMMANDS@
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_WRITE_END
-
-SectionEnd
-
-;--------------------------------
-; determine admin versus local install
-Function un.onInit
-
-  ClearErrors
-  UserInfo::GetName
-  IfErrors noLM
-  Pop $0
-  UserInfo::GetAccountType
-  Pop $1
-  StrCmp $1 "Admin" 0 +3
-    SetShellVarContext all
-    ;MessageBox MB_OK 'User "$0" is in the Admin group'
-    Goto done
-  StrCmp $1 "Power" 0 +3
-    SetShellVarContext all
-    ;MessageBox MB_OK 'User "$0" is in the Power Users group'
-    Goto done
-
-  noLM:
-    ;Get installation folder from registry if available
-
-  done:
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_UNGETLANGUAGE
-FunctionEnd
-
-;--- Add/Remove callback functions: ---
-!macro SectionList MacroName
-  ;This macro used to perform operation on multiple sections.
-  ;List all of your components in following manner here.
-@CPACK_NSIS_COMPONENT_SECTION_LIST@
-!macroend
-
-Section -FinishComponents
-  ;Removes unselected components and writes component status to registry
-  !insertmacro SectionList "FinishSection"
-
-!ifdef CPACK_NSIS_ADD_REMOVE
-  ; Get the name of the installer executable
-  System::Call 'kernel32::GetModuleFileNameA(i 0, t .R0, i 1024) i r1'
-  StrCpy $R3 $R0
-
-  ; Strip off the last 13 characters, to see if we have AddRemove.exe
-  StrLen $R1 $R0
-  IntOp $R1 $R0 - 13
-  StrCpy $R2 $R0 13 $R1
-  StrCmp $R2 "AddRemove.exe" addremove_installed
-
-  ; We're not running AddRemove.exe, so install it
-  CopyFiles $R3 $INSTDIR\AddRemove.exe
-
-  addremove_installed:
-!endif
-SectionEnd
-;--- End of Add/Remove callback functions ---
-
-;--------------------------------
-; Component dependencies
-Function .onSelChange
-  !insertmacro SectionList MaybeSelectionChanged
-FunctionEnd
-
-;--------------------------------
-;Uninstaller Section
-
-Section "Uninstall"
-  ReadRegStr $START_MENU SHCTX \
-   "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" "StartMenu"
-  ;MessageBox MB_OK "Start menu is in: $START_MENU"
-  ReadRegStr $DO_NOT_ADD_TO_PATH SHCTX \
-    "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" "DoNotAddToPath"
-  ReadRegStr $ADD_TO_PATH_ALL_USERS SHCTX \
-    "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" "AddToPathAllUsers"
-  ReadRegStr $ADD_TO_PATH_CURRENT_USER SHCTX \
-    "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" "AddToPathCurrentUser"
-  ;MessageBox MB_OK "Add to path: $DO_NOT_ADD_TO_PATH all users: $ADD_TO_PATH_ALL_USERS"
-  ReadRegStr $INSTALL_DESKTOP SHCTX \
-    "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@" "InstallToDesktop"
-  ;MessageBox MB_OK "Install to desktop: $INSTALL_DESKTOP "
-
-@CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_UNINSTALL_COMMANDS@
-
-  ;Remove files we installed.
-  ;Keep the list of directories here in sync with the File commands above.
-@CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_FILES@
-@CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_DIRECTORIES@
-
-!ifdef CPACK_NSIS_ADD_REMOVE
-  ;Remove the add/remove program
-  Delete "$INSTDIR\AddRemove.exe"
-!endif
-
-  ;Remove the uninstaller itself.
-  Delete "$INSTDIR\Uninstall.exe"
-  DeleteRegKey SHCTX "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME@"
-
-  ;Remove the installation directory if it is empty.
-  RMDir "$INSTDIR"
-
-  ; Remove the registry entries.
-  DeleteRegKey SHCTX "Software\@CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR@\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY@"
-
-  ; Removes all optional components
-  !insertmacro SectionList "RemoveSection"
-
-  !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_GETFOLDER Application $MUI_TEMP
-
-  Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$MUI_TEMP\Uninstall.lnk"
-@CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_ICONS@
-@CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_ICONS_EXTRA@
-
-  ;Delete empty start menu parent diretories
-  StrCpy $MUI_TEMP "$SMPROGRAMS\$MUI_TEMP"
-
-  startMenuDeleteLoop:
-    ClearErrors
-    RMDir $MUI_TEMP
-    GetFullPathName $MUI_TEMP "$MUI_TEMP\.."
-
-    IfErrors startMenuDeleteLoopDone
-
-    StrCmp "$MUI_TEMP" "$SMPROGRAMS" startMenuDeleteLoopDone startMenuDeleteLoop
-  startMenuDeleteLoopDone:
-
-  ; If the user changed the shortcut, then untinstall may not work. This should
-  ; try to fix it.
-  StrCpy $MUI_TEMP "$START_MENU"
-  Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$MUI_TEMP\Uninstall.lnk"
-@CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_ICONS_EXTRA@
-
-  ;Delete empty start menu parent diretories
-  StrCpy $MUI_TEMP "$SMPROGRAMS\$MUI_TEMP"
-
-  secondStartMenuDeleteLoop:
-    ClearErrors
-    RMDir $MUI_TEMP
-    GetFullPathName $MUI_TEMP "$MUI_TEMP\.."
-
-    IfErrors secondStartMenuDeleteLoopDone
-
-    StrCmp "$MUI_TEMP" "$SMPROGRAMS" secondStartMenuDeleteLoopDone secondStartMenuDeleteLoop
-  secondStartMenuDeleteLoopDone:
-
-  DeleteRegKey /ifempty SHCTX "Software\@CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR@\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY@"
-
-  Push $INSTDIR\bin
-  StrCmp $DO_NOT_ADD_TO_PATH_ "1" doNotRemoveFromPath 0
-    Call un.RemoveFromPath
-  doNotRemoveFromPath:
-SectionEnd
-
-;--------------------------------
-; determine admin versus local install
-; Is install for "AllUsers" or "JustMe"?
-; Default to "JustMe" - set to "AllUsers" if admin or on Win9x
-; This function is used for the very first "custom page" of the installer.
-; This custom page does not show up visibly, but it executes prior to the
-; first visible page and sets up $INSTDIR properly...
-; Choose different default installation folder based on SV_ALLUSERS...
-; "Program Files" for AllUsers, "My Documents" for JustMe...
-
-Function .onInit
-  !insertmacro MUI_LANGDLL_DISPLAY
-  ; Reads components status for registry
-  !insertmacro SectionList "InitSection"
-
-  StrCpy $SV_ALLUSERS "JustMe"
-  StrCpy $INSTDIR "$DOCUMENTS\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY@"
-
-  ClearErrors
-  UserInfo::GetName
-  IfErrors noLM
-  Pop $0
-  UserInfo::GetAccountType
-  Pop $1
-  StrCmp $1 "Admin" 0 +3
-    SetShellVarContext all
-    ;MessageBox MB_OK 'User "$0" is in the Admin group'
-    StrCpy $SV_ALLUSERS "AllUsers"
-    Goto done
-  StrCmp $1 "Power" 0 +3
-    SetShellVarContext all
-    ;MessageBox MB_OK 'User "$0" is in the Power Users group'
-    StrCpy $SV_ALLUSERS "AllUsers"
-    Goto done
-
-  noLM:
-    StrCpy $SV_ALLUSERS "AllUsers"
-    ;Get installation folder from registry if available
-
-  done:
-  StrCmp $SV_ALLUSERS "AllUsers" 0 +2
-    StrCpy $INSTDIR "$PROGRAMFILES\@CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY@"
-
-FunctionEnd

cmake/ReadFile.cmake

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-# This file is external to the read_from_file macro in Anope.cmake in order to
-# get around a possible memory leak in older versions of CMake.
-
-file(READ "${FILE}" RESULT)
-message("${RESULT}")

cmake/eventfd_test.cpp

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-#include <sys/eventfd.h>
-
-int main()
-{
-	int i = eventfd(0, EFD_NONBLOCK);
-	return i >= 0 ? 1 : 0;
-}
-

configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+dnl autoconf.in for Services.
+dnl
+dnl Anope (c) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+dnl Contact us at team@anope.org
+
+dnl This program is free but copyrighted software; see the file COPYING for
+dnl details.
+ 
+dnl Based heavily on the Unreal configure.in script, and extra thanks to
+dnl codemastr from UnrealIRCD.
+
+AC_INIT
+
+# If no bindir, we tell him to run ./Config.
+if test "${with_bindir+set}" != set || test "${with_datadir+set}" != set; then
+  echo "You might want to run ./Config or provide some parameters to this script."
+  echo "./configure --help for information about this script"
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/actions.c])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(include/sysconf.h)
+AC_PROG_CC
+if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = "yes"; then
+#    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -funsigned-char"
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK(if gcc has a working -pipe, ac_cv_pipe, [
+    save_cflags="$CFLAGS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
+    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],[ac_cv_pipe="yes"],[ac_cv_pipe="no"])
+    CFLAGS="$save_cflags"
+    ])
+    if test "$ac_cv_pipe" = "yes"; then
+        CFLAGS="-pipe $CFLAGS"
+    fi
+fi
+
+dnl CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -W -Wall"
+
+AC_PATH_PROG(RM,rm)
+AC_PATH_PROG(CP,cp)
+AC_PATH_PROG(TOUCH,touch)
+AC_PATH_PROG(INSTALL,install)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl,inet_ntoa,ANOPELIBS="$ANOPELIBS-lnsl ")
+AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket,ANOPELIBS="$ANOPELIBS-lsocket ")
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, res_query,ANOPELIBS="$ANOPELIBS-lresolv ")
+AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, revoke,ANOPELIBS="$ANOPELIBS-lbsd ")
+
+dnl Does this platform require array notation to assign to a va_list?
+dnl If cross-compiling, we assume va_list is "normal".  If this breaks
+dnl you, set ac_cv_valistisarray=true and maybe define HAVE_VA_LIST_AS_ARRAY
+dnl also just to be sure.
+
+dnl NOTE: this autoconf test is taken from mozilla: www.mozilla.org.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether va_list assignments need array notation)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_valistisarray,
+        [AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <stdlib.h>
+		     #include <stdarg.h>
+		     void foo(int i, ...) {
+			va_list ap1, ap2;
+			va_start(ap1, i);
+			ap2 = ap1;
+			if (va_arg(ap2, int) != 123 || va_arg(ap1, int) != 123) { exit(1); }
+			va_end(ap1); va_end(ap2);
+		     }
+		     int main()
+		     { foo(0, 123); return(0); }]])],[ac_cv_valistisarray=false],[ac_cv_valistisarray=true],[ac_cv_valistisarray=false])])
+					     
+if test "$ac_cv_valistisarray" = true ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VA_LIST_AS_ARRAY,[1],[va_list as array])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+
+DIS_MYSQL="  MySQL: No"
+AC_ARG_WITH(mysql, [  --without-mysql         Do not use MySQL or attempt to find it],,[
+	AC_ARG_WITH(mysqlconfig-path, [  --with-mysqlconfig-path=PATH Complete path to the mysql_config executable],
+	mysql_config_path="$withval", mysql_config_path="")
+	MYSQLCONF=""
+	if test "$mysql_config_path" != ""; then
+		if test -x "$mysql_config_path"; then
+			MYSQLCONF="$mysql_config_path"
+			echo "checking for mysql_config... $MYSQLCONF" >&6
+		fi
+	fi
+	if test "$MYSQLCONF" = ""; then
+		AC_PATH_PROG(MYSQLCONF,mysql_config, "")
+	fi
+	if test "$MYSQLCONF" != ""; then
+		hold_cflags="$CFLAGS"
+		hold_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+		if test "$MYSQL_CFLAGS" = ""; then
+			MYSQL_CFLAGS="`$MYSQLCONF --cflags`"
+		fi
+		if test "$MYSQL_LDFLAGS" = ""; then
+			MYSQL_LDFLAGS="`$MYSQLCONF --libs`"
+		fi
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $MYSQL_CFLAGS"
+		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $MYSQL_LDFLAGS"
+		LIBS="$MYSQL_LDFLAGS"
+		echo $ECHO_N "checking if mysql_config produces valid values... $ECHO_C" >&6
+		AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+#include <mysql.h>
+
+int main()
+{
+	MYSQL *mysql = mysql_init(0);
+	
+	return 0;
+}
+		]])],[ac_cv_mysql_valid=yes],[ac_cv_mysql_valid=no],[])
+		echo $ac_cv_mysql_valid >&6
+		if test "$ac_cv_mysql_valid" = "yes"; then
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(USE_MYSQL,1,"Use Mysql")
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(USE_RDB,1,"Use RDB")
+			MYSQL=" mysql.c "
+			RDB=" rdb.c "
+			AC_SUBST(MYSQL)
+			AC_SUBST(RDB)
+			 DIS_MYSQL="  MySQL: Yes"
+		else
+			CFLAGS="$hold_cflags"
+			LDFLAGS="$hold_ldflags"
+			LIBS=""
+		fi
+	fi
+])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether this is a bit or little endian system)
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
+int main()
+{
+	short s = 1;
+	short* ptr = &s;
+	unsigned char c = *((char*)ptr);
+	return c;	
+}
+
+]])],[AC_DEFINE(BIG_ENDIAN)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(big)
+],[AC_DEFINE(LITTLE_ENDIAN) 
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(little)
+],[])
+
+AC_SUBST(ANOPELIBS)
+AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/types.h,AC_DEFINE(HAS_SYS_TYPES_H,1,"Has sys/types.h"))
+
+DIS_MODULES="Modules: Yes"
+
+dnl module checking based on Unreal's module checking code
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_DYN,
+[
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(dlopen,, AC_CHECK_LIB(dl,dlopen,[
+  ANOPELIBS="$ANOPELIBS -ldl"
+  AC_DEFINE(USE_MODULES,1,"Modules are available")
+  USE_MODULES="yes"
+  DIS_MODULES="Modules: Yes"
+],
+[
+AC_MSG_WARN(Dynamic linking is not enabled because dlopen was not found)
+AC_DEFINE(STATIC_LINKING,"NO_MODULES","modules not available")
+  DIS_MODULES="Modules: No"
+]))
+
+hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -export-dynamic"
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(if we need the -export-dynamic flag, ac_cv_export_dynamic, [
+AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],[ac_cv_export_dynamic=yes],[ac_cv_export_dynamic=no])])
+if test "$ac_cv_export_dynamic" = "no"; then
+CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(for compiler option to produce PIC,ac_cv_pic,[
+if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = "yes"; then
+        ac_cv_pic="-fPIC -DPIC -shared"
+	case `uname -s` in
+		Darwin*[)]
+		ac_cv_pic="-bundle -flat_namespace -undefined suppress"
+		;;
+		HP-UX*[)]
+		ac_cv_pic="-fPIC"
+		;;
+	esac
+else
+case `uname -s` in
+    SunOS*[)]
+       ac_cv_pic="-KPIC -DPIC -G"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+])
+
+if test "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" = "yes"; then
+	case `uname -s` in
+		Darwin*[)]
+		SHARED="-bundle -flat_namespace -undefined suppress"
+		AC_SUBST(SHARED)
+		;;
+		*[)]
+		SHARED="-shared"
+		AC_SUBST(SHARED)
+		;;
+	esac
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(if your system prepends an underscore on symbols,ac_cv_underscore,[
+cat >uscore.c << __EOF__
+int main() {
+return 0;
+}
+__EOF__
+$CC -o uscore $CFLAGS uscore.c 1>&5
+if test -z "`strings -a uscore |grep '^_main$'`"; then
+    ac_cv_underscore=no
+else
+    ac_cv_underscore=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f uscore uscore.c
+])
+if test "$ac_cv_underscore" = "yes"; then
+AC_DEFINE(DL_PREFIX,"_","Underscore needed for dlopen")
+else
+AC_DEFINE(DL_PREFIX,"","No prefix needed for dlopen")
+fi
+
+MODULEFLAGS=$ac_cv_pic
+AC_SUBST(MODULEFLAGS)
+AC_DEFINE(USE_MODULES,1,"Modules available")
+])
+
+AC_ENABLE_DYN
+anope_CHECK_TYPE_SIZES
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(strings.h,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRINGS_H,1,""))
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/select.h,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H,1,""))
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(backtrace,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BACKTRACE,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRERROR,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sys_errlist,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(snprintf,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SNPRINTF,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stricmp,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRICMP,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcasecmp,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRCASECMP,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strdup,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRDUP,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strspn,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRSPN,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strsignal,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRSIGNAL,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettimeofday,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setgrent,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SETGRENT,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(umask,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UMASK,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fork,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FORK,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname_r,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcpy,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRLCPY,1))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcat,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRLCAT,1))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rungroup, [ --with-rungroup=group     Specify the rungroup for anope], [ 
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RUNGROUP,"$withval","Run group")
+    RUNGROUP=$withval
+])
+AC_SUBST(RUNGROUP)
+
+dnl AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MYOSNAME,"`uname -a`","uname")
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(permissions, [ --with-permissions=permissions     Specify the default permissions for anope], AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFUMASK,$withval,"Default umask permissions"), AC_DEFINE(DEFUMASK, 007,"Default umask Permissions"))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(bindir, [ --with-bindir=bindir     Specify the default binary dir for anope], [ 
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SERVICES_BIN,"${withval}/services","Binary Dir")
+    BINDEST=$withval
+    DATDEST=$withval
+    MODULE_PATH=${withval}/modules/
+])
+
+AC_SUBST(BINDEST)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(datadir, [ --with-datadir=datadir   Specify the location of the services data folder], [
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SERVICES_DIR,"$withval","services bin dir")
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MODULE_PATH,"${withval}/modules/","Module dir")
+ DATDEST=$withval
+ MODULE_PATH=${withval}/modules/
+])
+
+AC_SUBST(DATDEST)
+AC_SUBST(MODULE_PATH)
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(		\
+	Makefile		\
+	src/bin/anoperc	\
+)
+
+AC_OUTPUT
+
+cat <<EOT
+
+$DIS_MODULES
+$DIS_MYSQL
+
+All done!  Now run "make" (or possibly "gmake") to compile Anope.
+See the INSTALL, README and FAQ files if you have any problems.
+EOT
+

data/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-# Only install example.chk and example.conf from this directory
-# NOTE: I would've had this just find all files in the directory, but that would include files not needed (like this file)
-set(DATA example.chk botserv.example.conf example.conf hostserv.example.conf modules.example.conf operserv.example.conf chanserv.example.conf global.example.conf memoserv.example.conf nickserv.example.conf chanstats.example.conf)
-install(FILES ${DATA}
-  DESTINATION ${CONF_DIR}
-)

data/botserv.example.conf

@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for BotServ.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the BotServ client
-	 */
-	nick = "BotServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the BotServ client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the BotServ client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the BotServ client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "Bot Service"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core BotServ module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for BotServ.
- */
-module { name = "botserv" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for BotServ provided by bs_main.
- */
-botserv
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be BotServ.
-	 */
-	name = "BotServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The default bot options for newly registered channels. Note that changing these options
-	 * will have no effect on channels which are already registered. The list must be separated
-	 * by spaces.
-	 *
-	 * The options are:
-	 * -    dontkickops: Channel operators will be protected against BotServ kicks
-	 * - dontkickvoices: Voiced users will be protected against BotServ kicks
-	 * -          greet: The channel's BotServ bot will greet incoming users that have set a greet
-	 *                     in their NickServ settings
-	 * -        fantasy: Enables the use of BotServ fantasy commands in the channel
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, there will be no defaults.
-	 */
-	defaults="greet fantasy"
-
-	/*
-	 * The minimum number of users there must be in a channel before the bot joins it. The best
-	 * value for this setting is 1 or 2. This can be 0, the service bots will not part unless
-	 * specifically unassigned, and will keep the channel open.
-	 */
-	minusers = 1
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of entries a single bad words list can have. Setting it too high can
-	 * reduce performance slightly.
-	 */
-	badwordsmax = 32
-
-	/*
-	 * The amount of time that data for a user is valid in BotServ. If the data exceeds this time,
-	 * it is reset or deleted depending on the case. Do not set it too high, otherwise your
-	 * resources will be slightly affected.
-	 */
-	keepdata = 10m
-
-	/*
-	 * The bots are currently not affected by any modes or bans when they try to join a channel.
-	 * But some people may want to make it act like a real bot, that is, for example, remove all
-	 * the bans affecting the bot before joining the channel, remove a ban that affects the bot
-	 * set by a user when it is in the channel, and so on. Since it consumes a bit more CPU
-	 * time, you should not enable this on larger networks.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#smartjoin = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, the bots will use a kick reason that does not state the word when it is kicking.
-	 * This is especially useful if you have young people on your network.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	gentlebadwordreason = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, BotServ will use case sensitive checking for badwords.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#casesensitive = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines the prefixs for fantasy commands in channels. One of these characters will have to be prepended
-	 * to all fantasy commands. If you choose "!", for example, fantasy commands will be "!kick",
-	 * "!op", etc. This directive is optional, if left out, the default fantasy character is "!".
-	 */
-	#fantasycharacter = "!."
-}
-
-/*
- * Core BotServ commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_assign
- *
- * Provides the commands botserv/assign and botserv/unassign.
- *
- * Used for assigning and unassigning bots to channels.
- */
-module { name = "bs_assign" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "ASSIGN"; command = "botserv/assign"; }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "UNASSIGN"; command = "botserv/unassign"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_autoassign
- *
- * Allows service bots to be automatically assigned to channels upon registration.
- */
-#module { name = "bs_autoassign" }
-bs_autoassign
-{
-	/*
-	 * Automatically assign ChanServ to channels upon registration.
-	 */
-	bot = "ChanServ"
-}
-
-/*
- * bs_badwords
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/badwords.
- *
- * Used for controlling the channel badword list.
- */
-module { name = "bs_badwords" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BADWORDS"; command = "botserv/badwords"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_bot
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/bot.
- *
- * Used for administrating BotServ bots.
- */
-module { name = "bs_bot" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BOT"; command = "botserv/bot"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_botlist
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/botlist.
- *
- * Used for listing all available bots.
- */
-module { name = "bs_botlist" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "BOTLIST"; command = "botserv/botlist"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_control
- *
- * Provides the commands botserv/act and botserv/say.
- *
- * Used for making the bot message a channel.
- */
-module { name = "bs_control" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "ACT"; command = "botserv/act"; }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SAY"; command = "botserv/say"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_info
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/info.
- *
- * Used for getting information on bots or channels.
- */
-module { name = "bs_info" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "botserv/info"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_kick
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/kick.
- *
- * Used for configuring what bots should kick for.
- */
-module { name = "bs_kick" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "KICK"; command = "botserv/kick"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set.
- *
- * Used for setting options such as kickers and fantasy replies.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET"; command = "botserv/set"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_dontkickops
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/dontkickops.
- *
- * Used for preventing BotServ from kicking channel operators.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_dontkickops" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET DONTKICKOPS"; command = "botserv/set/dontkickops"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_dontkickvoices
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/dontkickvoices.
- *
- * Used for preventing BotServ from kicking voices.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_dontkickvoices" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET DONTKICKVOICES"; command = "botserv/set/dontkickvoices"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_fantasy
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/fantasy.
- *
- * Used for enabling or disabling BotServ's fantaisist commands.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_fantasy" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET FANTASY"; command = "botserv/set/fantasy"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_greet
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/greet.
- *
- * Used for enabling or disabling BotServ's greet messages in a channel.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_greet" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET GREET"; command = "botserv/set/greet"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_nobot
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/nobot.
- *
- * Used by Services Operators to prohibit specific channels from being assigned BotServ bots.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_nobot" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET NOBOT"; command = "botserv/set/nobot"; }
-
-/*
- * bs_set_private
- *
- * Provides the command botserv/set/private.
- *
- * Used by Services Operators to prohibit specific BotServ bots from being assigned to channels.
- */
-module { name = "bs_set_private" }
-command { service = "BotServ"; name = "SET PRIVATE"; command = "botserv/set/private"; }
-

data/chanstats.example.conf

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for chanstats
- * Make sure BotServ, ChanServ and NickServ are running.
- */
-
-module { name = "m_chanstats" }
-
-chanstats
-{
-	/* 
-	 * The name of this engine.
-	 * This must match with the name of a SQL engine block
-	 */
-
-	engine = "mysql/main"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional prefix to prepended to the name of each created table.
-	 * Do not use the same prefix for other programs.
-	 */
-	prefix = "anope_"
-
-	smileyshappy = ":) :-) ;) :D :-D"
-	smileyssad = ":( :-( ;( ;-("
-	smileysother = ":/"
-
-	/*
-	 * Enable Chanstats for new registered nicks / channels 
-	 * set it to 0 to disable it.
-	 */
-	NSDefChanstats = 1
-	CSDefChanstats = 1
-}
-
-
-module { name = "cs_set_chanstats" }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "SET CHANSTATS"; command = "chanserv/set/chanstats"; }
-
-module { name = "ns_set_chanstats" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET CHANSTATS"; command = "nickserv/set/chanstats"; }
-
-module { name = "cs_fantasy_stats" }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "STATS"; command = "chanserv/stats"; }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GSTATS"; command = "chanserv/gstats"; }
-
-module { name = "cs_fantasy_top" }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "TOP"; command = "chanserv/top"; }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "TOP10"; command = "chanserv/top10"; }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GTOP"; command = "chanserv/gtop"; }
-command { service = "ChanServ"; name = "GTOP10"; command = "chanserv/gtop10"; }

data/example.chk

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 
 # Crontab script for Anope
-#
+# 
 # To know how to install the crontab, read the INSTALL file.
 
 ###############################################################
@@ -9,10 +9,7 @@
 ###############################################################
 
 # Anope binary directory
-ANOPATH=/home/ircd/services/bin
-
-# Anope data directory
-ANODATA=/home/ircd/services/data
+ANOPATH=/home/ircd/services/
 
 # Name of the pid file
 ANOPIDF=services.pid
@@ -34,14 +31,14 @@ ANOPID=
 
 cd $ANOPATH
 
-if [ -f "$ANODATA/$ANOPIDF" ]
+if [ -f $ANOPIDF ]
 then
-	ANOPID=`cat "$ANODATA/$ANOPIDF"`
+	ANOPID=`cat $ANOPIDF`
 	if [ `ps auwx | grep $ANOPROG | grep $ANOPID | grep -v -c grep` = 1 ]
 	then
-		exit
+		exit	
 	fi
-	rm -f "$ANODATA/$ANOPIDF"
+	rm -f $ANOPIDF
 fi
 
 ./$ANOPROG $ANOARGS

data/global.example.conf

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for Global.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the Global client
-	 */
-	nick = "Global"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the Global client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the Global client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the Global client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "Global Noticer"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core Global module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for Global.
- */
-module { name = "global" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for Global provided by gl_main.
- */
-global
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be Global.
-	 */
-	name = "Global"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send global messages on starting up and shutting
-	 * down/restarting.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#globaloncycle = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * This is the global message that will be sent when Services are being
-	 * shutdown/restarted. This directive is only required if you enable
-	 * globaloncycle above.
-	 */
-	globaloncycledown = "Services are restarting, they will be back shortly - please be good while we're gone"
-
-	/*
-	 * This is the global message that will be sent when Services (re)join the
-	 * network. This directive is only required if you enable globaloncycle above.
-	 */
-	globaloncycleup = "Services are now back online - have a nice day"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will hide the IRC operator's nick in a global
-	 * message/notice.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#anonymousglobal = yes
-}
-
-/*
- * Core Global commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "Global"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * gl_global
- *
- * Provides the command global/global.
- *
- * Used for sending a message to every online user.
- */
-module { name = "gl_global" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "GLOBAL"; command = "global/global"; permission = "operserv/global"; }
-command { service = "Global"; name = "GLOBAL"; command = "global/global"; permission = "global/global"; }
-

data/hostserv.example.conf

@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for HostServ.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the HostServ client
-	 */
-	nick = "HostServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the HostServ client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the HostServ client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the HostServ client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "vHost Service"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core HostServ module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for HostServ.
- */
-module { name = "hostserv" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for HostServ provided by hs_main.
- */
-hostserv
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be HostServ.
-	 */
-	name = "HostServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The characters allowed in a vhost. Changing this is not recommended unless
-	 * you know for sure your IRCd supports whatever characters you are wanting to use.
-	 * Telling services to set a vhost containing characters your IRCd disallows could
-	 * potentially break the IRCd and/or Services. Note these are 1 byte characters, so
-	 * UTF-8 characters will not work.
-	 *
-	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
-	 */
-	vhost_chars = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789.-"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, allows vhosts to not contain dots (.).
-	 * Newer IRCds generally do not have a problem with this, but the same warning as
-	 * vhost_chars applies.
-	 *
-	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
-	 */
-	allow_undotted_vhosts = false
-
-	/*
-	 * The characters that are not allowed to be at the very beginning or very ending
-	 * of a vhost. The same warning as vhost_chars applies.
-	 *
-	 * It is recommended you DON'T change this.
-	 */
-	disallow_start_or_end = ".-"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core HostServ commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_del
- *
- * Provides the commands hostserv/del and hostserv/delall.
- *
- * Used for removing users vHosts.
- */
-module { name = "hs_del" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "DEL"; command = "hostserv/del"; permission = "hostserv/del"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "DELALL"; command = "hostserv/delall"; permission = "hostserv/del"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_group
- *
- * Provides the command hostserv/group.
- *
- * Used for grouping one vHost to many nicks.
- */
-module { name = "hs_group" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "GROUP"; command = "hostserv/group"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_list
- *
- * Provides the command hostserv/list.
- *
- * Used for listing actively set vHosts.
- */
-module { name = "hs_list" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "LIST"; command = "hostserv/list"; permission = "hostserv/list"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_off
- *
- * Provides the command hostserv/off.
- *
- * Used for turning off your vHost.
- */
-module { name = "hs_off" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "OFF"; command = "hostserv/off"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_on
- *
- * Provides the command hostserv/on.
- *
- * Used for turning on your vHost.
- */
-module { name = "hs_on" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "ON"; command = "hostserv/on"; }
-
-/*
- * hs_request
- *
- * Provides the commands hostserv/request, hostserv/active, hostserv/reject, and hostserv/waiting.
- *
- * Used to manage vhosts requested by users.
- */
-module { name = "hs_request" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REQUEST"; command = "hostserv/request"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "ACTIVATE"; command = "hostserv/activate"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "REJECT"; command = "hostserv/reject"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "WAITING"; command = "hostserv/waiting"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-hs_request
-{
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send a memo to the user requesting a vHost when it's been
-	 * approved or rejected.
-	 */
-	#memouser = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send a memo to all Services staff when a new vHost is requested.
-	 */
-	#memooper = yes
-}
-
-/*
- * hs_set
- *
- * Provides the commands hostserv/set and hostserv/setall.
- *
- * Used for setting users vhosts.
- */
-module { name = "hs_set" }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "SET"; command = "hostserv/set"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-command { service = "HostServ"; name = "SETALL"; command = "hostserv/setall"; permission = "hostserv/set"; }
-

data/memoserv.example.conf

@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for MemoServ.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the MemoServ client
-	 */
-	nick = "MemoServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the MemoServ client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the MemoServ client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the MemoServ client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "Memo Service"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core MemoServ module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for MemoServ.
- */
-module { name = "memoserv" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for MemoServ provided by ms_main.
- */
-memoserv
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be MemoServ. Clients are configured
-	 * with the service blocks.
-	 */
-	name = "MemoServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of memos a user is allowed to keep by default. Normal users may set the
-	 * limit anywhere between 0 and this value. Services Admins can change it to any value or
-	 * disable it.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, the limit is disabled
-	 * by default, and normal users can set any limit they want.
-	 */
-	maxmemos = 20
-
-	/*
-	 * The delay between consecutive uses of the MemoServ SEND command. This can help prevent spam
-	 * as well as denial-of-service attacks from sending large numbers of memos and filling up disk
-	 * space (and memory). The default 3-second wait means a maximum average of 150 bytes of memo
-	 * per second per user under the current IRC protocol.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	senddelay = 3s
-
-	/*
-	 * Allow the use of memo receipts for the following groups:
-	 *
-	 * 1 - Opers Only
-	 * 2 - Everybody
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#memoreceipt = 1
-}
-
-/*
- * Core MemoServ commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_cancel
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/cancel.
- *
- * Used to cancel memos already sent but not yet read.
- */
-module { name = "ms_cancel" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "CANCEL"; command = "memoserv/cancel"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_check
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/check.
- *
- * Used to check if a sent memo has been read.
- */
-module { name = "ms_check" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "CHECK"; command = "memoserv/check"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_del
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/del.
- *
- * Used to delete your memos.
- */
-module { name = "ms_del" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "DEL"; command = "memoserv/del"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_ignore
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/ignore.
- *
- * Used to ignore memos from specific users.
- */
-module { name = "ms_ignore" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "IGNORE"; command = "memoserv/ignore"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_info
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/info.
- *
- * Used to show memo related information about an account or a channel.
- */
-module { name = "ms_info" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "memoserv/info"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_list
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/list.
- *
- * Used to list your current memos.
- */
-module { name = "ms_list" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "LIST"; command = "memoserv/list"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_read
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/read.
- *
- * Used to read your memos.
- */
-module { name = "ms_read" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "READ"; command = "memoserv/read"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_rsend
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/rsend.
- *
- * Used to send a memo requiring a receipt be sent back once it is read.
- * 
- * Requires configuring memoserv:memoreceipt.
- */
-#module { name = "ms_rsend" }
-#command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "RSEND"; command = "memoserv/rsend"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_send
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/send
- *
- * Used to send memos.
- */
-module { name = "ms_send" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "SEND"; command = "memoserv/send"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_sendall
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/sendall
- *
- * Used to send a mass memo to every registered user.
- */
-module { name = "ms_sendall" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "SENDALL"; command = "memoserv/sendall"; permission = "memoserv/sendall"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_set
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/set.
- *
- * Used to set settings such as how you are notified of new memos, and your memo limit.
- */
-module { name = "ms_set" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "SET"; command = "memoserv/set"; }
-
-/*
- * ms_staff
- *
- * Provides the command memoserv/staff.
- *
- * Used to send a memo to all registered staff members.
- */
-module { name = "ms_staff" }
-command { service = "MemoServ"; name = "STAFF"; command = "memoserv/staff"; permission = "memoserv/staff"; }
-

data/modules.example.conf

@@ -1,497 +0,0 @@
-
-/*
- * [OPTIONAL] Non-Core Modules
- *
- * The following blocks are used to load all non-core modules, including 3rd-party modules.
- * Modules can be prevented from loading by commenting out the line, other modules can be added by
- * adding a module block. These modules will be loaded prior to Services connecting to your network.
- */
-
-/*
- * help
- *
- * Provides commands generic/help
- *
- * Is a generic help command that can be used with any client.
- */
-module { name = "help" }
-
-/*
- * m_dnsbl
- *
- * Allows configurable DNS blacklists to check connecting users against. If a user
- * is found on the blacklist they will be immediately banned. This is a crucial module
- * to prevent bot attacks.
- */
-module { name = "m_dnsbl" }
-m_dnsbl
-{
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will check clients against the DNSBLs when services connect to its uplink.
-	 * This is not recommended, and on large networks will open a very large amount of DNS queries.
-	 * Whilst services are not drastically affected by this, your nameserver/DNSBL might care.
-	 */
-	check_on_connect = no
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will check clients when coming back from a netsplit. This can cause a large number
-	 * of DNS queries open at once. Whilst services are not drastically affected by this, your nameserver/DNSBL
-	 * might care.
-	 */
-	check_on_netburst = no
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, OperServ will add clients found in the DNSBL to the akill list. Without it, OperServ simply sends
-	 * a timed G/K-line to the IRCd and forgets about it. Can be useful if your akill list is being fill up by bots.
-	 */
-	add_to_akill = yes
-}
-blacklist
-{
-	/* Name of the blacklist */
-	name = "rbl.efnetrbl.org"
-
-	/* How long to set the ban for */
-	time = 4h
-
-	/* Reason for akill.
-	 * %n is the nick of the user
-	 * %u is the ident/username of the user
-	 * %g is the realname of the user
-	 * %h is the hostname of the user
-	 * %i is the IP of the user
-	 * %r is the reason (configured below). Will be nothing if not configured.
-	 * %N is the network name set in networkinfo:networkname
-	 */
-	reason = "You are listed in the efnet RBL, visit http://rbl.efnetrbl.org/?i=%i for info"
-
-	/* Replies to ban and their reason. If this is totally ommited all replies get banned */
-	1 = "Open Proxy"
-	/* Don't ban for result 2 or 3 */
-	#2 = "spamtrap666"
-	#3 = "spamtrap50"
-	4 = "TOR"
-	5 = "Drones / Flooding"
-}
-blacklist
-{
-	name = "dnsbl.dronebl.org"
-	time = 4h
-	reason = "You have a host listed in the DroneBL. For more information, visit http://dronebl.org/lookup_branded.do?ip=%i&network=%N"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_helpchan
- *
- * Gives users who are op in the specified help channel usermode +h (helpop).
- */
-#module { name = "m_helpchan" }
-m_helpchan
-{
-	helpchannel = "#help"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_httpd
- *
- * Allows services to serve web pages. By itself, this module does nothing useful.
- *
- * Note that using this will allow users to get the IP of your services.
- * To prevent this we recommend using a reverse proxy or a tunnel.
- */
-#module { name = "m_httpd" }
-httpd
-{
-	/* Name of this service */
-	name = "httpd/main"
-	
-	/* IP to listen on */
-	ip = "0.0.0.0"
-	/* Port to listen on */
-	port = 8080
-	/* Time before connections to this server are timed out */
-	timeout = 30
-
-	/* If you are using a reverse proxy that sends one of the
-	 * extforward_headers set below, set this to its IP.
-	 * This allows services to obtain the real IP of users by
-	 * reading the forwarded-for HTTP header.
-	 */
-	#extforward_ip = "192.168.0.255"
-
-	/* The header to look for. These probably work as is. */
-	extforward_header = "X-Forwarded-For Forwarded-For"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_ldap
- *
- * This module allows other modules to use LDAP. By itself, this module does nothing useful.
- */
-#module { name = "m_ldap" }
-ldap
-{
-	server = "ldap://127.0.0.1"
-	port = 389
-
-	/*
-	 * Admin credentials used for performing searches and adding users.
-	 */
-	admin_binddn = "cn=Manager,dc=anope,dc=org"
-	admin_password = "secret"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_ldap_authentication
- *
- * This module allows many commands such as IDENTIFY, RELEASE, RECOVER, GHOST, etc. use
- * LDAP to authenticate users. Requires m_ldap.
-*/
-#module { name = "m_ldap_authentication" }
-m_ldap_authentication
-{
-	/*
-	 * The distinguished name used for searching for users's accounts.
-	 */
-	basedn = "ou=users,dc=anope,dc=org"
-
-	/*
-	 * The search filter used to look up users's accounts.
-	 * %account is replaced with the user's account
-	 * %object_class is replaced with the object_class configured below.
-	 */
-	search_filter = "(&(uid=%account)(objectClass=%object_class))"
-
-	/*
-	 * The object class used by LDAP to store user account information.
-	 * Used for adding new users to LDAP if disable_ns_register is false
-	 */
-	object_class = "anopeUser"
-
-	/*
-	 * The attribute value used for account names.
-	 */
-	username_attribute = "uid"
-
-	/*
-	 * The attribute value used for email addresses.
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	email_attribute = "email"
-
-	/*
-	 * The attribute value used for passwords.
-	 * Used when registering new accounts in LDAP.
-	 */
-	password_attribute = "userPassword"
-
-	/*
-	 * Enable to have this module disable /nickserv register.
-	 */
-	disable_ns_register = false
-
-	/*
-	 * The reason to give the users who try to /ns register if
-	 * disable_ns_register is enabled.
-	 */
-	#disable_reason = "To register on this network visit http://some.misconfigured.site/register"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_ldap_oper
- *
- * This module dynamically ties users to Anope opertypes when they identify
- * via LDAP group membership. Requires m_ldap.
- *
- * Note that this doesn't give the user privileges on the IRCd, only in Services.
- */
-#module { name = "m_ldap_oper" }
-m_ldap_oper
-{
-	/*
-	 * An optional binddn to use when searching for groups.
-	 * %a is replaced with the account name of the user.
-	 */
-	#binddn = "cn=Manager,dc=anope,dc=org"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional password to bind with.
-	 */
-	#password = "secret"
-
-	/*
-	 * The base DN where the groups are.
-	 */
-	basedn = "ou=groups,dc=anope,dc=org"
-
-	/*
-	 * The filter to use when searching for users.
-	 * %a is replaced with the account name of the user.
-	 */
-	filter = "(member=uid=%a,ou=users,dc=anope,dc=org)"
-
-	/*
-	 * The attribute of the group that is the name of the opertype.
-	 * The cn attribute should match a known opertype in the config.
-	 */
-	opertype_attribute = "cn"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_mysql
- *
- * This module allows other modules to use MySQL.
- */
-#module { name = "m_mysql" }
-mysql
-{
-	/* The name of this service */
-	name = "mysql/main"
-	database = "anope"
-	server = "127.0.0.1"
-	username = "anope"
-	password = "mypassword"
-	port = 3306
-}
-
-/*
- * m_proxyscan
- *
- * This module allows you to scan connecting clients for open proxies.
- * Note that using this will allow users to get the IP of your services.
- *
- * Currently the two supported proxy types are HTTP and SOCKS5.
- *
- * The proxy scanner works by attempting to connect to clients when they
- * connect to the network, and if they have a proxy running instruct it to connect
- * back to services. If services are able to connect through the proxy to itself
- * then it knows it is an insecure proxy, and will ban it.
- */
-#module { name = "m_proxyscan" }
-m_proxyscan
-{
-	/*
-	 * The target IP services tells the proxy to connect back to. This must be a publicly
-	 * avaiable IP that remote proxies can connect to.
-	 */
-	#target_ip = "127.0.0.1"
-	
-	/*
-	 * The port services tells the proxy to connect to.
-	 */
-	target_port = 7226
-
-	/*
-	 * The listen IP services listen on for incoming connections from suspected proxies.
-	 * This probably will be the same as target_ip, but may not be if you are behind a firewall (NAT).
-	 */
-	#listen_ip = "127.0.0.1"
-
-	/*
-	 * The port services should listen on for incoming connections from suspected proxies.
-	 * This most likely will be the same as target_port.
-	 */
-	listen_port = 7226
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional notice sent to clients upon connect.
-	 */
-	#connect_notice = "We will now scan your host for insecure proxies. If you do not consent to this scan please disconnect immediately"
-
-	/*
-	 * Who the notice should be sent from.
-	 */
-	#connect_source = "OperServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, OperServ will add infected clients to the akill list. Without it, OperServ simply sends
-	 * a timed G/K-line to the IRCd and forgets about it. Can be useful if your akill list is being fill up by bots.
-	 */
-	add_to_akill = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * How long before connections should be timed out.
-	 */
-	timeout = 5
-}
-
-/*
- * A proxyscan block (must have m_proxyscan loaded).
- * You may have multiple proxyscan blocks.
- */
-proxyscan
-{
-	/* The type of proxy to check for. A comma separated list is allowed */
-	type = "HTTP"
-
-	/* The ports to check */
-	port = "80,8080"
-
-	/* How long to set the ban for */
-	time = 4h
-
-	/*
-	 * The reason to ban the user for.
-	 * %h is replaced with the type of proxy found.
-	 * %i is replaced with the IP of proxy found.
-	 * %p is replaced with the port.
-	 */
-	reason = "You have an open proxy running on your host (%t:%i:%p)"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_sqlite
- *
- * This module allows other modules to use SQLite.
- */
-#module { name = "m_sqlite" }
-sqlite
-{
-	/* The name of this service */
-	name = "sqlite/main"
-	/* The database name, it will be created if it does not exist. */
-	database = "anope.db"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_regex_pcre
- *
- * Provides the regex engine regex/pcre, which uses the Perl Compatible Regular Expressions library.
- */
-module { name = "m_regex_pcre" }
-
-/*
- * m_regex_posix
- *
- * Provides the regex engine regex/posix, which uses the POSIX compliant regular expressions.
- * This is likely the only regex module you will not need extra libraries for.
- */
-#module { name = "m_regex_posix" }
-
-/*
- * m_regex_tre
- *
- * Provides the regex engine regex/tre, which uses the TRE regex library.
- */
-#module { name = "m_regex_tre" }
-
-/*
- * m_rewrite
- *
- * Allows rewriting commands sent to clients.
- */
-#module { name = "m_rewrite" }
-rewrite
-{
-	/* The client to apply this rewrite to. */
-	client = "ChanServ"
-
-	/* Source message to match. A $ can be used to match anything. */
-	source_message = "CLEAR $ USERS"
-	
-	/*
-	 * Message to rewrite the source message to. A $ followed by a number, eg $0, gets
-	 * replaced by the number-th word from the source_message, starting from 0.
-	 */
-	target_message = "CLEARUSERS $1"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_ssl
- *
- * This module uses SSL to connect to the uplink server(s)
- */
-module { name = "m_ssl" }
-ssl
-{
-	/*
-	 * An optional certificate and key for m_ssl to give to the uplink.
-	 *
-	 * You can generate your own certificate and key pair by using:
-	 *
-	 *   openssl genrsa -out anope.key 2048
-	 *   openssl req -new -x509 -key anope.key -out anope.crt -days 1095
-	 */
-	cert = "data/anope.crt"
-	key = "data/anope.key"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_statusupdate
- *
- * This module automatically updates users status on channels when the
- * channel's access list is modified.
- */
-module { name = "m_statusupdate" }
-
-/* 
- * m_xmlrpc
- *
- * Allows remote applications (websites) to execute queries in real time to retrieve data from Anope.
- * By itself this module does nothing, but allows other modules (m_xmlrpc_main) to receive and send XMLRPC queries.
- */
-#module { name = "m_xmlrpc" }
-m_xmlrpc
-{
-	/* IP to listen on */
-	bindip = "127.0.0.1"
-	/* Port to listen on */
-	port = 26673
-	/* Enable for IPv6 */
-	ipv6 = no
-	/* If enabled, requires m_ssl to be loaded */
-	ssl = no
-        /* IPs allowed to connect (separate with spaces), this should be secured. We also recommend you firewall this
-         * with an outside program to increase security.
-         */
-	allowed = "127.0.0.0/24"
-}
-
-/*
- * m_xmlrpc_main
- *
- * Adds the main XMLRPC core functions.
- * Requires m_xmlrpc.
- */
-#module { name = "m_xmlrpc_main" }
-
-/*
- * ns_maxemail
- *
- * Limits how many times the same email address may be used in Anope
- * to register accounts.
- */
-module { name = "ns_maxemail" }
-ns_maxemail
-{
-	/*
-	 * The limit to how many registered nicks can use the same e-mail address. If set to 0 or left
-	 * commented, there will be no limit enforced when registering new accounts or using
-	 * /msg NickServ SET EMAIL.
-	 */
-	#maxemails = 1
-}
-
-/*
- * webcpanel
- *
- * This module creates a web configuration panel that allows users and operators to perform any task
- * as they could over IRC. If you are using the default configuration you should be able to access
- * this panel by visiting http://127.0.0.1:8080 in your web browser from the machine Anope is running on.
- *
- * This module requires m_httpd.
- */
-#module { name = "webcpanel" }
-webcpanel
-{
-	/* Web server to use */
-	server = "httpd/main";
-
-	/* Template to use */
-	template = "default";
-
-	/* Page title */
-	title = "Anope IRC Services";
-}
-
-

data/nickserv.example.conf

@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for NickServ.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the NickServ client
-	 */
-	nick = "NickServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the NickServ client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the NickServ client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the NickServ client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "Nickname Registration Service"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core NickServ module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for NickServ.
- */
-module { name = "nickserv" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for NickServ provided by ns_main.
- */
-nickserv
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be NickServ.
-	 */
-	name = "NickServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * Force users to give an e-mail address when they register a nick.
-	 * 
-	 * This directive is recommended to be enabled, and required if e-mail registration is enabled.
-	 */
-	forceemail = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Require users who change their email address to confirm they
-	 * own it.
-	 */
-	confirmemailchanges = no
-
-	/*
-	 * Registration confirmation setting. Set to "none" for no registration confirmation,
-	 * "mail" for email confirmation, and "admin" to have services operators manually confirm
-	 * every registration. Set to "disable" to completely disable all registrations.
-	 */
-	registration = "none"
-
-	/*
-	 * A message sent to users on connect if they user an unregistered nick.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#unregistered_notice = "Your nickname is not registered. To register it use /nickserv register password email."
-
-	/*
-	 * The default options for newly registered nicks. Note that changing these options
-	 * will have no effect on nicks which are already registered. The list must be separated
-	 * by spaces.
-	 *
-	 * The options are:
-	 * -         kill: Kill nick if not identified within 60 seconds
-	 * -    killquick: Kill nick if not identified within 20 seconds, this one overrides the above
-	 *                   option and the above must be specified with this one
-	 * -       secure: Enable nickname security, requiring the nick's password before any operations
-	 *                   can be done on it
-	 * -      private: Hide the nick from NickServ's LIST command
-	 * -    hideemail: Hide's the nick's e-mail address from NickServ's INFO command
-	 * - hideusermask: Hide's the nick's last or current user@host from NickServ's INFO command
-	 * -     hidequit: Hide's the nick's last quit message
-	 * -   memosignon: Notify user if they have a new memo when they sign into the nick
-	 * -  memoreceive: Notify user if they have a new memo as soon as it's received
-	 * -       autoop: User will be automatically opped in channels they enter and have access to
-	 * -          msg: Services messages will be sent as PRIVMSGs instead of NOTICEs, requires UsePrivmsg
-	 *                   to be enabled as well
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if left blank, the options will default to secure, memosignon, and
-	 * memoreceive. If you really want no defaults, use "none" by itself as the option.
-	 */
-	defaults="secure private hideemail hideusermask memosignon memoreceive autoop"
-
-	/*
-	 * A list of languages to load on startup that will be available in /nickserv set language.
-	 * Useful if you translate Anope to your language. (Explained further in docs/LANGUAGE).
-	 * Note that english should not be listed here because it is the base language.
-	 */
-	languages = "ca_ES de_DE el_GR es_ES fr_FR hu_HU it_IT nl_NL pl_PL pt_PT ru_RU tr_TR"
-
-	/*
-	 * Default language that non- and newly-registered nicks will receive messages in.
-	 * Leave empty to default to English.
-	 */
-	#defaultlanguage = "es_ES"
-
-	/*
-	 * The minimum length of time between consecutive uses of NickServ's REGISTER command. This
-	 * directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, this restriction will be disabled.
-	 */
-	regdelay = 30s
-
-	/*
-	 * The minimum length of time between consecutive uses of NickServ's RESEND command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, this restriction will be disabled.
-	 */
-	resenddelay = 90s
-
-	/*
-	 * The length of time before a nick registration expires.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set, the default is 21 days.
-	 */
-	expire = 21d
-
-	/*
-	 * The length of time before a suspended nick becomes unsuspended.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional. If not set, the default is to never.
-	 */
-	#suspendexpire = 90d
-
-	/*
-	 * The length of time a user using an unconfirmed account has
-	 * before the account will be released for general use again.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if the e-mail registration option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#unconfirmedexpire = 1d
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of nicks allowed in a group.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended. If not set or set to 0, no limits will be applied.
-	 */
-	maxaliases = 16
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of entries allowed on a nickname's access list.
-	 */
-	accessmax = 32
-
-	/*
-	 * The username (and possibly hostname) used for the fake user created when NickServ collides
-	 * a user. Should be in the user@host format.
-	 */
-	enforceruser = "enforcer"
-	enforcerhost = "localhost.net"
-
-	/*
-	 * The delay before a NickServ collided nick is released.
-	 */
-	releasetimeout = 1m
-
-	/*
-	 * Allow the use of the IMMED option in the NickServ SET KILL command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#allowkillimmed = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, the NickServ GROUP command won't allow any group change. This is recommended for
-	 * better performance and to protect against nick stealing, however users will have less
-	 * flexibility.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	#nogroupchange = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of nicks to be returned for a NickServ LIST command.
-	 */
-	listmax = 50
-
-	/*
-	 * When a user's nick is forcibly changed to enforce a "nick kill", their new nick will start
-	 * with this value. The rest will be made up of 6 or 7 digits.
-	 */
-	guestnickprefix = "Guest"
-
-	/*
-	 * Prevents the use of the ACCESS (excluding the LIST subcommand), DROP, FORBID, SUSPEND,
-	 * GETPASS and SET PASSWORD commands by services operators on other services operators.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	secureadmins = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, any user wanting to use the privileges of Services Root, Services Admin, or Services
-	 * Operator must have been logged as an IRC Operator with the /oper command.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	strictprivileges = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will set the channel modes a user has access to upon identifying, assuming
-	 * they are not already set.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	modeonid = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will add the usermask of registering users to the access list of their
-	 * newly created account. If not set, users will always have to identify to NickServ before
-	 * being recognized, unless they manually add an address to the access list of their account.
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	addaccessonreg = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum number of channels a user can have on NickServ's AJOIN command.
-	 */
-	ajoinmax = 10
-}
-
-/*
- * Core NickServ commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behaviour.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_access
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/access.
- *
- * Used for configuring what hosts have access to your account.
- */
-module { name = "ns_access" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ACCESS"; command = "nickserv/access"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_ajoin
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/ajoin.
- *
- * Used for configuring channels to join once you identify.
- */
-module { name = "ns_ajoin" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "AJOIN"; command = "nickserv/ajoin"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_alist
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/alist.
- *
- * Used for viewing what channels you have access to.
- */
-module { name = "ns_alist" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ALIST"; command = "nickserv/alist"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_cert
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/cert.
- *
- * Used for configuring your SSL certificate list, which can be used to automatically identify you.
- */
-module { name = "ns_cert" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "CERT"; command = "nickserv/cert"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_drop
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/drop.
- *
- * Used for unregistering names.
- */
-module { name = "ns_drop" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "DROP"; command = "nickserv/drop"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_getemail
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/getemail.
- *
- * Used for getting registered accounts by searching for emails.
- */
-module { name = "ns_getemail" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETEMAIL"; command = "nickserv/getemail"; permission = "nickserv/getemail"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_getpass
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/getpass.
- *
- * Used for getting users passwords.
- *
- * Requires no encryption is being used.
- */
-#module { name = "ns_getpass" }
-#command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GETPASS"; command = "nickserv/getpass"; permission = "nickserv/getpass"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_ghost
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/ghost.
- *
- * Used for disconnecting "ghost" sessions.
- */
-module { name = "ns_ghost" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GHOST"; command = "nickserv/ghost"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_group
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/group, nickserv/glist, and nickserv/ungroup.
- *
- * Used for controlling nick groups.
- */
-module { name = "ns_group" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GLIST"; command = "nickserv/glist"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "GROUP"; command = "nickserv/group"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNGROUP"; command = "nickserv/ungroup"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_identify
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/identify.
- *
- * Used for identifying to accounts.
- */
-module { name = "ns_identify" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "ID"; command = "nickserv/identify"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "IDENTIFY"; command = "nickserv/identify"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_info
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/info.
- *
- * Used for gathering information about an account.
- */
-module { name = "ns_info" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "INFO"; command = "nickserv/info"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_list
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/list.
- *
- * Used for retrieving and searching the registered account list.
- */
-module { name = "ns_list" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "LIST"; command = "nickserv/list"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_logout
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/logout.
- *
- * Used for logging out of your account.
- */
-module { name = "ns_logout" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "LOGOUT"; command = "nickserv/logout"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_recover
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/recover.
- *
- * Used for forcing someone on your nick to a guest nick.
- */
-module { name = "ns_recover" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RECOVER"; command = "nickserv/recover"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_register
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/confirm, nickserv/register, and nickserv/resend.
- *
- * Used for registering accounts.
- */
-module { name = "ns_register" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "CONFIRM"; command = "nickserv/confirm"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "REGISTER"; command = "nickserv/register"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RESEND"; command = "nickserv/resend"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_release
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/release.
- *
- * Used for releasing names held by nickserv/recover.
- */
-module { name = "ns_release" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RELEASE"; command = "nickserv/release"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_resetpass
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/resetpass.
- *
- * Used for resetting passwords by emailing users a temporary one.
- */
-module { name = "ns_resetpass" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "RESETPASS"; command = "nickserv/resetpass"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_saset
- *
- * Provides commands nickserv/saset, nickserv/saset/password.
- *
- * Used as a help wrapper for SASET commands, and used to force change users password.
- */
-module { name = "ns_saset" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET"; command = "nickserv/saset"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/saset/password"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_saset_noexpire
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/saset/noexpire.
- *
- * Used for configuring noexpire, which prevents nicks from expiring.
- */
-module { name = "ns_saset_noexpire" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET NOEXPIRE"; command = "nickserv/saset/noexpire"; permission = "nickserv/saset/noexpire" }
-
-/*
- * ns_set
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set, nickserv/set/password.
- *
- * Used as a help wrapper for SET commands, and used for users to change their password.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET"; command = "nickserv/set"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PASSWORD"; command = "nickserv/set/password"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_autoop
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/autoop and nickserv/saset/autoop.
- *
- * Used for setting autoop, which determines whether or not modes are automatically set on you when joining a channel.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_autoop" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET AUTOOP"; command = "nickserv/set/autoop"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET AUTOOP"; command = "nickserv/saset/autoop"; permission = "nickserv/saset/autoop"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_display
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/display and nickserv/saset/display.
- *
- * Used for setting users display names.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_display" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/set/display"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET DISPLAY"; command = "nickserv/saset/display"; permission = "nickserv/saset/display"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_email
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/email and nickserv/saset/email.
- *
- * Used for setting users email addresses.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_email" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET EMAIL"; command = "nickserv/set/email"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET EMAIL"; command = "nickserv/saset/email"; permission = "nickserv/saset/email"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_greet
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/greet and nickserv/saset/greet.
- *
- * Used for changing users greet message, which is displayed when they enter channels.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_greet" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET GREET"; command = "nickserv/set/greet"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET GREET"; command = "nickserv/saset/greet"; permission = "nickserv/saset/greet"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_hide
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/hide and nickserv/saset/hide.
- *
- * Used for configuring which options are publically shown in nickserv/info for your account.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_hide" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/set/hide"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET HIDE"; command = "nickserv/saset/hide"; permission = "nickserv/saset/hide"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_kill
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/kill and nickserv/saset/kill.
- *
- * Used for configuring if and for how long other users are allowed to use your nick.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_kill" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET KILL"; command = "nickserv/set/kill"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET KILL"; command = "nickserv/saset/kill"; permission = "nickserv/saset/kill"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_language
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/language and nickserv/saset/language.
- *
- * Used for configuring what language services use when messaging you.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_language" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET LANGUAGE"; command = "nickserv/set/language"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET LANGUAGE"; command = "nickserv/saset/language"; permission = "nickserv/saset/language"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_message
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/message and nickserv/saset/message.
- *
- * Used to configure how services send messages to you.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_message" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET MESSAGE"; command = "nickserv/set/message"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET MESSAGE"; command = "nickserv/saset/message"; permission = "nickserv/saset/message"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_private
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/private and nickserv/saset/private.
- *
- * Used for configuring whether or not your account shows up in nickserv/list.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_private" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/set/private"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET PRIVATE"; command = "nickserv/saset/private"; permission = "nickserv/saset/private"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_secure
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/set/secure and nickserv/saset/secure.
- *
- * Used for configuring whether you can gain access to your nick by simply being recognized by nickserv/access.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_secure" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET SECURE"; command = "nickserv/set/secure"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SASET SECURE"; command = "nickserv/saset/secure"; permission = "nickserv/saset/secure"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_sendpass
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/sendpass.
- *
- * Used to send users their password via email.
- *
- * Requires that no encryption is being used.
- */
-module { name = "ns_sendpass" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SENDPASS"; command = "nickserv/sendpass"; permission = "nickserv/sendpass"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_set_misc
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/set/misc.
- *
- * Allows you to create arbitrary commands to set data, and have that data show up in nickserv/info.
- */
-module { name = "ns_set_misc" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET URL"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SET ICQ"; command = "nickserv/set/misc"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_status
- *
- * Provides the nickserv/status command.
- *
- * Used to determine if a user is recognized or identified by services.
- */
-module { name = "ns_status" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "STATUS"; command = "nickserv/status"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_suspend
- *
- * Provides the commands nickserv/suspend and nickserv/unsuspend.
- *
- * Used to suspend and unsuspend nicknames. Suspended nicknames can not be used but their settings are stored.
- */
-module { name = "ns_suspend" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "SUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/suspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UNSUSPEND"; command = "nickserv/unsuspend"; permission = "nickserv/suspend"; }
-
-/*
- * ns_update
- *
- * Provides the command nickserv/update.
- *
- * Used to update your status on all channels, turn on your vHost, etc.
- */
-module { name = "ns_update" }
-command { service = "NickServ"; name = "UPDATE"; command = "nickserv/update"; }
-

data/operserv.example.conf

@@ -1,592 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Example configuration file for OperServ.
- */
-
-/*
- * First, create the service.
- * Note that an easy way to rename this service is to define{} the client name to something else.
- */
-service
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the OperServ client
-	 */
-	nick = "OperServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * The username of the OperServ client.
-	 */
-	user = "services"
-
-	/*
-	 * The hostname of the OperServ client.
-	 */
-	host = "services.host"
-
-	/*
-	 * The realname of the OperServ client.
-	 */
-	gecos = "Operator Service"
-
-	/*
-	 * The modes this client should use.
-	 * Do not modify this unless you know what you are doing.
-	 *
-	 * These modes are very IRCd specific. If left commented, sane defaults
-	 * are used based on what protocol module you have loaded.
-	 *
-	 * Note that setting this option incorrectly could potentially BREAK some if
-	 * not all usefulness of the client. We will not support you if this client is
-	 * unable to do certain things if this option is enabled.
-	 */
-	#modes = "+o"
-
-	/*
-	 * An optional comma separated list of channels this service should join. Outside
-	 * of log channels this is not very useful, as the service will just idle in the
-	 * specified channels, and will not accept any types of commands.
-	 *
-	 * Prefixes may be given to the channels in the form of mode character or prefix symbol.
-	 */
-	#channels = "@#services,#mychan"
-}
-
-/*
- * Core OperServ module.
- *
- * Provides essential functionality for OperServ.
- */
-module { name = "operserv" }
-
-/*
- * Configuration for OperServ provided by os_main.
- */
-operserv
-{
-	/*
-	 * The name of the client that should be OperServ.
-	 */
-	name = "OperServ"
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services Admins will be able to use SUPERADMIN [ON|OFF] which will temporarily grant
-	 * them extra privileges such as being a founder on ALL channels.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#superadmin = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * These define the default expiration times for, respectively, AKILLs, CHANKILLs, SNLINEs,
-	 * and SQLINEs.
-	 */
-	autokillexpiry = 30d
-	chankillexpiry = 30d
-	snlineexpiry = 30d
-	sqlineexpiry = 30d
-	szlineexpiry = 30d
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, this option will make Services send an AKILL command immediately after it has been
-	 * added with AKILL ADD. This eliminates the need for killing the user after the AKILL has
-	 * been added.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	akillonadd = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, this option will make Services send an (SVS)KILL command immediately after SNLINE ADD.
-	 * This eliminates the need for killing the user after the SNLINE has been added.
-	 *
-	 *This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#killonsnline = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, this option will make Services send an (SVS)KILL command immediately after SQLINE ADD.
-	 * This eliminates the need for killing the user after the SQLINE has been added.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#killonsqline = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Enables session limiting. Session limiting prevents users from connecting more than a certain
-	 * number of times from the same host at the same time - thus preventing most types of cloning.
-	 * Once a host reaches it's session limit, all clients attempting to connect from that host will
-	 * be killed. Exceptions to the default session limit can be defined via the exception list. It
-	 * should be noted that session limiting, along with a large exception list, can degrade Services'
-	 * performance.
-	 *
-	 * See the online help for more information about session limiting.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	limitsessions = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Default session limit per host. Once a host reaches it's session limit, all clients attempting
-	 * to connect from that host will be killed. A value of zero means an unlimited session limit.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 * If not given and session limiting is enabled, it will default to no limit.
-	 */
-	defaultsessionlimit = 3
-
-	/*
-	 * The maximum session limit that may be set for a host in an exception.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if session limiting is enabled.
-	 */
-	maxsessionlimit = 100
-
-	/*
-	 * Sets the default expiry time for session exceptions.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is only required if session limiting is enabled.
-	 */
-	exceptionexpiry = 1d
-
-	/*
-	 * The message that will be NOTICE'd to a user just before they are removed from the network because
-	 * their host's session limit has been exceeded. It may be used to give a slightly more descriptive
-	 * reason for the impending kill as opposed to simply "Session limit exceeded".
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
-	 */
-	sessionlimitexceeded = "The session limit for your host %s has been exceeded."
-
-	/*
-	 * Same as above, but should be used to provide a website address where users can find out more
-	 * about session limits and how to go about applying for an exception.
-	 *
-	 * Note: This directive has been intentionally commented out in an effort to remind you to change
-	 * the URL it contains. It is recommended that you supply an address/URL where people can get help
-	 * regarding session limits.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, nothing will be sent.
-	 */
-	#sessionlimitdetailsloc = "Please visit http://your.website.url/ for more information about session limits."
-
-	/*
-	 * If set and is not 0, this directive tells Services to add an AKILL the number of subsequent kills
-	 * for the same host exceeds this value, preventing the network from experiencing KILL floods.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	maxsessionkill = 15
-
-	/*
-	 * Sets the expiry time for AKILLs set for hosts exceeding the maxsessionkill directive limit.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, if not set, defaults to 30 minutes.
-	 */
-	sessionautokillexpiry = 30m
-
-	/*
-	 * Adds the nickname of the IRC Operator issuing an AKILL to the kill reason.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	addakiller = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Adds akill IDs to akills. Akill IDs are given to users in their ban reason and can be used to easily view,
-	 * modify, or remove an akill from the ID.
-	 */
-	akillids = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, only IRC Operators will be permitted to use OperServ, regardless of module-based command
-	 * access restrictions.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional, but recommended.
-	 */
-	opersonly = yes
-}
-
-/*
- * Core OperServ commands.
- *
- * In Anope modules can provide (multiple) commands, each of which has a unique command name. Once these modules
- * are loaded you can then configure the commands to be added to any client you like with any name you like.
- *
- * Additionally, you may provide a permission name that must be in the opertype of users executing the command.
- *
- * Sane defaults are provided below that do not need to be edited unless you wish to change the default behavior.
- */
-
-/* Give it a help command */
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "HELP"; command = "generic/help"; }
-
-/*
- * os_akill
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/akill.
- *
- * Used to ban users from the network.
- */
-module { name = "os_akill" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "AKILL"; command = "operserv/akill"; permission = "operserv/akill"; }
-
-/*
- * os_chankill
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/chankill.
- *
- * Used to akill users from an entire channel.
- */
-module { name = "os_chankill" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANKILL"; command = "operserv/chankill"; permission = "operserv/chankill"; }
-
-/*
- * os_defcon
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/defcon.
- *
- * Allows you to set services in defcon mode, which can be used to restrict services access
- * during bot attacks.
- */
-#module { name = "os_defcon" }
-#command { service = "OperServ"; name = "DEFCON"; command = "operserv/defcon"; }
-defcon
-{
-	/*
-	 * Default DefCon level (1-5) to use when starting Services up. Level 5 constitutes normal operation
-	 * while level 1 constitutes the most restrictive operation. If this setting is left out or set to
-	 * 0, DefCon will be disabled and the rest of this block will be ignored.
-	 */
-	#defaultlevel = 5
-
-	/*
-	 * The following 4 directives define what operations will take place when DefCon is set to levels
-	 * 1 through 4. Each level is a list that must be separated by spaces.
-	 *
-	 * The following operations can be defined at each level:
-	 * - nonewchannels: Disables registering new channels
-	 * - nonewnicks: Disables registering new nicks
-	 * - nomlockchanges: Disables changing MLOCK on registered channels
-	 * - forcechanmodes: Forces all channels to have the modes given in the later chanmodes directive
-	 * - reducedsessions: Reduces the session limit to the value given in the later sessionlimit directive
-	 * - nonewclients: KILL any new clients trying to connect
-	 * - operonly: Services will ignore all non-IRCops
-	 * - silentoperonly: Services will silently ignore all non-IRCops
-	 * - akillnewclients: AKILL any new clients trying to connect
-	 * - nonewmemos: No new memos will be sent to block MemoServ attacks
-	 */
-	level4 = "nonewchannels nonewnicks nomlockchanges reducedsessions"
-	level3 = "nonewchannels nonewnicks nomlockchanges forcechanmodes reducedsessions"
-	level2 = "nonewchannels nonewnicks nomlockchanges forcechanmodes reducedsessions silentoperonly"
-	level1 = "nonewchannels nonewnicks nomlockchanges forcechanmodes reducedsessions silentoperonly akillnewclients"
-
-	/*
-	 * New session limit to use when a DefCon level is using "reduced" session limiting.
-	 */
-	#sessionlimit = 2
-
-	/*
-	 * Length of time to add an AKILL for when DefCon is preventing new clients from connecting to the
-	 * network.
-	 */
-	#akillexpire = 5m
-
-	/*
-	 * The channel modes to set on all channels when the DefCon channel mode system is in use.
-	 *
-	 * Note 1: Choose these modes carefully, because when DefCon switches to a level which does NOT have
-	 * the mode setting selected, Services will set the reverse on all channels, e.g. if this setting
-	 * is +RN when DefCon is used, all channels will be set to +RN, when DefCon is removed, all
-	 * channels will be set to -RN. You don't want to set this to +k for example, because when DefCon
-	 * is removed all channels with -k.
-	 *
-	 * Note 2: MLOCKed modes will not be lost.
-	 */
-	#chanmodes = "+R"
-
-	/*
-	 * This value can be used to automatically return the network to DefCon level 5 after the specified
-	 * time period, just in case any IRC Operator forgets to remove a DefCon setting.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#timeout = 15m
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send a global message on DefCon level changes.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#globalondefcon = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * If set, Services will send the global message defined in the message directive on DefCon level
-	 * changes.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is optional.
-	 */
-	#globalondefconmore = yes
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines the message that will be sent on DefCon level changes when globalondefconmore is set.
-	 *
-	 * This directive is required only when globalondefconmore is set.
-	 */
-	#message = "Put your message to send your users here. Dont forget to uncomment globalondefconmore"
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines the message that will be sent when DefCon is returned to level 5. This directive is optional,
-	 * and will also override globalondefcon and globalondefconmore when set.
-	 */
-	#offmessage = "Services are now back to normal, sorry for any inconvenience"
-
-	/*
-	 * Defines the reason to use when clients are KILLed or AKILLed from the network while the proper
-	 * DefCon operation is in effect.
-	 */
-	#akillreason = "This network is currently not accepting connections, please try again later"
-}
-
-/*
- * os_list
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/chanlist and operserv/userlist.
- *
- * Used to list and search the channels and users currently on the network.
- */
-module { name = "os_list" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CHANLIST"; command = "operserv/chanlist"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "USERLIST"; command = "operserv/userlist"; }
-
-/*
- * os_config
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/config.
- *
- * Used to view and set configuration options while services are running.
- */
-module { name = "os_config" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "CONFIG"; command = "operserv/config"; permission = "operserv/config"; }
-
-/*
- * os_forbid
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/forbid.
- *
- * Used to forbid specific nicks, channels, emails, etc. from being used.
- */
-module { name = "os_forbid" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "FORBID"; command = "operserv/forbid"; permission = "operserv/forbid"; }
-
-/*
- * os_ignore
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/ignore.
- *
- * Used to make Services ignore users.
- */
-module { name = "os_ignore" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "IGNORE"; command = "operserv/ignore"; permission = "operserv/ignore"; }
-
-/*
- * os_jupe
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/jupe.
- *
- * Used to disconnect servers from the network and prevent them from relinking.
- */
-module { name = "os_jupe" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "JUPE"; command = "operserv/jupe"; permission = "operserv/jupe"; }
-
-/*
- * os_kick
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/kick.
- *
- * Used to kick users from channels.
- */
-module { name = "os_kick" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "KICK"; command = "operserv/kick"; permission = "operserv/kick"; }
-
-/*
- * os_kill
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/kill.
- *
- * Used to forcibly disconnect users from the network.
- */
-module { name = "os_kill" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "KILL"; command = "operserv/kill"; permission = "operserv/kill"; }
-
-/*
- * os_login
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/login and operserv/logout.
- *
- * Used to login to OperServ, only required if your oper block requires this.
- */
-module { name = "os_login" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGIN"; command = "operserv/login"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGOUT"; command = "operserv/logout"; }
-
-/*
- * os_mode
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/mode and operserv/umode.
- *
- * Used to change user and channel modes.
- */
-module { name = "os_mode" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODE"; command = "operserv/mode"; permission = "operserv/mode"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "UMODE"; command = "operserv/umode"; permission = "operserv/umode"; }
-
-/*
- * os_modinfo
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/modinfo and operserv/modlist.
- *
- * Used to show information about loaded modules.
- */
-module { name = "os_modinfo" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODINFO"; command = "operserv/modinfo"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODLIST"; command = "operserv/modlist"; permission = "operserv/modlist"; }
-
-/*
- * os_module
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/modload, operserv/modreload, and operserv/modunload.
- *
- * Used to load, reload, and unload modules.
- */
-module { name = "os_module" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODLOAD"; command = "operserv/modload"; permission = "operserv/modload"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODRELOAD"; command = "operserv/modreload"; permission = "operserv/modload"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "MODUNLOAD"; command = "operserv/modunload"; permission = "operserv/modload"; }
-
-/*
- * os_news
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/logonnews, operserv/opernews, and operserv/randomnews.
- *
- * Used to configure news notices shown to users when they connect, and opers when they oper.
- */
-module { name = "os_news" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "LOGONNEWS"; command = "operserv/logonnews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OPERNEWS"; command = "operserv/opernews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "RANDOMNEWS"; command = "operserv/randomnews"; permission = "operserv/news"; }
-
-/*
- * os_noop
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/noop.
- *
- * Used to NOOP a server, which prevents users from opering on that server.
- */
-module { name = "os_noop" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "NOOP"; command = "operserv/noop"; permission = "operserv/noop"; }
-
-/*
- * os_oline
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/oline.
- *
- * Used to set oper flags on users, and is specific to UnrealIRCd.
- * See /helpop ?svso on your IRCd for more information.
- */
-module { name = "os_oline" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OLINE"; command = "operserv/oline"; permission = "operserv/oline"; }
-
-/*
- * os_oper
- * 
- * Provides the command operserv/oper.
- *
- * Used to configure opers and show information about opertypes.
- */
-module { name = "os_oper" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "OPER"; command = "operserv/oper"; permission = "operserv/oper"; }
-
-/*
- * os_reload
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/relad.
- *
- * Used to reload the services.conf configuration file.
- */
-module { name = "os_reload" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "RELOAD"; command = "operserv/reload"; permission = "operserv/reload"; }
-
-/*
- * os_session
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/exception and operserv/session.
- *
- * Used to manage the session limit exception list, and view currently active sessions.
- */
-module { name = "os_session" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "EXCEPTION"; command = "operserv/exception"; permission = "operserv/exception"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SESSION"; command = "operserv/session"; permission = "operserv/session"; }
-
-/*
- * os_set
- *
- * Provides the command operserv/set.
- *
- * Used to set various settings such as superadmin, debug mode, etc.
- */
-module { name = "os_set" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SET"; command = "operserv/set"; permission = "operserv/set"; }
-
-/*
- * os_shutdown
- *
- * Provides the commands operserv/quit, operserv/restart, and operserv/shutdown.
- *
- * Used to quit, restart, or shutdown services.
- */
-module { name = "os_shutdown" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "QUIT"; command = "operserv/quit"; permission = "operserv/quit"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "RESTART"; command = "operserv/restart"; permission = "operserv/restart"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SHUTDOWN"; command = "operserv/shutdown"; permission = "operserv/shutdown"; }
-
-/*
- * os_stats
- *
- * Provides the operserv/stats command.
- *
- * Used to show statistics about services.
- */
-module { name = "os_stats" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "STATS"; command = "operserv/stats"; permission = "operserv/stats"; }
-
-/*
- * os_svsnick
- * 
- * Provides the operserv/svsnick command.
- *
- * Used to force change user's nicks.
- */
-module { name = "os_svsnick" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SVSNICK"; command = "operserv/svsnick"; permission = "operserv/svsnick"; }
-
-/*
- * os_sxline
- *
- * Provides the operserv/snline and operserv/sqline commands.
- *
- * Used to ban different things such as realnames, nicknames, and IPs.
- */
-module { name = "os_sxline" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SNLINE"; command = "operserv/snline"; permission = "operserv/snline"; }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "SQLINE"; command = "operserv/sqline"; permission = "operserv/sqline"; }
-
-/*
- * os_update
- *
- * Provides the opersev/update command.
- *
- * Use to immediately update the databases.
- */
-module { name = "os_update" }
-command { service = "OperServ"; name = "UPDATE"; command = "operserv/update"; permission = "operserv/update"; }
-

data/tables.sql

@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+
+-- If you need to create your db, uncomment the following lines.
+-- 
+-- CREATE DATABASE anope;
+-- USE anope;
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_bs_core'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_bs_core;
+CREATE TABLE anope_bs_core (
+  bs_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  nick varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  `user` text NOT NULL,
+  host text NOT NULL,
+  rname text NOT NULL,
+  flags int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  created int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  chancount int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active int(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (bs_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY nick (nick)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_access'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_access;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_access (
+  ca_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  in_use int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  `level` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  display varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  last_seen int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (ca_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY channel (channel,display)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_akicks'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_akicks;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_akicks (
+  ck_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  flags int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  dmask varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  creator text NOT NULL,
+  addtime int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (ck_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY channel (channel,dmask)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_badwords'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_badwords;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_badwords (
+  cw_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  word varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  `type` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (cw_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY channel (channel,word)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_info'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_info;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_info (
+  ci_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  `name` varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  founder text NOT NULL,
+  successor text NOT NULL,
+  founderpass tinyblob NOT NULL,
+  descr text NOT NULL,
+  url text NOT NULL,
+  email text NOT NULL,
+  time_registered int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  last_used int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  last_topic text NOT NULL,
+  last_topic_setter text NOT NULL,
+  last_topic_time int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  flags int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  forbidby text NOT NULL,
+  forbidreason text NOT NULL,
+  bantype smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  accesscount smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  akickcount smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  mlock_on int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  mlock_off int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  mlock_limit int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  mlock_key text NOT NULL,
+  mlock_flood text NOT NULL,
+  mlock_redirect text NOT NULL,
+  entry_message text NOT NULL,
+  memomax smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  botnick varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  botflags int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  bwcount smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  capsmin smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  capspercent smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  floodlines smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  floodsecs smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  repeattimes smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (ci_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY `name` (`name`)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_levels'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_levels;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_levels (
+  cl_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  position int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  `level` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (cl_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY channel (channel,position)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_cs_ttb'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_cs_ttb;
+CREATE TABLE anope_cs_ttb (
+  ct_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  channel varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  ttb_id int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  `value` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (ct_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY channel (channel,ttb_id)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_hs_core'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_hs_core;
+CREATE TABLE anope_hs_core (
+  bs_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  nick varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  vident text NOT NULL,
+  vhost text NOT NULL,
+  creator text NOT NULL,
+  `time` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (bs_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY nick (nick)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_info'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_info;
+CREATE TABLE anope_info (
+  version int(11) default NULL,
+  `date` datetime default NULL
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_ms_info'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_ms_info;
+CREATE TABLE anope_ms_info (
+  nm_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  receiver varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  number int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  flags int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  `time` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  sender text NOT NULL,
+  `text` blob NOT NULL,
+  serv enum('NICK','CHAN') NOT NULL default 'NICK',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (nm_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY nm_id (nm_id,serv),
+  KEY receiver (receiver,serv)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_ns_access'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_ns_access;
+CREATE TABLE anope_ns_access (
+  na_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  display varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  access text NOT NULL,
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (na_id)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_ns_alias'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_ns_alias;
+CREATE TABLE anope_ns_alias (
+  na_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  display varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  nick varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  time_registered int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  last_seen int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  `status` int(11) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  last_usermask text NOT NULL,
+  last_realname text NOT NULL,
+  last_quit text NOT NULL,
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (na_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY nick (nick)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_ns_core'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_ns_core;
+CREATE TABLE anope_ns_core (
+  nc_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  display varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  pass tinyblob NOT NULL,
+  email text NOT NULL,
+  icq int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  url text NOT NULL,
+  flags int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  `language` smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  accesscount smallint(6) NOT NULL default '0',
+  memocount smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  memomax smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  channelcount smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  channelmax smallint(5) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',
+  greet text NOT NULL,
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (nc_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY display (display)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_ns_request'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_ns_request;
+CREATE TABLE anope_ns_request (
+  nr_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  nick varchar(255) NOT NULL default '',
+  passcode text NOT NULL,
+  `password` tinyblob NOT NULL,
+  email text NOT NULL,
+  requested int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (nr_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY nick (nick)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_akills'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_akills;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_akills (
+  ok_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  `user` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  host varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  xby text NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  seton int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  expire int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (ok_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY `user` (`user`,host)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_core'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_core;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_core (
+  oc_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  maxusercnt int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  maxusertime int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  akills_count int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  sglines_count int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  sqlines_count int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  szlines_count int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (oc_id)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_exceptions'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_exceptions;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_exceptions (
+  oe_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  mask varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  lim int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  who text NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  `time` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  expires int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (oe_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY mask (mask)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_news'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_news;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_news (
+  on_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  `type` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  num int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  ntext text NOT NULL,
+  who text NOT NULL,
+  `time` int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (on_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY `type` (`type`,num,`time`)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_sglines'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_sglines;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_sglines (
+  og_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  mask varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  xby text NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  seton int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  expire int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (og_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY mask (mask)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_sqlines'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_sqlines;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_sqlines (
+  og_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  mask varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  xby text NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  seton int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  expire int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (og_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY mask (mask)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;
+
+-- --------------------------------------------------------
+
+-- 
+-- Table structure for table 'anope_os_szlines'
+-- 
+
+DROP TABLE IF EXISTS anope_os_szlines;
+CREATE TABLE anope_os_szlines (
+  og_id int(11) NOT NULL auto_increment,
+  mask varchar(255) NOT NULL,
+  xby text NOT NULL,
+  reason text NOT NULL,
+  seton int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  expire int(11) NOT NULL default '0',
+  active tinyint(1) NOT NULL default '1',
+  PRIMARY KEY  (og_id),
+  UNIQUE KEY mask (mask)
+) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1;

data/version.sh

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-git log --pretty=format:"Revision %h - %cD - %s" > version.log

docs/ASTYLE

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-astyle --style=java --indent=tab --brackets=break-closing --indent-switches --indent-cases --brackets=break

docs/BUGS

@@ -1 +1,4 @@
-For all bug reports / updates please see http://bugs.anope.org
+Reported Bugs from Tracker: http://bugs.anope.org/
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+

docs/C++CASTING

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-C++-style Casting
-=================
-
-In C, you can cast in one of two ways:
-
-(type)var
-type(var)
-
-The problem with C-style casting is that it allows a programmer to get away
-with too much, and is also not designed to handle C++ classes.
-
-C++ has 4 types of casting in addition to allowing C-style casting.  They are:
-
-static_cast
-const_cast
-dynamic_cast
-reinterpret_cast
-
-The syntax is usually *_cast<type>(var).
-
-static_cast
------------
-
-From my expierence, this cast is closest to C-style casting for non-pointer
-types as well as between some (but not all) pointer types.  This type of cast,
-like C-style casting, is performed at compile-time.  static_cast can also do
-a downcast of a derived class to a base class, but only if the base class is
-not a virtual base class.  Sometimes the result of this cast can become
-undefined.  static_cast is a bit more strict that C-style casting, though.  It
-disallows certain class conversions that would've been allowed with a C-style
-cast.  static_cast also doesn't allow you to cast to an incomplete type.  In
-these cases, I would try either dynamic_cast or reinterpret_cast.
-
-const_cast
-----------
-
-This cast is mainly to add or remove const-ness or volatile-ness from a
-variable.  This is safer than using a C-style cast to change the const-ness
-of a variable.  In most cases if you try to use one of the other casts and it
-complains about const-ness, you will want to either use this cast instead or
-wrap the other cast around this cast.  An example:
-
-const int *a;
-static_cast<void *>(a); <-- This will fail.
-
-To remedy the above, you would might try this:
-
-const int *a;
-const_cast<void *>(a); <-- But this will still fail.
-
-The real solution is this:
-
-const int *a;
-static_cast<void *>(const_cast<int *>(a));
-
-It is not recommended to use const_cast on the this variable within a member
-function of a class that is declared const.  Instead you should use the mutable
-keyword on the variable in the class's definition.
-
-dynamic_cast
-------------
-
-This cast can only be used on pointers or references to classes.  It can cast a
-derived class to a base class, a derived class to another derived class
-(provided that both are children of the same base class), or a base class to a
-derived class.  You can also use this to cast a class to void *.  This cast is
-done at run-time as opposed to the other casts, and relies on C++'s RTTI to be
-enabled.  It is meant to be used on polymorphic classes, so use static_cast on
-non-polymorphic classes.
-
-derived-to-base conversions are actually done statically, so you use either
-dynamic_cast or static_cast on them, regardless of if the classes are
-polymorphic or not.
-
-derived-to-derived or base-to-derived conversions, however, rely on run-time
-type information, and this cast is used on those classes that are polymorphic.
-This is safer than C-style casting in that an invalid pointer conversion will
-return a NULL pointer, and an invalid reference conversion will throw a
-Bad_cast exception.
-
-Note that in Anope we prefer if Anope::debug_cast is used.
-This uses dynamic_cast (and checks for a NULL pointer return) on debug builds
-and static_cast on release builds, to speed up the program beacuse of dynamic_cast's
-reliance on RTTI.
-
-reinterpret_cast
-----------------
-
-This cast I would use only as a last resort if static_cast isn't allowed on a
-conversion.  It allows for conversions between two unrelated types, such as
-going from char * to int *.  It can also be used to convert a pointer to an
-integral type and vica versa.  The sites I've read mention how the result is
-non-portable, which I assume means the resulting object code is non-portable,
-so since the code is compiled on many systems anyways, I don't see this as
-being a huge issue.  It is recommended to only use this if necessary, though.
-
-Links
-=====
-
-The following links are web sites I've used to get this information, and might
-describe some of the above a bit better than I have. :P
-
-http://www.acm.org/crossroads/xrds3-1/ovp3-1.html
-http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/typecasting.html
-http://www.codeguru.com/forum/showthread.php?t=312456
-http://www.cs.umd.edu/class/sum2003/cmsc311/Notes/BitOp/cast.html
-http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/5f6c9f8h(VS.80).aspx
-http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C%2B%2B_Programming/Type_Casting
-http://www.informit.com/guides/content.aspx?g=cplusplus&seqNum=134
-
--- CyberBotX, Nov 23, 2008

docs/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# We only need to install these docs on Windows as most Windows installations will be binary, not source
-if(WIN32)
-  # Only install given files from this directory
-  # NOTE: I would've had this just find all files in the directory, but that would include files not needed (like this file)
-  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/README ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/README.txt)
-  if(IN_SOURCE)
-    # Add README.txt to list of files for CPack to ignore
-    add_to_cpack_ignored_files("README.txt$" TRUE)
-  endif(IN_SOURCE)
-  set(DOCS Changes Changes.conf DEFCON FAQ INSTALL LANGUAGE MODULES NEWS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/README.txt WIN32.txt)
-  install(FILES ${DOCS}
-    DESTINATION ${DOC_DIR}
-  )
-  set_directory_properties(PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_MAKE_CLEAN_FILES "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/README.txt")
-endif(WIN32)

docs/CODING

@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-Orginally pulled from: http://www.inspircd.org/wiki/Coding_Guidelines
-
----
-
-InspIRCd Coding Guidelines
-
-The following are a set of guidelines for writing patches to InspIRCd, or for
-creating modules for distribution with the official package. These guidelines
-were written a time after InspIRCd development started, and so not all code
-yet follows these. This will be rectified with time.
-
-
-1. Comments
-
-   * Multi Line
-     Multiple line comments should follow the C-style comment, for example:
-       /*
-        * This is a multiple line comment, huzzah..
-        */
-
-   * Single Line
-     Single line comments should also be in the C style, for example:
-       /* This is a boring one-line comment */
-
-   * Doxygen commenting
-     If you wish your comment to show in doxygen, the comment should be directly
-     above the item you are documenting (a class, function, enum, etc) and the
-     first line should be "/**". For example:
-       /** This is a doxygen multiline comment.
-	*  Description of thingymebob here.
-	*/
-
-     The first line after the "**" is used as the short description of the item
-     (up to the full stop) and everything afterwards as the detailed description.
-
-
-2. Indentation
-
-   Tabs. Tabs. ONLY TABS. Use a single tab for each level of indentation,
-   for example:
-     int main()
-     {
-     <tab>if (condition)
-     <tab>{
-     <tab><tab>code
-     <tab>}
-     }
-
-
-3. Separation
-
-   Always put a space in between a keyword like if/while and the condition,
-   for example:
-     if (foo == bar)
-    NOT
-     if(foo == bar)
-
-
-4. Braces
-
-   Always put braces opening and closing blocks on separate lines, see the
-   identation example. For example, place braces like this:
-     if (apples == "green")
-     {
-         cout << "Apples are green" << endl;
-     }
-
-   and not:
-     if (apples == "green") {
-         cout << "Apples are green" << endl;
-     }
-
-   The one exception to this is if you are declaring a class method which is
-   only one line long, in that case the following is acceptable in most cases:
-     class foo : public bar
-     {
-         foo() { }
-	 getrandomfoo() { return rand(); }
-     };
-
-
-5. Templates
-
-   Where possible, use templates rather than #defines. Avoid use of RTTI.
-
-
-6. Structs
-
-   Structs should be declared in the following fashion:
-     struct BodyPartBasket
-     {
-         int arms;
-	 int legs;
-	 int scrotalsacs;
-     };
-   and not like this:
-     typedef struct
-     {
-         int arms;
-	 int legs;
-	 int scrotalsacs;
-     } BodyPartBasket;
-
-    The second way is not required in C++ to be able to do this:
-      BodyPartBasket mybasket;
-
-    Plus, placing the name at the bottom of the declaration makes readability
-    more difficult (as you have to scroll down to the bottom of the struct to
-    find its name). (where possible, call them classes rather than structs.)
-
-
-7. Variable naming
-
-   Class and struct names should be in camel case with a leading capital letter,
-   for example "MyBagOfBones" and not "my_bag_of_bones" or "mybagofbones".
-   Variable names can be in either camel case with a leading capital letter or
-   alternatively all lower case, so long as the same naming convention is
-   adhered to throughout the class. No classes or variables should be named in
-   capitals unless this makes sense for the name (for example "class DNS").
-   Constants and enum values should always be completely in CAPITALS and
-   underscores may be used, for example:
-     enum DecayState
-     {
-         DECAYED_MOULDY  = 0,
-	 DECAYED_SMELLY  = 1,
-	 DECAYED_MAGGOTS = 2
-     };
-   All value names in an enum should be started with the same text which should
-   be related in some way to the enum's use. For example "DNS_CNAME, DNS_A,
-   DNS_AAAA".
-
-
-8. Use of references
-
-   Wherever possible, when dealing with any complex class, pass a const reference
-   rather than a copy of the class. For example:
-     MyThingy::MyThingy(const std::string &thingyvalue)
-     {
-     }
-   Of course, if you intended to change the string you can just omit the 'const'.
-
-
-9. Use of char pointers
-
-   Whenever you use char pointers (char*, char**) try to use const equivalents.
-   This is much safer and avoids ugly and dangerous casts. For example:
-     MyThingy::Thingify(const char* const* wotsits)
-     {
-     }
-   If it is possible without performance loss, consider avoiding char pointers
-   altogether and using std::string instead.
-
-
-10. Use of STL
-
-    For more information on use of STL in InspIRCd, please see the separate
-    STL FAQ.
-
-
-11. Making copies of data
-
-   Never ever make a copy of a piece of data unless it is absolutely necessary.
-   For example, don't use strlcpy() to make a copy of the const char* string
-   returned by std::string::c_str(), if the change can be done to the std::string
-   itself. The same goes for unnecessary variable assignments, especially those
-   which assign large classes.
-
-
-12. namespace std
-
-   Avoid the following:
-     using namespace std;
-   It might take a bit more typing, but things work better if you don't set
-   (then later assume) the namespace -- specify it explicitly when you want to
-   use it.
-
-
-13. Linefeeds
-
-   Unix linefeeds only please. We do not like to see our screens covered in ^M.
-
-
-14. Portability
-
-   Always make sure your code is portable to all supported operating systems,
-   remember of course that as of 1.1.8 this includes windows. Don't write code
-   that only works on windows, or only works on Linux. Test your code on all
-   platforms or ask for help from other developers who have the platforms you
-   want to test on.
-
-   * new() and delete(), malloc() and free()
-     Apart from the fact that using malloc() and free() is bad practice in C++
-     code, you must never use malloc() or free() in InspIRCd, within its modules
-     or within the core. This is because if you use malloc() or free() in windows,
-     the memory is claimed from the program's local heap.
-     In windows, each shared object (module, dll) has its own heap, which is
-     protected from other dlls and executables. To get around this issue and
-     allow more posix-like memory access from other dlls in the program (other
-     modules), InspIRCd overrides the operators new and delete to ensure that
-     memory allocated by them comes from the windows global heap. If you use
-     malloc() and free() for this, the ircd will segfault when another module
-     tries to access the memory you have allocated!
-
-   * strdup()
-     As with malloc(), above, strdup() should be avoided. Where strdup() is
-     absolutely necessary, use strnewdup() which is our strdup() implementation
-     that calls operator new instead of using malloc().
-     char arrays allocated by strnewdup() should be deleted with operator delete[].
-
-   * CoreExport and DllImport
-     Prefix all types you want to import or export to other modules with CoreExport
-     and DllImport macros. These do nothing in POSIX operating systems, however
-     in windows these are expanded to the instructions __declspec(dllimport) and
-     __declspec(dllexport) respectively depending on where they are used and how.
-
-
-15. External Dependencies
-
-   If a module is compiled as standard, or the code is part of the core, you must
-   not use any dependencies that are not available as standard on all supported
-   operating systems beyond libstdc++, libc, and whatever else is currently
-   required to build the core. Modules which use nonstandard dependencies belong
-   in the modules/extra directory.
-
-
-16. Profiling and Performance
-
-   It is one thing to assume that code performs bad, it is another thing to prove
-   that it actually is. A lot of experienced programmers talk about 'premature
-   optimisation', and here is what it means: if you have a piece of code called
-   once on startup that takes 10 seconds instead of one second to run, and a
-   piece of code that takes 0.05 seconds to run when it should take 0.01, and
-   it is called once per second, the second piece of code is the priority.
-
-   In other words, make sure that what you think is slow, and a performance
-   problem in Insp actually is.
-   To do this, use the callgrind tool from Valgrind (valgrind --tool=cachegrind
-   bin/inspircd -nofork -debug), and kcachegrind (or similar) to view the output
-   files.

docs/COPYING

@@ -1,339 +1,347 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991
 
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.  
 
-			    Preamble
+51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
 
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                         Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your 
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public 
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free 
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This 
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software 
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to 
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by 
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to 
 your programs, too.
 
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you 
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for 
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it 
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it 
 in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
 
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid 
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. 
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you 
 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
 
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether 
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that 
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the 
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their 
 rights.
 
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and 
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, 
 distribute and/or modify the software.
 
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain 
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free 
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we 
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so 
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original 
 authors' reputations.
 
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software 
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free 
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the 
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any 
 patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
 
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and 
 modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+
+                      GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
    TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
 
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
 
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains 
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed 
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, 
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" 
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: 
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, 
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another 
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in 
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not 
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of 
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program 
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the 
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). 
 Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
 
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's 
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you 
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate 
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the 
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; 
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License 
 along with the Program.
 
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and 
 you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
 
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion 
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and 
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 
 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
 
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+   a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices 
+   stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
 
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
+   b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in 
+   whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any 
+   part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third 
+   parties under the terms of this License.
 
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+   c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively 
+   when run, you must cause it, when started running for such 
+   interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an 
+   announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a 
+   notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide 
+   a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under 
+   these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this 
+   License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but 
+   does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on 
+   the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
 
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If 
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, 
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in 
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those 
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you 
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based 
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of 
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire 
+whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest 
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to 
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or 
 collective works based on the Program.
 
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program 
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of 
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under 
 the scope of this License.
 
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, 
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of 
 Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
 
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+   a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable 
+   source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 
+   1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
 
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+   b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, 
+   to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of 
+   physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable 
+   copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms 
+   of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software 
+   interchange; or,
 
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+   c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer 
+   to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed 
+   only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program 
+   in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with 
+   Subsection b above.)
 
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for 
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source 
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any 
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to 
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a 
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include 
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary 
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the 
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component 
 itself accompanies the executable.
 
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering 
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent 
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as 
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not 
 compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program 
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt 
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is 
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. 
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under 
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such 
 parties remain in full compliance.
 
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not 
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or 
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are 
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by 
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the 
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and 
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying 
 the Program or works based on it.
 
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the 
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the 
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to 
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further 
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. 
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to 
 this License.
 
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent 
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), 
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or 
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not 
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot 
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this 
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you 
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
+would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those
+who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way
+you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
+from distribution of the Program.
 
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under 
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to 
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other 
 circumstances.
 
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any 
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any 
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the 
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented 
+by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions 
+to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance 
+on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to 
+decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other 
+system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
 
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be 
+a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in 
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the 
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License 
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding 
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among 
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates 
 the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
 
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions 
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will 
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to 
 address new problems or concerns.
 
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program 
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any 
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions 
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free 
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of 
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software 
 Foundation.
 
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free 
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author 
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free 
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes 
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals 
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and 
 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
 
-			    NO WARRANTY
+                                 NO WARRANTY
 
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY 
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN 
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES 
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED 
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS 
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE 
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, 
 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
 
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING 
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR 
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, 
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING 
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED 
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY 
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER 
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 
 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+                         END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest 
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make 
+it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under 
+these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest 
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively 
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least 
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+   <one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.>
+   Copyright (C) yyyy  name of author
 
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+   of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  
+   02110-1301, USA.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this 
 when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+   Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+   Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
+   type `show w'.  This is free software, and you are welcome
+   to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' 
+   for details.
 
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate 
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may 
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be 
 mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
 
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your 
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if 
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
 
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+   Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program 
+   `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written  by James Hacker.
 
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+   <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+   Ty Coon, President of Vice
 
 This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may 
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the 
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General 
 Public License instead of this License.
+
+

docs/Changes

@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-Anope Version 1.9.7
---------------------
-A Added ability for using regex as patterns for various commands
-A Extended ability of operserv/akill to also match against nick and realname
-A Added chanserv:require configuration option
-A Added nickserv:unregistered_notice and nickserv:registration configuration option
-A Added options:casemap configuration option
-A Added a web panel
-A db_sql_live now allows all tables to be "live", not just a select few
-
-Anope Version 1.9.6
---------------------
-A Added ability to configure emails sent by services
-A Added chanserv/up and chanserv/down
-A Added m_proxyscan
-A Added more configurability for what vhosts are valid
-A Added chanserv/log
-A Added ability to configure ChanServ privileges
-A Added a new database format
-A Added SQLite support
-A Added more verbose messages on startup
-A Added ability for chanserv/suspend and nickserv/suspend to take an expiry time
-A Added no nickname ownership config option
-A Added m_rewrite
-A Added akill IDs
-F Fixed crash in clearusers
-F Fixed crash in /os oper info
-F Fixed eventfd Config check to work properly on OpenVZ
-
-Anope Version 1.9.5
---------------------
-A Extended LDAP support
-A Added os_oper, os_kill, os_forbid, m_statusupdate, cs_sync, and bs_autoassign
-A Added a new configuration file format
-A Added a new commands system
-A Added a new access system, and cs_flags
-F Fixed not logging debug logs to file
-F Fixed the mail delay time
-F Fixed sending account data for unconfirmed nicks
-F Fixed poll() engine build on FreeBSD
-F Fixed really large HELP replies being truncated
-F Fixed sometimes appending !*@* to valid hosts on access lists
-F Fixed m_ssl sometimes failing connecting for no reason
-F Fixed crash in cs_entrymsg
-F Fixed setting -P on channels with only a botserv bot in it
-F Fixed modemanager complaining about prefixless modes on InspIRCd
-
-Anope Version 1.9.4
---------------------
-A Automatically set channel founder to the user with the highest access if there is no successor
-A /chanserv clone command to copy settings from one channel to another.
-A /chanserv mode command
-A Ability for users to delete their own access in channels
-A Added support for Plexus 3
-A Readded in support for /cs op/deop/etc to op/deop you in all channels
-A Added LDAP support
-A Added live SQL support
-A Added support for learning tracking/storing/locking all modes at runtime
-A Added m_alias
-A Added support for XMLRPC queries
-A Added /botserv set msg
-A Added /operserv config
-A Added /ns cert
-A Added /operserv login
-F Changed the GHOST command to not allow ghosting unidentified users if the RECOVER command exists
-F Some failed logic in /operserv exception that prevents proper exceptions from being added
-F Fixed the anope_os_sxlines MySQL table and code to work after restarting
-
-Anope Version 1.9.3
---------------------
-A Added italics BotServ kicks support
-A Tell users when their nicks expire in /ns glist and /ns info
-A Added SSL support
-A Prevent negaitve mode changes, kicks, bans, and autokicks from affecting people with the 'god' user mode (On UnrealIRCd, usermode +q)
-A Added nickserv/auxpex permission
-A Added nickserv ungroup command
-A Renamed the SGLINE to be SNLINE
-A Added /chanserv saset command
-A Added threads for mail sending
-A Added m_dnsbl and an asynchronous DNS system
-A Added a new language system that uses gettext
-A Added m_mysql which uses threads to execute queries
-A Added many subcommand modules for some commands, eg ns_set_autoop, ns_set_email, etc
-A Added a new logging system that is a bit more flexible
-A Added cs_set_misc and ns_set_misc to add miscellaneous set commands
-A Added os_modreload, which allows reloading some modules not normally unloable, like the protocol module
-A Added FOUNDER access level
-A Made OperServ, Global, MemoServ, and ChanServ optional
-F Shutting down if a config reload fails
-F Autoid to live through restarts on Unreal
-F Storing vhosts in MySQL
-F Not flushing the anope_extra table before rewriting databaes
-F Anoperc start/stop to send the globaloncycle global, and fixed anoperc rehash to really rehash
-F Fixed a potential crash if HostServ or BotServ was disbled
-
-Anope Version 1.9.2
---------------------
-A K alias to chanserv kick command
-A KB alias to chanserv ban command
-A The ability to register empty nonregistered channels
-A Flatfile plaintext databases and removed old binary ones
-A Added in live updating SQL and the ability to execute commands through SQL (see docs/MYSQL)
-A Added support for many more modes into Anope and the ability to have generic support for modes unknown to Anope
-A Added a mode stacker to combine many mode changes into fewer
-A Added in the CS SET PERSIST command which can be used to keep service bots in channels even when the channel is empty
-A Added AUTOOWNER OWNER and OWNERME into CS LEVELS
-A Added ns_resetpass module to the core
-A CS ACCESS VIEW which shows who added the access and last time used
-A Last used time to CS AKICK VIEW
-A Added a sha_256 encryption module
-A Added the ability to load multiple encryption modules, and the ability to seamlessly convert your database between diferent encryptions
-A Added configuration options to allow Anope to reconnect if it disconnects from the uplink instead of dieing
-A Added support for linking with IPv6
-F Unban command to accept an optional nick arg
-F Some typos in services.conf
-F Crash when users change their host that are identified to a group, but not a nick
-F Host length checking in HS SET(ALL) and HS REQUEST
-F Only show if a user is online in NS INFO if they are really identiifed for the group of the nick they are on
-F Crash when using BSSmartJoin
-F Converting access entries to access from xop when a users access is below voice
-F A bad pointer passed to the OnDelEvent which could cause some 3rd party modules to crash
-F CS FORBID allows to you forbid unregistered channels
-F The -nothird command line option to work
-F ms_rsend to really work
-F SQUITing juped servers on InspIRCd1.2+
-
-Anope Version 1.9.1
---------------------
-F Don't enforce akick/forbidden/etc.-restrictions on clients on ulined servers.
-F Remove modules_unload_all fini + hack that goes with it.
-F Signal handling cleanup.
-A Seamless fantasy support on all ChanServ commands, instead of requiring bs_fantasy_*.
-F Allow fantasy to be disabled on some commands (e.g. FORBID).
-F Some commands (e.g. !help) need to strip the pre-provided channelname from them.
-D HelpServ removed
-F Command parser cleanup: mod_current_buffer removed and replaced with proper parser. Commands now indicate how they want the buffer split.
-F Make NS ENFORCE/RELEASE stuff more sane, redo timers.
-A Opertypes (similar to InspIRCd's opertypes)
-
-Provided by Ankit <ankit@nevitus.com> - 2009
-F Segfault on shutdown
-
-Provided by Adam <adam@anope.org> - 2009
-F NickServ registration is sometimes denied.
-F Applied patch from Adam to fix some potential screwups
-F More fixes to bs_bot from Adam, plus an extra fix within DoAdd not covered in Adam's patch.
-F Fix bs_bot to use the correct parameters, patch from Adam.
-F Fix for bug #1004, based from second half of patch from Adam.
-F Partial patch by Adam, commenting fix for #1006 for future reference.
-F Forward-port r1946:  Patch by Adam fixing #1006 (originally caused by #922): modes set by ChanServ are reversed. Thanks!
-
-Provided by DukePyrolator <dukepyrolator@gmx.de> - 2009
-F Patch converting all match calls to new method, thanks!
-F Add 'w' and 'y' support to dotime(), also prevent an overflow.
-F Allow NS STATUS from unregistered users, thanks DP!
-F Wild pointers do not a happy Anope make. Thanks DP :)
-F Allow NS REGISTER to unregistered nicks, silly oversight. Thanks DP! :)
-F Fix call order, thanks to DP
-F Pass the right array to do_umode(), fixes mode tracking on Unreal. Thanks to DukePyrolator (yet again :P)
-F Fix bs_set help, thanks to DukePyrolator! :)
-F Fix two segfaults, noted by DukePyrolator. Thanks!
-F Fix part one of #1010, reported by DukePyrolator. (Language settings are not respected in message sending.) Thanks!
-F Memory leak on +beI modes.
-
-Provided by Liber <Liber@jasonirc.net> - 2009
-F Support operoverride and such things (stop reversing changes from nonopped people where unnecessary)
-
-Anope Version 1.9.0
---------------------
-F Modified compile to use g++
-F Improve protocol modules support (classes, virtual methods, etc)
-F Move core services to use BotInfo
-F Move BotInfo and related methods into a class
-F Move modules into a class
-F Fixed ns resending of passcode issue
-F Modules now delete themselves
-F additional field where users' masked host can be stored so both masked IP and vhost are available instead of just one.
-F No struct Uid, ugly, and, unnecessary that we store UID in BotInfo.
-F Prevent deletion of core services via /bs bot
-F Module subsystem cleanup ('modules' branch)
-F Move modules to use classes somewhat (AnopeInit, AnopeFini)
-F Change MODULE_INIT to return a pointer
-F Remove duplicate module creation.. have loadModule return a pointer rather than creating one
-F Remove buffered loading/unloading, this makes os_modunload perm, but who cares
-F Remove 'delayed' loading, this is necessary because of before/after connected to ircd (ircd is before, rest after), I'm sure this can be done better.
-A Remove old config, replace with insp-inspired (albeit bind format) config (CBX)
-F Clean up protocol modules a bit
-A InspIRCd 1.2 support
-F Remove old (prior to 1.8.0) db compat
-F Establish a proper base for services pseudoclients
-F Add ss_main StatServ Hal9000 to play with :)
-F Burn automake with fire (CBX)
-
-Provided by mooncup <mooncup@anonnet.org> - 2009
-F Automatically reapply vhost on hs off for unreal.

docs/Changes.conf

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-Anope Version 1.9.7
--------------------
-operserv:notifications removed in favor of log{} blocks
-options:regexengine added
-options:casemap added
-chanserv:require added
-nickserv:registration added, emailregistration removed.
-nickserv:unregistered_notice added
-
-Anope Version 1.9.6
--------------------
-service:channels added to join services to channels
-mail block modified to allow configuring of email messages
-oper:host and oper:vhost added
-oper:require_oper added
-options:nonicknameownership added
-operserv:akillids added
-nickserv/access oper privilege added
-
-Anope Version 1.9.5
--------------------
-Don't even try it, get a new config and start over.
-
-Anope Version 1.9.4
--------------------
-** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-memoserv:modules added ms_ignore
-chanserv:modules added cs_clone and cs_mode
-nickserv:suspendexpire and nickserv:forbidexpire added
-chanserv:suspendexpire and chanserv:forbidexpire added
-module added cs_entrymsg
-nickserv:modules added ns_ajoin, ns_cert
-options:nomlock added
-log:target added globops
-nickserv:confirmemailchanges added
-operserv:modules added os_config, os_login
-
-** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-operserv:notifications removed osglobal, osmode, oskick, osakill, ossnline, ossqline, osszline, osnoop, osjupe, getpass, setpass, forbid, drop
-renamed nickserv:preregexpire to nickserv:unconfirmedexpire
-
-** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-opertype:commands removed operserv/umode
-operserv:modules removed os_umode
-
-Anope Version 1.9.3
-------------------
-** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-nickserv/auspex privilege added
-SSL module added for SSL support
-opertype:inherits added to allow opertypes to inherit commands and privs from other opertypes
-Various nickserv/saset/* and chanserv/saset/* opertype command privileges added
-nickserv:modules added many new ns_set_command modules
-chanserv:modules added many new cs_set_command modules
-opertype:commands added nickserv/saset/* and chanserv/saset/*
-options:socketengine added to choose what socket engine to use
-module:cs_set_misc and module:ns_set_misc added to replace the old set url/icq/email modules
-options:hideprivilegedcommands added to hide privileged commands from normal users
-log block added to customize logging
-dns block added to configure dns settings
-m_dnsbl added
-mysql configuration block added
-
-** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-opertype:commands changed operserv/sgline to opserv/snline
-operserv:modules changed os_sgline to os_snline
-operserv:modules added os_modreload
-operserv:sglineexpiry changed to operserv:snlineexpiry
-operserv:killonsgline changed to operserv:killonsnline
-operserv:notifications ossgline changed ossnline
-memoserv was made optional
-moved operserv:global configuration into its own global block
-chanserv was made optional
-
-** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-serverinfo:helpchannel removed because it has been readded in m_helpchan
-networkinfo:logchannel, logbot, logusers, logmaxusers, logchannel, and options:keeplogs removed because of the log block
-dumpcore because it really didn't do anything
-
-Anope Version 1.9.2
---------------------
-** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-options:enablelogchannel added to auto turn on the logchannel on startup
-options:mlock added to configure the default mlock modes on new channels
-options:database added for the database modules
-options:botmodes added to configure modes BotServ bots should use
-options:userlen added to configure maxiumum ident length
-options:hostlen added to configure maximum hostname length
-options:database added to configure what database modules to use
-options:passlen added to specify the maximum length of passwords
-uplink:ipv6 added to enable IPv6 connectivity
-options:maxretries added to specify the number of reconnect attempts allowed
-options:retrywait added to specify how long to wait between reconnect attempts
-opertype command chanserv/aop/list removed as it was unnecessary, use chanserv/access/list instead
-
-** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-options:encryption added enc_sha256
-chanserv:modules added cs_unban
-nickserv:modules added ns_resetpass
-
-** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-nickserv:database deleted because of new database system
-nickserv:prenickdatabase deleted because of new database system
-chanserv:database deleted because of the new database system
-botserv:database deleted because of the new database system
-hostserv:database deleted because of the new database system
-operserv:database deleted because of the new database system
-operserv:newsdatabase deleted because of the new database system
-operserv:exceptiondatabase deleted because of the new database system
-hs_request:database deleted because of the new database system
-os_ignore:database deleted because of the new database system
-serverinfo:localport deleted
-
-Anope Version 1.9.1
--------------------
-** ADDED    CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-Opertypes have been added, through the opertype blocks.
-Services Operators are now specified in the oper blocks.
-
-** MODIFIED CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-botserv:modules no longer contains bs_fantasy* modules, fantasy is now seamless.
-operserv:modules has replaced os_logonnews, os_opernews, and os_randomnews with os_news.
-operserv:modules no longer contains os_admin and os_oper modules, removed in favor of oper blocks.
-operserv:notifications no longer contains osraw due to removal of OS RAW.
-
-** DELETED  CONFIGURATION DIRECTIVES **
-Nick tracking has been removed as an option.
-Restricting of NS GETPASS and CS GETPASS removed in favor of opertypes.
-Host Setters were removed in favor of opertypes.
-HelpServ has been removed entirely.
-operserv:disableraw removed due to removal of OS RAW.

docs/DEFCON

@@ -31,11 +31,10 @@ Anope DefCon
 
     The DefCon system is part of Anope's core,
 
-    The DefCon system has to be configured on your operserv.conf file to
-    be enabled. Defcon will be disabled if "defaultlevel" in the defcon
-    block is left commented, or set to 0. Look for the defcon block
-    on your operserv.conf file for more information on enabling and
-    configuring it.
+    The DefCon system has to be configured on your services.conf file to
+    be enabled. All directives are optional unless they depend on what
+    options you enable for each level. Look for the "DefCon configuration"
+    section on your services.conf file for more information.
 
     Make sure you restart Anope after changing the DefCon configuration
     directives.
@@ -44,19 +43,40 @@ Anope DefCon
 
     Pre-defined DefCon actions:
 
-    No new channel registrations 
-    No New Nick Registrations 
-    No Mode Lock changes
-    Force Chan Mode 
-    Use Reduced Session Limit 
-    KILL any new clients trying to connect 
-    Services will ignore everyone but opers 
-    Services will silently ignore everyone but opers 
-    AKILL all new clients trying to connect 
-    No new memos sent to block MemoServ attacks
+    No new channel registrations                       1 
+    No New Nick Registrations                          2 
+    No MLOCK changes                                   4 
+    Force Chan Mode                                    8 
+    Use Reduced Session Limit                         16 
+    KILL any new clients trying to connect            32 
+    Services will ignore everyone but opers           64 
+    Services will silently ignore everyone but opers 128 
+    AKILL all new clients trying to connect          256 
+    No new memos sent to block MemoServ attacks      512
+
+    These are the values used to determine each defcon setting, are set via: 
+
+    DefCon1 XX 
+    DefCon2 XX 
+    DefCon3 XX 
+    DefCon4 XX 
+
+    To set the desired value, you simply add the value of the numbers together 
+    and place that as your DefCon# setting. For instance:
+
+    Say you wish to set: 
+
+    No Channel Registrations, No Nickname Registrations and Services Ignoring 
+    everyone except for Operators. You would do this by: 
+
+    1 + 2 + 128 (Each value listed above is added together) 
+    Giving: 131 
+
+    You would then place this as which ever Defcon setting you want: 
     
-    Information regarding how to enable this for specific defcon levels can
-    be found in operserv.conf
+    DefCon1 131 
+
+    The recommended default values are safe to use on any network.
 
 4) Usage
 
@@ -71,18 +91,22 @@ Anope DefCon
 
     /msg OperServ DEFCON 4
 
+    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel Changed the DEFCON level to 4
+
     -OperServ- Services are now at DEFCON 4
     -OperServ- * No new channel registrations
     -OperServ- * No new nick registrations
-    -OperServ- * No mode lock changes
+    -OperServ- * No MLOCK changes
     -OperServ- * Use the reduced session limit of 5
 
-    -Global- The Defcon Level is now at: 4
+    -Global- The Defcon Level is now at Level: 4
 
     Restore normal readiness:
 
     /msg OperServ DEFCON 5
 
+    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel Changed the DEFCON level to 5
+
     -OperServ- Services are now at DEFCON 5
 
     -Global- Services are now back to normal, sorry for any inconvenience

docs/EVENTS

@@ -2,41 +2,475 @@ Anope Internal Events
 ---------------------
 
 1) Intro
-2) Using Events
+2) Complex Events
+3) Triggered Events
+4) Triggered Events List
 
 1) Introduction to Internal Events
 
     Internal Events are setup to give module developers more information
     about what the core is doing at different times. This information can
     be as complex as data we are feeding to the uplink, to simple triggered
-    events such as the databases being saved. 
-
-    Additionally there is a module included with the core
+    events such as the databases being saved. A list of triggered  events
+    can be found below. Additional there is a module included with the core
     which can  provide some clue as to how to use the code in your modules.
     The rest of this document assumes that you are used to writing modules.
 
-2) Using Events
+2) Complex Events
 
-    Anope is told about modules wanting to hook to events by the function
-    ModuleManager::Attach(EventName, Module*);, eg:
+    This type of events are based around what happens when we talk to the
+    IRCd, much like MESSAGE events that the IRCD sends to us. The events
+    are triggered when Anope writes to the ircd. To watch for these events
+    you must have some knowledge of how the IRCd command system works. In
+    our example we will trap for NICK events.
 
-    ModuleManager::Attach(I_OnJoinChannel, this);
+    A) All functions most be formatted as:
 
-    You can also specifcy an array of events:
+        int functioname(char *source, int ac, char **av);
 
-    Implementation i[] = { I_OnJoinChannel, I_OnPartChannel };
-    ModuleManager::Attach(i, this, 2);
-    Where 2 is the number of events in the list
+    B) In AnopeInit you must declare EvtMessage in some fashion, it is into
+       this variable that we will create the event handler. Here is what the
+       base AnopeInit should look like at this point:
+ 
+        int AnopeInit(int argc, char **argv)
+        {
+            EvtMessage *msg = NULL;
+            int status;
 
-    You must then overload these functions in your main modules class.
-    The full list of functions and parameters are in modules.h. In this
-    case, you would be overloading OnJoinChannel() and OnPartChannel() like so:
+            moduleAddAuthor(AUTHOR);
+            moduleAddVersion(VERSION);
+            return MOD_CONT;
+        }
 
-    void OnJoinChannel(User *u, Channel *c) { }
-    void OnPartChannel(User *u, Channel *c) { }
+       Note that AUTHOR and VERSION should be defined above the AnopeInit
+       function, just like you should do with any module.
 
-    Some of these events can be used to prevent or allow things to happen that
-    would normally not be allowed or denied. You can also use ModuleManager
-    (not explained here) to set control which order the modules are queried
-    (when multiple modules hook to the same event).
+    C) Pass "createEventHandler" the name of the message in this case NICK,
+       and the function that was created in Step A. At this point you should
+       assign the return of "createEventHandler" to the EvtMessage variable.
 
+        msg = createEventHandler("NICK", my_nick);
+
+    D) The Handler is not ready for use yet; now you must add it to the hash
+       with "moduleAddEventHandler". You will want to pass to this function
+       the return of "createEventHandler".
+
+        status = moduleAddEventHandler(msg);
+
+       It will return the same module error codes as adding a regular message,
+       which you can use to confirm it was added correctly.
+
+    E) With that setup in your function you will be passed 3 items. The source
+       most of the time this will be set to ServerName or NULL; consult our
+       IRCd documentation about how messages are formatted. AC is the count of
+       variables you will find in AV.
+
+        int my_nick(char *source, int ac, char **av)
+        {
+            alog("Internal Event - nick is %s",av[0]);
+            return MOD_CONT;
+        }
+
+3) Triggered Events
+
+    These events also known as "event hooks" are internal events such as
+    expiring of nicks to the saving of databases.
+
+    A) All functions most be formatted as:
+
+        int functioname(int argc, char **argv);
+
+    B) In AnopeInit you must declare EvtHook in some fashion; it is into
+       this variable that we will create the event handler. Here is what
+       the base AnopeInit should look like at this point:
+ 
+        int AnopeInit(int argc, char **argv)
+        {
+            EvtHook *hook = NULL;
+            int status;
+
+            moduleAddAuthor(AUTHOR);
+            moduleAddVersion(VERSION);
+            return MOD_CONT;
+        }
+
+    C) Pass "createEventHook" the name of the event. In this case we are
+       going to hook to the saving of databases, "EVENT_DB_SAVING".
+
+        hook = createEventHook(EVENT_DB_SAVING, my_save);
+
+    D) The Handler is not ready for use yet; now you must add it to the hash
+       with "moduleAddEventHook". You will want to pass to this function the
+       return of "createEventHook"
+
+        status = moduleAddEventHook(hook);
+
+       It will return the same module error codes as adding a regular message,
+       which you can use to confirm it was added correctly.
+
+    E) With that setup in your function you will be passed 1 item. The message
+       is very simple; it could be as simple as a start, stop or message. In
+       the case of saving it has a start and stop.
+
+        int my_save(int argc, char **argv)
+        {
+            if (argc < 1) {
+                return MOD_CONT;
+            }
+
+            if (!stricmp(argv[0], EVENT_START)) {
+                alog("Saving the databases! has started");
+            } else {
+                alog("Saving the databases is complete");
+            }
+            return MOD_CONT;
+        }
+
+4) Triggered Events List
+
+    Here's a list of all event hooks we currently offer, with a description
+    of what argument is being passed to the event functions for this type of
+    event. All arguments are plain-text strings (char *). The list is sorted
+    in alphabetical order.
+
+    Note that all events are emitted AFTER the action has taken place, so
+    any deleted nick/channel/etc won't exist anymore and any created one will
+    exist when your function is being run, unless noted otherwise.
+
+    Also note that EVENT_START and EVENT_STOP should not be matched with an
+    equal sign, but with string comparision. See the bundled events module for
+    an example on how to do this.
+
+    The arguments are given as av[0] for the first argument, av[1] for the
+    second argument, and so on. If av[0] and av[1] are given, the event has
+    two arguments, and argc should be 2.
+
+    EVENT_ACCESS_ADD
+        An user has been added to a channel access list.
+        av[0]  Name of the channel the user has been added to.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has just added an entry to the
+               access list.
+        av[2]  The nickname of the user that has been added to the access
+               list.
+        av[3]  The level number the user has been added with.
+
+    EVENT_ACCESS_CHANGE
+        An user level has been changed on a channel access list.
+        av[0]  Name of the channel the access list has been modified which.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has just modified the access
+               list of the channel.
+        av[2]  The nickname of the user wich his access level has just been
+               modified.
+        av[3]  The new access level for the user.
+
+    EVENT_ACCESS_CLEAR
+        A channel access list has been cleared.
+        av[0]  Name of the channel the access list has been cleared of
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has cleared the access list
+
+    EVENT_ACCESS_DEL
+        An user has been deleted of a channel access list.
+        av[0]  Name of the channel the access entry has been deleted which.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has just deleted the access entry.
+        av[2]  [OPTIONAL] The nickname of the user wich his access level has just
+               been removed. Not present if numbers were used (e.g. /cs access
+               del 7).
+
+    EVENT_BOT_ASSIGN
+        A BotServ bot has been assigned to a channel.
+        av[0]  Name of the channel the bot has been assigned to.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the bot that has been assigned to the channel.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_BAN
+        A BotServ bot has banned a user, e.g. kickers.
+        av[0]  The nick of the user banned.
+        av[1]  The Channel the user was banned from.
+        av[2]  The mask that was banned.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_CHANGE
+        The properties of a BotServ bot have been changed.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the bot involved.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_CREATE
+        A new BotServ bot has been created, and is ready to use.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the newly created bot.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_DEL
+        A BotServ bot is being deleted from BotServ. This event is being sent
+        just before the actual deletion is performed.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the bot being deleted.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_FANTASY
+        A fantasy command of the bot has been triggered. This event should be
+        used to create your own fantasy commands.
+        av[0]  The fantasy command that has been triggered without leading '!'.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has triggered the fantasy
+               command.
+        av[2]  The name of the channel the fantasy command has been triggered
+               on.
+        av[3]  Contains any optional paramenters passed after the fantasy
+               command. If none are present, this will not exist, and argc will
+               will be 3.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_FANTASY_NO_ACCESS
+        A fantasy command of the bot has been triggered by someone without
+        access to BotServ FANTASY commands on the channel. This will NOT
+        trigger if someone with access has triggered a fantasy command; use
+        EVENT_BOT_FANTASY for those. Hook to both events to catch both event
+        triggers.
+        av[0]  The fantasy command that has been triggered without leading '!'.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user that has triggered the fantasy
+               command.
+        av[2]  The name of the channel the fantasy command has been triggered
+               on.
+        av[3]  Contains any optional paramenters passed after the fantasy
+               command. If none are present, this will not exist, and argc will
+               will be 3.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_JOIN
+        A BotServ bot has joined a channel and opped itself.
+        av[0]  The channel name the bot has just joined.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the bot that has joined the channel.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_KICK
+        A BotServ bot has kicked a user from a channel.
+        av[0]  The name of the user that has been kicked.
+        av[1]  The name of the channel the user was kicked from.
+        av[2]  The reason for the kick.
+
+    EVENT_BOT_UNASSIGN
+        A BotServ bot is being unassigned from a channel. This event is being
+        sent before the actual removing of the bot is done.
+        av[0]  The channel name the bot has been unassigned from.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the bot that has been unassigned.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_DROP
+        A channel has been dropped and deleted.
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been dropped.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_EXPIRE
+        A channel has been expired and will be deleted. The event will be
+        emitted just before the actual channel deletion happens.
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been expired.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_FORBIDDEN
+        A channel has been forbidden (ChanServ FORBID).
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been forbidden.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_KICK
+        Someone has just been kicked from a channel.
+        av[0]  The nick of the user that has been kicked.
+        av[1]  The channel the user has been kicked from.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_REGISTERED
+        A new channel has been registered.
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been registered.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_REQUESTED
+        A new nick has been requested, and mail has been sent to confirm the nick.
+        av[0]  The name of the nick that was requested
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_SUSPENDED
+        A channel has been suspended (ChanServ SUSPEND).
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been suspended.
+
+    EVENT_CHAN_UNSUSPEND
+        A channel has been unsuspended (ChanServ UNSUSPEND).
+        av[0]  The name of the channel that has been unsuspended.
+
+    EVENT_CHANGE_NICK
+        A user has just changed its nick.
+        av[0]  The new nickname of the user. Event is called after the user has been changed
+               to this nickname.
+        av[1]  The old nickname of the user.
+
+    EVENT_CONNECT
+        This event is emitted when the connection to our uplink hub is being
+        made.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP, to indicate if it's emitted before
+               or after the connection has been made. EVENT_STOP is emitted
+               before our burst is being sent over the link.
+
+    EVENT_DB_EXPIRE
+        This event is emitted when the expiry routines for all things that can
+        expire in Anope are being run.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP, to indicate if it's being emitted
+               before or after the expiry routines have been run.
+
+    EVENT_DB_SAVING
+        This event is emitted when the databases are being saved.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP, to indicate if it's emitted before
+               or after the saving routines have been run.
+
+    EVENT_DB_BACKUP
+        This event is emitted when the databases are backed up.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START when the backup commences, and EVENT_STOP when it
+               finishes.
+
+    EVENT_DEFCON_LEVEL
+        The DefCon level has just been changed. This event is emitted before
+        any DefCon-related action is taken. The internal DefConLevel has
+        already been raised at this point.
+        av[0]  The new level of DefCon being invoked.
+
+    EVENT_GROUP
+        A user has grouped its nickname to another user group.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user that joined the group.
+
+    EVENT_JOIN_CHANNEL
+        A user joins a channel.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP. EVENT_START when the user has passed
+               all access checks and is allowed to join, but has not yet
+               joined the channel. EVENT_STOP when the user has joined and all
+               needed modes are set etc.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user joining the channel.
+        av[2]  The name of the channel the user has joined.
+
+    EVENT_NEWNICK
+        A new user has been introduced on the network.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the newly introduced user.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_DROPPED
+        A user's nick has just been dropped. Note that the nickname information
+        has already been deleted!
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user that has just been dropped.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_EXPIRE
+        A user's nick has just expired. Note that, as with EVENT_NICK_DROPPED,
+        the nickname information has already been deleted!
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user that has just expired.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_FORBIDDEN
+        A user's nick has just been forbidden.
+        av[0]  The nickname that has just been forbidden.
+
+    EVENT_CORE_DROPPED
+        A NickCore will be dropped. Usually send when the last alias is dopped.
+        This is send BEFORE the event that confirms deletion of the alias.
+        Note that this event is send before the core data is removed.
+        av[0]  The display nickname of the core that is being dropped.
+
+    EVENT_CORE_NEWDISPLAY
+        The display nick of a NickCore is being changed.
+        This is send BEFORE the actual change is made in the database.
+        av[0]  The old display nickname of the core.
+        av[1]  The new display nickname of the core.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_GHOSTED
+        A user has just been ghosted.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP. EVENT_START when the user is about
+               to be removed from the network, EVENT_STOP when this has been
+               done.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user doing the ghosting.
+        av[2]  The nickname being ghosted.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_IDENTIFY
+        A user has just identified for its nickname with NickServ.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user that just identified.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_LOGOUT
+        A user has just (been) logged out.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user that has (been) logged out.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_RECOVERED
+        A user's nickname has just been recovered.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP. EVENT_START when the user is about
+               to be recovered, EVENT_STOP when this has been done.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user doing the recovery.
+        av[2]  The nickname being recovered.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_REGISTERED
+        A new user has just registered its nickname. This event is being
+        emitted when the registration is completed, but the user modes have not
+        yet been set.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the newly registered user.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_SUSPENDED
+        A user's nick has just been suspended.
+        av[0]  The nickname that has just been suspended.
+
+    EVENT_NICK_UNSUSPEND
+        A user's nick has just been unsuspended.
+        av[0]  The nickname that has just been unsuspended.
+
+    EVENT_PART_CHANNEL
+        A user parts a channel.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP. EVENT_START when the user is about
+               to be removed from the channel internally, EVENT_STOP when
+               this has been done.
+        av[1]  The nickname of the user parting the channel.
+        av[2]  The name of the channel the user has parted.
+        av[3]  The reason the user parted the channel, this is not always sent
+               so check the count to make sure it was passed. (ac == 4)
+
+    EVENT_RELOAD
+        This event is emitted after the configuration file has been reloaded.
+        av[0]  Always EVENT_START.
+
+    EVENT_RESTART
+        This event is emitted before the services are being restarted.
+        av[0]  Always EVENT_START.
+
+    EVENT_SERVER_CONNECT
+        A new server has just connected to the network.
+        av[0]  The name of the new server.
+
+    EVENT_SERVER_SQUIT
+        A server has sent an SQUIT and is about to be removed from the
+        network. This event is being sent before the server is actually
+        removed from the network.
+        av[0]  The name of the server that is being removed.
+
+    EVENT_SHUTDOWN
+        This event is emitted when Anope is being shut down.
+        av[0]  EVENT_START or EVENT_STOP, to indicate where in the process of
+               restarting the core is. With EVENT_START, services are still
+               fully online and operating. With EVENT_STOP, every internal
+               clean up has been done already, and the SQUIT has been sent;
+               the only thing done after emitting the event is closing the
+               socket to the uplink hub.
+
+    EVENT_SIGNAL
+        This event is emitted when Anope is quitting because of a signal it
+        received.
+        av[0]  The quit message that will be sent with the SQUIT for this
+               shutdown.
+
+    EVENT_TOPIC_UPDATED
+        A channel topic has been succesfully updated. Note that this event is
+        only emitted if the new topic has been fully accepted and set by the
+        Anope core.
+        av[0]  The name of the channel involved.
+        av[1]  The new topic set on the channel.
+
+    EVENT_USER_LOGOFF
+        A user has left the network. This event is emitted before the internal
+        removal is performed, so the user still exists internally.
+        av[0]  The nickname of the user leaving the network.
+
+    EVENT_MODLOAD
+        A module has been loaded. This event is emitted after the loading
+        sequence has been finished: AnopeInit() has been called and the
+        module has already been added to the modules table.
+        av[0] Name of the loaded module.
+
+    EVENT_MODUNLOAD
+        A module has been unloaded. This event is emitted when the unloading
+        sequence is almost complete: AnopeFini() has been called and all
+        commands, hooks and callbacks have been removed. The module itself
+        is still in memory however.
+        av[0] Name of the unloaded module.
+
+    EVENT_ADDCOMMAND
+        A command hook has been added to anopes command table.
+        Note that the command may have previously existed and merely a new hook
+        was added before or after an existing command hook.
+        av[0] Name of the module adding the command.
+        av[1] Name of the command hook that was added.
+
+    EVENT_DELCOMMAND
+        A command hook has been removed from anopes command table.
+        Note that the command may still exist in anopes command table if other
+        modules have hooks for the same command.
+        av[0] Name of the module deleting the command.
+        av[1] Name of the command hook that was removed.

docs/INSTALL

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Anope Installation Instructions
 3) Setting up the IRCd
 4) Starting Anope
 5) Setting up a crontab
-
+  
 Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
 
 1) Installing Anope
@@ -21,35 +21,15 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
 
         http://www.anope.org/
 
-    Anope can be built one of two ways. The recommended way is to use CMake.
-    You can check if CMake is already installed on your system using the
-    command:
-
-        cmake --version
-
-    If it's installed, you will get a line that says something similar to
-    "cmake version 2.6-patch 1". If the version is less than 2.4 or you get
-    an error saying the command was not found, you will not be able to use
-    CMake unless you install it yourself into your home directory. CMake
-    can be downloaded from:
-
-        http://www.cmake.org/cmake/resources/software.html
-
-    If you are unable to install CMake yourself (either due to lack of space
-    or restrictions by your hosting provider), you still have the alternative
-    to use the provided configure script. This option is not recommended and
-    will eventually be phased out, but is provided for compatibility for those
-    lacking CMake.
-
     Next, unpack the package in your home directory, and go into the created
     directory.
 
     Now type ./Config to start the configuration script. It will ask you a
     few questions, and figure out how to compile Anope on your system. If
-    you are unsure about the answer to a question, use the default value.
-    The question to using configure or cmake depends on your decision from
-    above. If you have CMake and wish to use it, answer with cmake, otherwise
-    answer with configure.
+    you are unsure about the answer to a question, use the default value. 
+
+    NOTE: although you may specify different binary and data paths, it is
+          RECOMMENDED that you use the same value for both.
 
     You can now type make to compile Anope. If there are errors in the
     Makefile, *try to use gmake* instead. If it still doesn't work, you (or
@@ -64,10 +44,10 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
     the memos of any user.
 
     If you see errors during this process, please mail us with the *complete*
-    error output, and don't forget to mention your OS, compiler and C++ library
-    versions.
+    error output, and don't forget to mention your OS, compiler and C library
+    versions. 
 
-    Now go into the data directory (by default, ~/services/data). Copy the example
+    Now go into the data directory (by default, ~/services). Copy the example
     configuration file (example.conf) to services.conf, and open the latter
     with your favorite text editor. It contains all the configuration
     directives Anope will use at startup. Read the instructions contained in
@@ -93,7 +73,8 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
     section 1. There are however a few specific guidelines:
 
         * IMPORTANT: Back up your old databases!
-        * If you are upgrading to a new major release, ALWAYS restart a
+        * Check Changes.conf for the new version for small config changes.
+        * If you are upgrading to a new major release, create a
           fresh configuration file from example.conf.
 
 3) Setting up the IRCd
@@ -135,21 +116,34 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
     Don't forget to /rehash your IRCd to apply changes.
 
     A new trend in ircd configuration is popping all over the place, good
-    examples are the latest Hybrid, Unreal and Bahamut, which use a more
+    examples are the latest Hybrid, Unreal, Bahamut & InspIRCd, which use a more
     "readable" form of configuration. For those, use something like:
 
+
+     UnrealIRCd
+
         link services.localhost.net
         {
             username        *;
             hostname        localhost;
             bind-ip         *;
-            port            6667;
+            port            7000;
             hub             *;
             password-connect "mypass";
             password-receive "mypass";
             class           servers;
         };
 
+    InspIRCd
+
+    <link name="services.localhost.net"
+      ipaddr="127.0.0.1"
+      port="7000"
+      allowmask="127.0.0.0/8"
+      sendpass="mypass"
+      recvpass="mypass">
+
+
     Note that this block-style configuration files differ heavily, depending
     on the IRCd. Consult the interactive link maker (link is below) for more
     details on the exact configuration used by your IRCd.
@@ -157,16 +151,18 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
     If you're unable to get a link with your IRCd after reading this section,
     you might try the interactive link maker, which is located at:
 
-        http://anope.org/ilm.php
+        http://www.anope.org/ilm.php
+
+    Or finally, contact your IRCd Support Community to seek advice.
 
 4) Starting Anope
 
     Go into the directory where binaries were installed (by default, this is
-    ~/services/bin). Type ./services to launch Anope.
+    ~/services). Type ./services to launch Anope.
 
     If there are syntax errors in the configuration file they will be
     displayed on the screen. Correct them until there are no errors anymore.
-    A successful startup won't generate any message.
+    A successful startup won't generate any message. 
 
     Give Services at least one minute to link to your network, as certain
     IRCds on some OSes may be really slow for the link process. If nothing
@@ -174,25 +170,27 @@ Note: You should also read the README and FAQ files!
     to launch Anope with ./services -debug -nofork to see any errors that it
     encounters, and try to correct them.
 
-    If you need help to solve errors, feel free to subscribe to the Anope
-    mailing list and ask there. See the README file for details.
+    If you need help to solve errors, feel free to visit us on IRC at
+    irc.anope.org #anope and ask there. See the README file for further details.
 
 5) Setting up a crontab
 
     A crontab entry will allow you to check periodically whether Anope is
-    still running, and restart it if not.
+    still running, and restart it if not. You'll need to have Anope binaries
+    and data installed in the same directory for this to work without
+    modification.
 
     First rename the example.chk script that is in Anope path (by default,
-    this is ~/services/data) to services.chk and edit it. You'll need to 
-    modify the CONFIGURATION part of the file. Then ensure that the file is 
-    marked as executable by typing chmod +x services.chk, and try to launch the
+    this is ~/services) to services.chk and edit it. You'll need to modify
+    the CONFIGURATION part of the file. Then ensure that the file is marked
+    as executable by typing chmod +x services.chk, and try to launch the
     script to see if it works (Anope must not be running when you do this ;))
 
     When this is done, you'll have to add the crontab entry. Type crontab -e.
     This will open the default text editor with the crontab file. Enter the
     following (with correct path):
 
-        */5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/data/services.chk >/dev/null 2>&1
+        */5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/services.chk >/dev/null 2>&1
 
     The */5 at the beginning means "check every 5 minutes". You may replace
     the 5 with other another number if you want (but less than 60). Consult

docs/INSTALL.fr

@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-Installation et instructions d'anope
-------------------------------------
-
-1) Instalation d'anope
-2) Mise à jour d'anope
-3) Configuration de l'ircd
-4) Mise en route de anope
-5) Mise en place d'un fichier crontab
-
-Note: Vous devrez également lire les fichiers README et FAQ !
-
-1) Installation de anope
-
-      Note importante: il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser (et même d'installer)
-                     Anope en tant que root.
-                     Utilisez un utilisateur non privilégié,
-
-
-La première chose que vous devez faire est d'obtenir le package Anope (si ce n'est déjà fait).
-
-Vous pouvez le trouver ici  http://www.anope.org/
-
-
-
-Anope peut être installer de deux façons.
-
- 1.  La méthode recommandée est d'utiliser CMake.
-     Vous pouvez vérifier si CMake est déjà installé sur votre système en utilisant la
-
-     commande:  cmake --version ( sur votre vps ou dedier etre loggué en root )
-
-
-     Si c'est installé, vous aurez une ligne qui dit quelque chose qui ressemble à
-
-     «version 2.6 cmake-patch 1".
-
-     Si la version est inférieure à 2,4 ou si vous obtenez une erreur disant que la commande n'a pas été trouvé,
-     vous ne serez pas en mesure d'utiliser CMake,
-
-     sauf si vous installez vous-même dans votre répertoire home. CMake
-     vous pouvez le téléchargé ici >  http://www.cmake.org/cmake/resources/software.html
-
-
-     Si vous n'arrivez pas à installer (soit en raison du manque d'espace
-     ou de restrictions par votre fournisseur d'hébergement),
-     vous pouvez encore utiliser le script de configuration fournis.
-     Cette option n'est pas recommandée et finira par être retiré, mais il est fourni pour la compatibilité de ces
-     manque de CMake.
-
-
-
-    Ensuite, décompressez le package dans votre répertoire home, et allez dans le répértoire
-    qui viens d'être crée.
-
-    Maintenant, tapez ./Config pour lancer le script de configuration. Il va vous poser
-    quelques questions, et compiler Anope sur votre système.
-
-    Si vous ne savez pas repondre à une question, utilisez la valeur par défaut.
-
-
-    Vous pouvez maintenant taper make pour compiler Anope. S'il ya des erreurs dans la
-    Makefile, * essayez d'utiliser * gmake au lieu. Si cela ne fonctionne toujours pas, vous (ou
-    votre fournisseur ) doit installer GNU make. Vous pouvez
-    le Trouvez sur ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/.
-
-    Maintenant, tapez make install (ou gmake install; voir ci-dessus). Cela permet d'installer
-    tous les fichiers nécessaires dans les chemins que vous avez spécifié dans la configuration 
-    script, et les permissions du fichier de configuration. Vous devez vous assurer que les données
-    répertoire ne sont pas accessible par d'autres utilisateurs, que des utilisateurs malveillants peuvent
-    causer des problèmes sur votre réseau, si les mots de passe ne sont pas cryptés, ou de lire
-    les mémos de tout utilisateur.
-
-    Si vous voyez des erreurs lors de ce processus, s'il vous plaît nous envoyer un mail avec le * complet *
-    sortie d'erreur, et n'oubliez pas de mentionner votre OS, compilateur et bibliothèque C + +
-    versions.
-
-    Maintenant, allez dans le répertoire de données (par défaut, cd ~/services/data). ouvrer exemple.conf
-    avec votre éditeur de texte favori. Il contient toute la configuration
-    directives. Anope va l'utiliser au démarrage. Lisez attentivement les instructions contenues dans
-    le fichier. l'utilisation des valeurs par defauld n'est pas recomment et anope ne risque pas de fonctionner
-
-
-    Si vous avez besoin d'aide, vous devez vous abonner à la mailing list et par courrier Anope
-    pour se faire aider par d'autres utilisateurs. Voir le fichier README pour plus de
-    informations.
-
-2) Mise à jour Anope
-
-    Si vous avez un fichier .Diff et que vous voulez patcher les ancienne sources Anope avec,
-    effectuer les opérations suivantes:
-
-        * Copiez le fichier .Diff dans le répertoire racine des sources Anope.
-        * Type de patch-p1 <file.diff
-
-   Notez que la mise à jour anope avec un fichier patch n'est pas recommandé. 
-   Vous devez télécharger une nouvelle source propre, car cela vous donnera les meilleurs résultats..
-
-    Pour mettre à jour Anope, suivez simplement les instructions d'installation décrites dans
-    l'article 1. Il y a cependant quelques règles spécifiques:
-
-        * IMPORTANT: Sauvegardez vos anciennes bases de données!
-        * Si vous mettez à jour vers une nouvelle version majeure, toujours redémarrer avec un 
-          fichier de configuration neuve example.conf.
-
-
-
-3) Mise en place du IRCd
-
-    Ce Services agit comme un serveur IRC avec des pseudo-clients sur elle. Pour les relier à
-    votre réseau, vous aurez besoin d'ajouter quelques lignes dans le ircd.conf de leur plate-forme
-    serveur (comme indiqué dans la directive de configuration RemoteServer).
-
-    Pour les échantillons ci-dessous, nous allons prendre services.localhost.net que le nom de la
-    Services (comme indiqué dans la directive de configuration ServerName). Notez que
-    présente des échantillons sont faites pour être aussi générique que possible, mais il pourrait y avoir
-    de petites variations, en fonction de votre IRCd. Pour IRCd aide spécifique aux
-    de configuration, lire près de la fin de cette section.
-
-    Tout d'abord, les lignes C / N, qui permettent aux services de crée un lien. Ils ont également besoin d'un
-    Y: ligne fonctionne correctement.
-
-        Y: 27:180:0:0:4000000
-        C: 127.0.0.1: mypass: services.localhost.net: 30
-        N: 127.0.0.1: mypass: services.localhost.net: 30
-
-    "mot de pass" est le même mot de passe que vous avez mentionné dans le RemoteServer
-    directive de configuration. 127.0.0.1 est l'adresse IP à partir de laquelle les services se connecterons
-    à partir de (reliant en localhost est le moyen le plus efficace pour exécuter les services).
-
-    Ensuite, vous avez à mettre en place un U:ligne, qui permettra aux services de changer
-    modes de canal, de sujets, et bien plus encore, sans être op sur le canal.
-
-        U: services.localhost.net: *: *
-
-    REMARQUE: si vous avez plus d'un serveur dans votre réseau, cette ligne doit
-          être ajouté sur tous les autres serveurs, où cela ne risque pas de fonctionner correctement.
-
-    Enfin, vous aurez besoin d'ajouter un H:ligne, pour permttre la commande OperServ JUPE
-    de fonctionner correctement.
-
-        H:*::Services.LocalHost.Net
-
-    Ne pas oublier de /rehash votre IRCd pour appliquer les modifications.
-
-   Une nouvelle tendance dans la configuration ircd  hybride, Unreal et Bahamut, qui utilisent une approche plus
-    «Lisibles» sous forme de configuration. Pour ceux, utiliser quelque chose comme:
-
-        link services.localhost.net
-        {
-            username        *;
-            hostname        localhost;
-            bind-ip         *;
-            port            6667;
-            hub             *;
-            password-connect "mypass";
-            password-receive "mypass";
-            class           servers;
-        };
-
-    Notez que ce bloc de fichiers de configuration de style est diffèrent 
-    sur le IRCd. Consultez le fabricant de lien interactif (le lien est ci-dessous) pour plus
-    détails sur la configuration exacte utilisée par votre IRCd.
-
-    Si vous êtes incapable d'obtenir un lien avec votre IRCd après la lecture de cet article,
-    vous pouvez essayer le fabricant lien interactif, qui est situé au:
-
-        http://anope.org/ilm.php
-
-4) A partir Anope
-
-    Allez dans le répertoire où les fichiers binaires ont été installés (par défaut, ce n'est
-    ~/ Services/ bin). Tapez. /Services à lancer Anope.
-
-    S'il ya des erreurs de syntaxe dans le fichier de configuration, ils seront
-    affiche sur l'écran. Corrigez-les jusqu'à ce qu'il n'y à plus d'erreur.
-    Un démarrage réussi ne générera pas de message.
-
-    Donner aux services au moins une minute pour se connecté à votre réseau, comme certains
-    IRCds sur certains OS peut être très lent pour le processus de liaison. Si rien n'arrive après environ une minute,
-    il y a probablement un problème de configuration. Essayez
-    de lancer Anope en mode debug  ./services-debug-nofork pour voir toutes les erreurs qu'il
-    rencontres, et d'essayer de les corriger.
-
-    Si vous avez besoin d'aide pour résoudre des erreurs, n'hésitez pas à vous abonner à la Anope
-    liste de diffusion et de poser là. Voir le fichier README pour plus de détails.
-
-5) Mettre en place un crontab
-
-    Une entrée crontab vous permettra de vérifier périodiquement que Anope est
-    toujours en cours, et redémarrez-le s'il n'est pas.
-
-    D'abord renommer le script example.chk qui est dans le chemin de Anope (par défaut,
-    cela est ~/services/data) pour services.chk et le modifier. Vous aurez besoin de
-    modifier la partie configuration du fichier. Assurez-vous ensuite que le fichier est
-    marqué comme exécutable en tapant chmod + x services.chk, et essayer de lancer le
-    script pour voir si cela fonctionne (Anope ne doit pas être en marche lorsque vous faites cela ;))
-
-    Lorsque cela est fait, vous devrez ajouter l'entrée crontab. Type de crontab-e. 
-    Cela va ouvrir l'éditeur de texte par défaut avec le fichier crontab. Entrez le chemin
-    suivant (avec le chemin correct):
-
-        * / 5 * * * * /home/ircd/services/data/services.chk> /dev/nul 2> & 1
-
-    Le * / 5 au commencement signifie "vérifier toutes les 5 minutes". Vous pouvez remplacer
-    le 5 avec un autre numéro si vous voulez (mais moins de 60). Consulter
-    pages de manuel de votre système pour plus de détails sur la syntaxe de la crontab
-    fichier. Intéressant pages de manuel sont crontab (5), crontab (1) et cron (8).
-
-    Sauvegarder et quitter, et il est installé.

docs/IRCD

@@ -1,202 +1,527 @@
-How To Add IRCd Support
------------------------
-
-1) Files to Edit
-2) The Code
-3) The IRCDVar struct
-4) Modes
-5) Functions / Events
-6) CAPAB/PROTOCTL 
-7) IRCDProto Class
-
-1) Files to Edit
-
-    When preparing to add supprt to Anope for your IRCd, you need to edit
-    the following files
-
-    A) Make a copy of the .cpp file of the IRCd that matches the IRCd that
-       you are attempting to add support for best.
-    B) Add your IRCd into the supported IRCds in example.conf
-
-2) The Code
-
-    Here is where the code of the .cpp file comes in. Be prepared to spend at
-    least an hour, if not longer, going over the code and getting it right;
-    Especially if you are setting up an ircd that is completely different
-    than the one you used as a base. This section covers the majority of the
-    code that is in use. 
-
-    The first bit of code you will face is the IRCDVar structure, This is one
-    of two structs which holds your IRCd information; This allows you to quickly
-    setup your specific ircd.
-
-        IRCDVar myIrcd[] = { };
-
-    This struct contains your basic IRCd functions. Your base source file has
-    the list of all available variables; note that you should not swap any
-    around, or you will break stuff. Here is a brief description of the usage
-    of each.
-
-    1) Name: This member tells Anope about the IRCD's name. It may contain
-             text about it's name and version. This is used to identify the
-             build on startup.
-
-    2) Pseudo Client Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on all BotServ
-                           bots. Normally you want this to be a some form of
-                           service or bot flag; you can use + for no mode at
-                           all.
-
-    3) Max Channelmode Symbols: This is the total number of possible channel
-                                 modes that can appear before a nick. Do
-                                 remember to count each possible mode, so +ov
-                                 is 2.
-
-    4) SVSNICK: Can the ircd use SVSNICK to change some ones nick? Otherwise,
-                 KILL is used. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    5) VHOST: Can a user's host be changed on the fly? Enabling this allow
-               HostServ online. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    6) SNLINE: Does the IRCd support realname (geocs) bans? Use 1 for yes,
-                0 for no.
-
-    7) SQLINE: Does the IRCd support nick bans? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    8) SZLINE: Does the IRCd support SZLINES? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    10) Join to Message: Services must join a channel to send any message to
-                         that channel (cannot override +n). Use 1 for yes,
-                         0 for no.
-
-    11) SQline Channels: The IRCd's supports banning channel names via
-                         SQLINES. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    12) Quit On Kill: When we (SVS)KILL a user, does the IRCd send back a
-                      QUIT message for that user? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    13) SVSMODE UNBAN: We can use SVSMODE to unban hosts from a channel. Use
-                    1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    14) Reverse: We can do a reverse check when unbanning. For use with 
-                 DreamForge based IRCd's. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    15) vIdent: Support for including a user's ident in their vHost. Use
-                1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    16) SVSHOLD: Support for temporarily 'holding' a nick, instead of using
-                 a nick enforcer client. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    17) TS on MODE: We need to send a timestamp when modes are being changed.
-                    Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    18) Umode: We can use OperServ to change a user's mode. Use 1 for yes,
-               0 for no.
-
-    19) OMODE: We can use OperServ to give some user a temporary O:LINE.
-               Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    20) No Knock Requires +i: Does the No Knock channel mode require invite
-                              only channels? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-    
-    21) SVSMODE UCMODE: Can we clear user channel modes with SVSMODE? Use
-                        1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    22) SGline Enforce: Does the IRCd enforce SNLINES for us or do we need to
-                        do so? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    23) TS6: Does the IRCd support TS6? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
-
-    24) Global TLD Prefix: Prefix used to send global messages, should probably
-                           be "$"
-
-    25) Max Modes: The max number of mode changes we can send in one line
-
-3) Modes 
-
-   Anope is told about modes in the protocol module.
-   For the most part, the syntax for adding channel and user modes are:
-   
-   ModeManager::AddUserMode(new UserMode(UMODE_NETADMIN, "UMODE_NETADMIN", 'N'));
-   Where 'N' is the char for the mode, and UMODE_NETADMIN shows what the
-   mode does. Or:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelMode(CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR, "CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR", 'c'));
-   Where 'c' is the char for the mode and CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR shows what
-   the mode does
-
-   A full list of valid mode names for the second param can be found
-   in services.h in the enum for ChannelModeName and UserModeName
-   If necessary, you can add additional modes to this list.
-
-   Adding simple modes with parameters is similar, instead adding a
-   'new ChannelMode', use 'new ChannelModeParam', set the third optional
-   arg of ChannelModeParam to false if the param should NOT be sent when unsetting
-   it. Eg:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelModeParam(CMODE_JOINFLOOD, "CMODE_JOINFLOOD", 'j', true));
-
-   Anope will internally track the params, and they can be retrieved through
-   Channel::GetParam();
-
-   If you want to make param validity checking for a mode, you must create a new
-   class which inherits from ChannelModeParam and overload the IsValid function.
-   Modes CMODE_OPERONLY, CMODE_ADMINONLY, and CMODE_REGISTERED already exist
-   internally as classes, to overload the CanSet function to disable non opers
-   from mlocking (or in CMODE_REGISTERED's case, anyone) from setting them.
-   This should be added like:
-
-   ModeManager::AddChannelMode(new ChannelModeOper('O'));
-
-4) Functions and Events
-
-    A brief word about functions and events. All events are captured by creating a Message struct
-    with the name of the message and the callback function:
-
-    Message my_message("MESSAGE", do_my_messsage);
-
-    Each message should have a message handler if its important enough to be
-    processed by services. All event functions should be formed like this:
-
-	bool do_my_message(const Anope::string &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params)
-        {
-		return true;
-        }
-
-    They will receive the source; this can be empty at times depending on the
-    event. Next, params holds the arguments for the event. Events are likely to
-    pass to various upper level event handlers; see the previous ircd source for
-    how they handle these events.
-
-5) CAPAB/PROTOCTL
-
-    Most IRCDs send a CAPAB or PROTOCTL line so that they can work out what
-    the other end of the connection is capable of doing. The protocol module should
-    handle all of these without the cores knowledge with the exception of the following:
-    
-       --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-       Define          |  Description
-       ----------------|---------------------------------------------------------
-       CAPAB_NOQUIT    |  NOQUIT protocol support
-       CAPAB_TSMODE    |  Chanmodes are timestamped
-       CAPAB_UNCONNECT |  UNCONNECT protocol support
-       CAPAB_QS        |  Quitstorm - same as NOQUIT
-
-   You can override the default OnCapab method in IRCdMessage if required.
-
-6) IRCDProto Class
-
-    The IRCDProto class is set up like:
-
-    class MyIRCdProto : public IRCDProto { } ircdproto;
-
-    And told to Anope through the
-
-    pmodule_ircd_proto(&ircd_proto);
-
-    function.
-
-    This is used for sending out specific messages from Anope to your IRCd.
-    A list of all of the valid function names to overload and their args
-    are in services.h. If the protocol module you are editing is similar enough
-    to the IRCd you are adding support for, many of these probably won't need to
-    be changed.
+How To Add IRCd Support
+-----------------------
+
+1) Files to Edit
+2) Modifing the Header File
+3) The Code
+4) Modes
+5) Functions / Events
+6) CAPAB/PROTOCTL 
+
+1) Files to Edit
+
+    When preparing to add support to Anope for your ircd, you need to edit
+    the following files. 
+
+    A) Make a copy of the .c and .h file of the IRCd that matches the ircd
+       that you are attempting to add support for best.
+
+    First step in this process is to rename the .c and .h file after the IRCd
+    that you are going to be adding support for. Its recommended that you come
+    up with a name that is clear and easy to understand.
+
+    You are now ready to start getting into the code.
+
+2) Modifying the Header File
+
+    Now that you have gotten past the first part of the creation process, you
+    are into the code. This part is the harder and more complex part. You
+    will need a general understanding of C code to continue. Here are the
+    step by step instructions required to make this work.
+
+    Open the .h file and find the section of code with
+
+    #define UMODE_a 0x00000001
+    #define UMODE_b 0x00000002
+
+    This is where you define the MODES. All user modes are stored
+    with UMODE_ followed by a letter matching the modes case; be careful to
+    use the correct case as this will make it clear when you setup MODES in
+    the .c in a few. Use hex values for the modes so starting at 0x00000001
+    to 0x8000000. In most cases you want to list all modes. If you run out of
+    values look at removing any modes that do not impact services.
+
+    Channel modes are done much like user modes, with the exception that
+    bans, exceptions, invites, and modes that are applied to a user such as
+    op and voice are not defined here. All other modes are defined in here.
+    Again be clear and use the correct case and use hex values as done with
+    user modes.
+
+    Finally we come to DEFAULT_MLOCK; this is the mode that services will set
+    by default on channels when they are registered. In general you want this
+    to be what is acceptable by the ircd; in most cases this is "+ntr". This is
+    expressed by:
+
+    #define DEFAULT_MLOCK CMODE_n | CMODE_t | CMODE_r
+
+3) The Code
+
+    Here is where the code of the .c file comes in. Be prepared to spend at
+    least an hour, if not longer, going over the code and getting it right;
+    Especially if you are setting up an ircd that is completely different
+    than the one you used as a base. This section covers the majority of the
+    code that is in use. 
+
+    The first bit of code you will face is:
+
+        IRCDVar ircd[] = { }
+
+    This struct contains your basic IRCd functions. Your base source file has
+    the list of all available variables; note that you should not swap any
+    around, or you will break stuff. Here is a brief description of the usage
+    of each.
+
+    1) Name: This member tells Anope about the IRCD's name. It may contain
+             text about its name and version. This is used to identify the
+             build on startup.
+
+    2) NickServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on NickServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. 
+
+    3) ChanServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on ChanServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. 
+
+    4) MemoServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on MemoServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. 
+
+    5) HostServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on HostServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. Note that if your ircd does not
+                      support HostServ, you can safely make this NULL or +,
+                      as there is a check before bringing HostServ online.
+
+    6) OperServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on OperServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. 
+
+    7) BotServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on BotServ.
+                     Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                     or a services flag. 
+
+    8) HelpServ Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on HelpServ.
+                      Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                      or a services flag. 
+
+    9) DevNull Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on DevNull.
+                     Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                     or a services flag.
+
+    10) Global Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on Global.
+                     Normally you want this to be some form of oper flag,
+                     or a services flag. 
+
+    11) NickServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of NickServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    12) ChanServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of ChanServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    13) MemoServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of MemoServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    14) HostServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of MemoServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. Note that
+                             if your ircd does not support HostServ, you can
+                             safely make this NULL or +, as there is a check
+                             before bringing HostServ online.
+
+    15) OperServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of OperServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    16) BotServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                            of BotServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                            form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    17) HelpServ Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                             of HelpServ. Normally you want this to be some
+                             form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    18) DevNull Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                            of DevNull. Normally you want this to be some
+                            form of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    19) Global Alias Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on the alias
+                           of Global. Normally you want this to be some form
+                           of oper flag, or a services flag. 
+
+    20) BotServ Bots Mode: This is the user mode set by Anope on all BotServ
+                           bots. Normally you want this to be a some form of
+                           service or bot flag; you can use + for no mode at
+                           all.
+
+    21) Max Channelmode Symbols: This is the total number of possible channel
+                                 modes that can appear before a nick. Do
+                                 remember to count each possible mode, so +ov
+                                 is 2.
+
+    22) Modes to Remove: This is every mode that Anope should remove when
+                         stripping channel modes.
+
+    23) Channelmode for bots: When a BotServ bot joins a channel, this is the
+                              mode set on them. Normally you will want them
+                              opped (+o), and protected (+a) on IRCd's that
+                              support it.
+
+    24) SVSNICK: Can the ircd use SVSNICK to change some ones nick? Otherwise,
+                 KILL is used. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    25) VHOST: Can a user's host be changed on the fly? Enabling this allow
+               HostServ online. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    26) OWNER: Has a channel umode for being the channel owner. For example,
+               UnrealIRCd has mode +q. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    27) OWNER MODE SET: What mode to set to make someone the owner. If the
+                        IRCd doesn't support owners, set this to NULL.
+
+    28) OWNER MODE UNSET: What mode to unset to take away someone's channel
+                          owner status. If the IRCd doesn't support owners,
+                          set this to NULL.
+
+    29) ADMIN MODE SET: What mode to set to make someone a channel admin.
+                        If the IRCd dosn't support admins, set to NULL.
+
+    30) ADMIN MODE UNSET: What mode to unset to take away channel admin.
+                          If the IRCd dosn't support admins, set to NULL.
+
+    31) Mode on Nick Register: What mode to give users when they register
+                               with NickServ. If your ircd doesn't set expect
+                               a mode to be set on registration, you should
+                               set this to NULL.
+
+    32) Mode on Root ID: What modes to set on services roots when they identify
+    
+    33) Mode on Admin ID: What modes to set on services admins when they identify
+
+    34) Mode on Oper ID: What modes to set on services opers when they identify
+
+    35) Mode on Nick Unregister: What mode to set give users when they cancel
+                                 their registration with NickServ. If your
+                                 IRCd doesn't set a mode for registered users
+                                 you should set this to NULL.
+
+    36) Mode on Nick Change: What mode to give users when they change their
+                             nick. If your ircd doesn't set a mode, you
+                             should set this to NULL.
+
+    37) SGLINE: Does the IRCd support realname (geocs) bans? Use 1 for yes,
+                0 for no.
+
+    38) SQLINE: Does the IRCd support nick bans? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    39) SZLINE: Does the IRCd support SZLINES? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    40) HALFOP: Is channel mode +h for halfop supported by the IRCd? Use 1 for
+                yes, 0 for no.
+
+    41) Number of Server Args: When an IRCd connects, this is the number of
+                               parameters that are passed.
+
+    42) Join to Set: Services must join a channel to set any modes on that
+                     channel. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    43) Join to Message: Services must join a channel to send any message to
+                         that channel (cannot override +n). Use 1 for yes,
+                         0 for no.
+
+    44) Exceptions: Support for channel exceptions (mode +e). Use 1 for yes,
+                    0 for no.
+
+    45) TS Topic Forward: Some IRCd's (like UnrealIRCd) like their topic TS
+                          set forward by +1. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    46) TS Topic Backward: Some IRCd's (mainly older DreamForge-like ones)
+                           like their topic TS set back by -1. Use 1 for yes,
+                           0 for no.
+
+    47) Protected Umode: UMODE_ define that defines the protected usermod.
+                         Use 0 for no support, or enter the UMODE_ define.
+
+    48) Admin: Support for channel admins (Mainly used by UltimateIRCd). Use
+               1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    49) SQline Channels: The IRCd's supports banning channel names via
+                         SQLINES. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    50) Quit On Kill: When we (SVS)KILL a user, does the IRCd send back a
+                      QUIT message for that user? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    51) SVSMODE -b: We can use SVSMODE to unban hosts from a channel. Use
+                    1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    52) Protect: Support for channel protect (mode +a, mainly being used by
+                 UnrealIRCd and ViagraIRCd). Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    53) Reverse: We can do a reverse check when unbanning. For use with 
+                 DreamForge based IRCd's. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    54) Register Channels: Supports sending a channelmode for registered
+                           channels. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    55) Registered Mode: Channelmode to set on registered channels, see the
+                         option above. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    56) vIdent: Support for including a user's ident in their vHost. Use
+                1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    57) SVSHOLD: Support for temporarily 'holding' a nick, instead of using
+                 a nick enforcer client. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    58) TS on MODE: We need to send a timestamp when modes are being changed.
+                    Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    59) NICKIP: The IP address of new users is being sent along with their
+                hostname when new users are being introduced on the network.
+                Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    60) Omode: We can use OperServ to change a user's mode. Use 1 for yes,
+               0 for no.
+
+    61) Umode: We can use OperServ to change a user's mode. Use 1 for yes,
+               0 for no.
+ 
+    62) Vhost On Nick: On NICK the IRCd sends the VHOST. Use 1 for yes,
+                       0 for no.
+
+    63) Change Realname: Change real name. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    64) No Knock: CMODE_ that defines NO KNOCK. Use 0 for no support.
+
+    65) Admin Only: CMODE_ that defines Admin Only. Use 0 for no support.
+
+    66) Default MLock: Default channelmodes for MLOCK. Use 0 for no modes.
+
+    67) Vhost Umode: UMODE_ that indicates if the user currently has a vHost.
+                     Use 0 for no support.
+
+    68) Flood Mode: The IRCd has a channelmode for blocking floods. Use 1 for
+                    yes, 0 for no.
+
+    69) Link Mode: The IRCd has a channelmode for linking a channel to some
+                   other channel. Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    70) CMode F: CMODE_ that defines flood mode. Use 0 for no support.
+
+    71) CMode L: CMODE_ that defines link mode. Use 0 for no support.
+
+    72) Check Nick ID: Should we check if a user should remain identified when
+                       changing their nick? This is for IRCd's that remove
+                       their registered-user mode when someone changes their
+                       nick (like Bahamut does).
+                       Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    73) No Knock Requires +i: Does the No Knock channel mode require invite
+                              only channels? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    74) Chan Modes: If sent in CAPAB/PROTOCOL, we store it in here. This is
+                    NULL by default.
+
+    75) Tokens: Can we use tokens to talk to the IRCd? Use 1 for yes,
+                0 for no.
+
+    76) Token Case Senstive: Are the IRCd's TOKENS/COMMANDS case sensitive?
+                             Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    77) base64 SJOIN TS: Are the timestamps sent with a SJOIN in base64? Use
+                         1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    78) Supports +I: Does the IRCd support channelmode +I? Use 1 for yes,
+                     0 for no.
+
+    79) SJOIN Ban Char: Character used to identify bans. Use ''.
+
+    80) SJOIN Except Char: Character used to identify exceptions. Use ''.
+
+    81) SJOIN Invex Char: Character used to identify invexes. Use ''.
+
+    82) SVSMODE UCMODE: Can we clear user channel modes with SVSMODE? Use
+                        1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    83) SGline Enforce: Does the IRCd enforce SGLINES for us or do we need to
+                        do so? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    84) Vhost Character: The character used to represent the vHost mode, if
+                         this is supported by the IRCd.
+
+    85) TS6: Does the IRCd support TS6? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    86) UMode +h: Does the IRCd support usermode +h for helpers?
+                  Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    87) P10: Is this IRCd a P10-style IRCd? Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    88) Character Set: Unreal passes the character set during PROTOCTL,
+                       the value is stored here. Set this NULL to start.
+
+    89) Reports sync: Does the IRCd report when it's in sync (or done bursting,
+                      depending on how you want to say it)? Remember to set
+                      the sync state for servers correctly if it does.
+                      Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    90) Channel CIDR: Set to 1 if channel bans, excepts and invites
+                      support CIDR masks. Expected syntax: *!*@ip/mask.
+                      When set to 1, anope will only parse strict CIDR masks.
+                      IRCd's that try to correct invalid CIDR's (like nefarious)
+                      will need a custom implementation in the core.
+                      Contact the anope Dev Team if this is the case.
+                      Set to 0 if CIDR's are not supported by your IRCd.
+
+    91) Throttle Mode: The IRCd has a channelmode for throttling joins per-user. 
+                       Use 1 for yes, 0 for no.
+
+    92) CMode j: CMODE_ that defines throttle mode. Use 0 for no support.
+
+    93) Delayed client introduction: Delay the introduction of services pseudo-
+                                     client till after we have received the uplinks
+                                     CAPAB.
+
+    So we've had this long list. Now there's a second struct to fill. This
+    struct isn't as long as the previous one though, so we'll handle it quite
+    quick compared to the previous one.
+
+        IRCDCAPAB ircdcap[] = { }
+
+    This struct is based on the CAPAB defines. You should review the CAPAB
+    table below to see how this should be done.
+
+        Define Table
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Define          | Value      | Token     | Description
+    ----------------|------------|-----------|--------------------------------
+    CAPAB_NOQUIT    | 0x00000001 | NOQUIT    | NOQUIT protocol support
+    CAPAB_TSMODE    | 0x00000002 | TS        | Chanmodes are timestamped
+    CAPAB_UNCONNECT | 0x00000004 | UNCONNECT | UNCONNECT protocol support
+    CAPAB_NICKIP    | 0x00000008 | NICKIP    | IP sent in the NICK line
+    CAPAB_NSJOIN    | 0x00000010 | SSJOIN    | Smart SJOIN support
+    CAPAB_ZIP       | 0x00000020 | ZIP       | Support for gzipped links
+    CAPAB_BURST     | 0x00000040 | BURST     | Supports BURST command
+    CAPAB_TS3       | 0x00000080 | TS3       | Support for TS3 protocol
+    CAPAB_TS5       | 0x00000100 | TS5       | Support for TS5 protocol
+    CAPAB_DKEY      | 0x00000200 | DKEY      | DH-Key exchange using DKEY
+    CAPAB_DOZIP     | 0x00000400 | ZIP       | Link traffic will be gzipped
+    CAPAB_DODKEY    | 0x00000800 | DKEY      | Do DKEY with this link
+    CAPAB_QS        | 0x00001000 | QS        | Supports quit storm removal
+    CAPAB_SCS       | 0x00002000 | SCS       | String Cache System support
+    CAPAB_PT4       | 0x00004000 | PT4       | Support for PT4 protocol
+    CAPAB_UID       | 0x00008000 | UID       | Support for UIDs
+    CAPAB_KNOCK     | 0x00010000 | KNOCK     | Supports KNOCK
+    CAPAB_CLIENT    | 0x00020000 | CLIENT    | Supports CLIENT
+    CAPAB_IPV6      | 0x00040000 | IPV6      | Support for IPv6 addresses
+    CAPAB_SSJ5      | 0x00080000 | SSJ5      | Smart Join protocol 5 support
+    CAPAB_SN2       | 0x00100000 | SN2       | Support for SN2 protocol
+    CAPAB_VHOST     | 0x00200000 | VHOST     | Supports VHOST protocol
+    CAPAB_TOKEN     | 0x00400000 | TOKEN     | Supports s2s tokens
+    CAPAB_SSJ3      | 0x00800000 | SSJ3      | Smart Join protocol 3 support
+    CAPAB_NICK2     | 0x01000000 | NICK2     | Support for extended NICK (v2)
+    CAPAB_UMODE2    | 0x02000000 | UMODE2    | Supports UMODE2 command
+    CAPAB_VL        | 0x04000000 | VL        | VLine information in info field
+    CAPAB_TLKEXT    | 0x08000000 | TLKEXT    | Not 8, but 10 params in TKL's
+    CAPAB_CHANMODE  | 0x10000000 | CHANMODE  | Channel modes are passed here
+    CAPAB_SJB64     | 0x20000000 | SJB64     | SJOIN timestamps are base64 encoded
+    CAPAB_NICKCHARS | 0x40000000 | NICKCHARS | Character set used by the IRCD for nicks
+
+
+4) Modes 
+
+    The next thing you should do is defining the user modes. You will want to
+    have your .h file handy for this part.
+
+        unsigned long umodes[128] = { }
+
+    This array goes from 0 to 127 in the ASCII character set. Insert the user
+    modes at the slot where the mode fits. If you are adding a the user mode
+    of +i find the 105th (ASCII code of 'i') character slot in the array, and
+    place the UMODE_i into this slot. Your base .c file should contain a good
+    start for this, as well as a little help locating the characters.
+
+	The following mode set is for the channel symbols. During a SJOIN event 
+    the modes are sent usually before the nick. These normally are @, +, %
+    etc.. depending on the ircd. Starting at ASCII 0 and running to 127. 
+    Replace the 0 with the character (o = @, h = %) for the given mode. In the
+    case of halfop which is usually sent as % replace the 37th character with
+    'h', do this until all modes that are possible be received in this manor 
+    have been inserted into the array.
+
+	Now that you have that complete, the following array is ready to be dealt
+    with. This is the cmmodes array, like the others it is a ASCII array
+	starting at 0 and going to 127. However at the given letter you will want
+    to enter the add, and delete function for the given mode. In the case of
+    bans (+b) there is add_ban, and del_ban. Anope provides functions for 
+    bans, exceptions and invites, should your ircd have more then these please
+    contact Anope to discuss what can be done to add this mode.
+
+5) Functions and Events
+
+    A brief word about functions and events. All events are captured using:
+
+        void moduleAddIRCDMsgs(void)
+        {
+            m = createMessage("NICK", anope_event_nick); 
+            addCoreMessage(IRCD, m);
+        }
+
+    Each event should have a event handler if its important enough to be
+    processed by services. All event functions should be formed like this:
+
+        int anope_event_capab(char *source, int ac, char **av)
+        {
+            return MOD_CONT;
+        }
+
+    They will receive the source; this can be NULL at times depending on the
+    event. Next, ac is the number of arguments that are in the event, and av
+    holds the values for each; so av[0] is the first variable, av[1] will be
+    the second one, and so on. Events are likely to pass to various upper
+    level event handlers; see the previous ircd source for how they handle
+    these events.
+
+    All commands are formed like this:
+
+        void anope_cmd_svsnoop(char *server, int set)
+        {
+            send_cmd(NULL, "SVSNOOP %s %s", server, (set ? "+" : "-"));
+        }
+
+    They may take any number of arguments, depending on the command. They
+    should eventually come to a send_cmd(); this root function is how
+    commands are sent to the IRCd.
+
+6) CAPAB/PROTOCTL
+
+    Most IRCD send a CAPAB or PROTOCTL line so that they can work out what
+    the other end of the connection is capable of doing. Anope has a function
+    to read these lines and set itself up to to handle these events better.
+    When adding support for your ircd, take the following steps.
+
+    1) In the ircd.h file make sure to place the defines (see below) that
+       match your IRCd's tokens; only use the ones that matter to your ircd.
+       Should your IRCd add new features not covered in the defined, please
+       contact the Anope Dev team before doing so. See README for information
+       on how to contact the Anope team.
+
+    2) Ensure that the CAPAB/PROTOCTL event his handled correctly. 
+
+        A) In the function "moduleAddIRCDMsgs" making sure that you have the
+           following two lines:
+   
+            m = createMessage("CAPAB", anope_event_capab); 
+            addCoreMessage(IRCD, m);
+
+        B) Add the function to handle the event
+
+            int anope_event_capab(char *source, int ac, char **av)
+            {
+                capab_parse(ac, av);
+                return MOD_CONT;
+            }
+
+           This function should call the capab_parse function which parses
+           the received CAPAB/PROTOCTL line.

docs/LANGUAGE

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-Anope Mutli Language Support
-----------------------------
-
-1) Building Anope with gettext support
-2) Adding a new language
-3) Using languages with modules
-
-1) Building Anope with gettext support
-
-    To build Anope with gettext support, gettext and its development libraries must be installed on the system.
-    Anope does not require locales to be installed or enabled on the system, but does require the locales-all
-    package on Debian and Debian based systems.
-
-    Building Anope on Windows with gettext support is explained in docs/WIN32.txt
-
-2) Adding a new language
-
-    Anope uses gettext (http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/) to translate messages for users. To add a new language
-    install gettext and run `msginit -l language -o anope.language.po -i anope.pot`. For example if I was translating to
-    Spanish I could run `msginit -l es_ES -o anope.es_ES.po -i anope.pot`. Open the newly generating .po file and start
-    translating. Once you are done simply rerun ./Config; make && make install and add the language to your services.conf.
-    Note that on Windows it is not quite this simple, windows.cpp must be edited and Anope recompiled and restarted.
-
-    Poedit (http://www.poedit.net/) is a popular po file editor, and we recommend using it or another editor designed to edit
-    po files (especially on Windows).
-
-    If you have finished a language file translation and you want others to use it, please send it to team@anope.org
-    (don't forget to mention clearly your (nick)name, your e-mail and the language name). You'll of course get full credit for it.
-
-    NOTE: There is no guarantee we will use your work so please do not be offended if we say no thanks.
-
-3) Using langages with modules
-
-    Module authors can easially add the ability to have their modules translated by adding _() around the strings they
-    want translated (messages to the user, etc).
-
-    If you want to translate a module someone has made, first generate a .pot file if there isn't one already using
-    `xgettext -s -d modulename -o modulename.pot --from-code=utf-8 modulename.cpp`.
-    The .pot file is a template of all of the language strings extracted from the source file.
-
-    Next, run msginit on the .pot file with
-    `msginit -l language -o modulename.language.po -i modulename.pot`.
-    Translate the new .po file and rerun ./Config; make && make install.
-
-    All .po and .pot files should be placed in modules/language/third. Additionally an update script is provided there
-    that will create .pot files and merge any changes to it with existing .po files.

docs/MODULES

@@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ Anope Modules
     1. If modules are supported by your system, they will be configured
        automatically when you run ./Config. The modules will be installed
        to the modules directory in your data path (by default this will
-       be ~/services/data/modules).
+       be ~/services/modules).
 
-    2. Compile Anope as usual using ./Config. The "make" process will now
-       compile module support into Anope, and compile the default sample
-       modules, and any other module located in the modules folder or any
-       of its sub-directories, eg. modules/extra.
+       Note: you might need to run "make distclean" prior to running ./Config
 
-    3. Install Anope as usual. The "make install" process will place the
-       compiled modules in their runtime location, making them available
-       for loading.
+    2. Compile Anope as usual. The (g)make process will now compile module
+       support into Anope, and compile the default sample modules, and/or
+       any other module located on the modules folder ("src/modules/").
+
+    3. Install Anope as usual. The install process will place the compiled
+       modules in their runtime location, making them available for loading.
 
     4. Start or restart services to make use of the new Anope executable.
        Note that you do not need to restart to load new or changed modules,
@@ -42,64 +42,59 @@ Anope Modules
     All module manipulation commands are done through OperServ. These are:
 
        MODLOAD     Load a module
-       MODRELOAD   Reload a module
        MODUNLOAD   Un-Load a module
        MODLIST     List loaded modules
        MODINFO     Info about a loaded module
 
-    Access to the above commands require the operserv/modload and modlist
-    permissions. Refer to operserv.example.conf.
+    These commands available to Service Roots only.
 
     You can also load (and pre-load) Modules automatically by loading them
-    on startup. To do so, edit any one of the configuration files (you may
-    want to use modules.conf for third-party/extra modules, or a config
-    file relevant to the *Serv your module operates on, eg. hostserv.conf),
-    and use the following method to load a module on startup or reload:
-        module { name="hs_modname" }
+    on startup. To do so, edit your services.conf file and change the values
+    of "ModuleAutoload" and "ModuleDelayedAutoload" to include the modules
+    you want to load every time Anope starts.
 
 4) Usage Example
 
-    /msg OperServ modload ns_identify
-    -OperServ- Module ns_identify loaded
+    /msg OperServ modload hs_moo
+    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel loaded module hs_moo
+    -OperServ- Module hs_moo loaded
 
-    /msg OperServ modinfo ns_identify
-    -OperServ- Module: ns_identify Version: 1.9.7 Author: Anope loaded: Jun 17 18:43:08 2012 BST (2 minutes ago)
-    -OperServ-    Providing service: nickserv/identify
-    -OperServ-    Command ID on NickServ is linked to nickserv/identify
-    -OperServ-    Command IDENTIFY on NickServ is linked to nickserv/identify
+    /msg OperServ modinfo hs_moo
+    -OperServ- Module: hs_moo Version: 1.1 Author: Anope loaded: Mar 21 10:54:37 2004 CLT
+    -OperServ- Providing command: /msg HostServ moo
 
-    /msg OperServ modreload ns_identify
-    -OperServ- Module ns_identify reloaded
+    /msg HostServ moo
+    -HostServ- MOO! - This command was loaded via a module!
 
-    /msg OperServ modunload ns_identify
-    -OperServ- Module ns_identify unloaded
+    /msg OperServ modunload hs_moo
+    *** Global -- from OperServ: dengel unloaded module hs_moo
+    -OperServ- Module hs_moo unloaded
 
-    /msg NickServ IDENTIFY
-    -NickServ- Unknown command identify. "/msg NickServ HELP" for help.
-    NOTE: Doing the above, with the command still existing in a config file,
-          will result in a log message, similar to the following:
-          <@NickServ> Command IDENTIFY exists on me, but its service nickserv/identify was not found!
+    /msg HostServ moo
+    -HostServ- Unknown command moo. "/msg HostServ HELP" for help.
 
-    * Note that the name of the module source file is "ns_identify.cpp", yet we
-      load and reference the module as "ns_identify" only. By naming convention
+    * Note that the name of the module file is "hs_moo.c", yet we load
+      and reference the module as "hs_moo" only. By naming convention
       modules have an abbreviated service name they attach to (hs_ for
       HostServ, cs_ for ChanServ, etc) followed by a descriptive keyword.
 
 5) More Modules
 
+    Anope ships with three sample modules that only illustrates some of the
+    implemented module capabilities. They don't really do much or anything
+    useful.
+
     You can download more useful modules from http://modules.anope.org/. Just
-    grab the module file (usually with a .cpp extension). Place the module
-    file in your modules (anope-1.9.x/modules/third) folder; although any of
-    the other folders within the modules directory will work.
+    grab the module file (usually with a .c extension). Place the module
+    file in your modules (src/modules) folder; the same folder that contains
+    both hs_moo.c and catserv.c module files.
 
     The new modules need to be compiled and installed before you can make
     use of them:
-
+    
     1. Make sure you're in the main source directory. (usually anope-1.X.XX/)
-    2. Run ./Config to find and configure modules, then `cd build`.
-    3. Run `make` to compile Anope, and any modules.
-    4. Run `make install` to copy the compiled binaries to the ~/services/
-       directory.
+    2. Run `make modules` to compile any new or changed modules.
+    3. Run `make install` to install the modules.
 
     You can now use /msg OperServ MODLOAD to load the new modules.
 
@@ -120,6 +115,7 @@ Anope Modules
     
     * http://wiki.anope.org/
 
+
 8) Modules Repository
 
     You can find modules at http://modules.anope.org

docs/MYSQL

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+Anope MySQL Support
+-------------------
+
+1) Introduction
+
+    Anope 1.6 onwards supports MySQL databases. On Anope 1.6.0 only PHASE 1 
+    has been implemented. Since the next phases require major changes in the 
+    core, we decided to save it for 2.0. However, having your db's easily 
+    accessible on your website is still a great feature.
+
+    PHASE 1:Anope will be able to save all its databases to MySQL. It will 
+    happen in conjunction with the current FFF databases. This first step is 
+    nothing more than a MySQL dump of the databases (i.e. read-only), since 
+    Anope will not (for now) read from Mysql. (COMPLETED)
+
+    PHASE 2:The next step is load the databases from MySQL, being able to 
+    replace the FFF completely as an archive method (since all changes to 
+    the MySQL db would be lost on the next Services save). All, while keeping 
+    FFF intact. This is still not the final goal, but it's a milestone.
+    (COMPLETED)
+    
+    UPDATE: Anope 1.7.0 (Revision 11 and above) finally supports phase 2!
+            A new config directive called 'UseRDB' has been added.
+            If you enable this, anope will automatically try to load its
+            data from MySQL (if configured and compiled with).
+
+    PHASE 3:The next step, and most convoluted of all (since we'll need to 
+    modify pretty much all the source) is to load/save (SELECT/INSERT) data 
+    in realtime. That way the MySQL db could be modified externally (web?).  
+    Again, the FFF will be kept intact.
+
+2) Requirements
+
+    1. MySQL server version 3.23.32 or greater
+    2. MySQL libs and development files (usually called mysql-dev).
+    3. A MySQL user account
+    4. A MySQL database
+
+3) Installation
+
+    1. The ./Config script automatically detects if your system is capable
+       of running Anope with MySQL support. There is no need anymore to
+       answer yes when asked.
+
+       Note: You might need to run "make distclean" prior to running ./Config
+
+    2. Compile Anope as usual. The (g)make process will now compile MySQL
+       support into Anope.
+
+    3. Install Anope as usual. 
+
+4) Configuration
+
+    1. Go to your "services bin directory" (eg: /home/someuser/services/) and run mydbgen 
+       to help on the schema creation and adjustments.
+
+    2. Edit services.conf and add your MySQL data to the MySQL configuration
+       block. 
+
+    3. Start or restart services to make use of the new Anope executable.
+
+5) Security
+
+    To add a layer of security you have the option of encrypting or encoding
+    all passwords for nicks and chans. Use the "MysqlSecure" directive on your
+    services.conf file to enable it. The available storage methods are:
+
+        #MysqlSecure ""
+
+    or
+
+        MysqlSecure ""
+
+    Disables security. All passwords will be saved on the MySQL database
+    as clear text, with no encryption or encoding. FASTEST
+
+        MysqlSecure "des"
+
+    Encrypts all passwords using a UNIX DES encryption. This is a one way
+    encryption algorithm. You can only validate it against another DES
+    encrypted string, using the same "salt" (the first two characters of
+    the encrypted string). FAST
+
+        MysqlSecure "md5"
+
+    Calculates an MD5 128-bit checksum for the password. The value is 
+    returned as a 32-digit hex number that may be used as a hash key.
+    This is a one way encryption algorithm. SLOW
+
+        MysqlSecure "sha"
+
+    Calculates an SHA 160-bit checksum for the password. The value is 
+    returned as a 40-digit hex number. This is a one way encryption 
+    algorithm. SLOWEST
+
+        MysqlSecure "mykey"
+
+    Encodes the passwords using "mykey" as the encryption password. It
+    produces a binary string and can be decoded using the MySQL built in
+    function DECODE(crypt_str,mykey). VARIABLE
+
+    Caveat: Keep in mind that this if you use any method other than clear
+    text, services will need to encrypt/encode every single password on
+    every database save. On large networks, it may impact responsiveness
+    during the saves.
+
+    Caveat: If you enable MysqlSecure you can not longer use the UseRDB directive
+    as all the password types are encrypted with a one way encryption method for
+    older MySQL servers.

docs/NEWS

@@ -1,7 +1,56 @@
-Highlighted News in Anope 1.9
-=============================
+Highlighted News in Anope 1.8
+============================================
+  * Added optional mail forking on non Windows OS
+  * Added a new and improved ./Config script.
+  * Added MySQL phase 2 implementation (see docs/MYSQL).
+  * Added NickServ registration delays.
+  * Added read receipts for memos.
+  * Added a way for modules to store data with internal structures.
+  * Added nick tracking support.
+  * Added support for SVSHOLD.
+  * Added support for U:Lined servers.
+  * Added support for TS6 IRCd's.
+  * Added support for Windows.
+  * Added internal events for modules.
+  * Added a way to suspend nicks.
+  * Added support for module configuration directives.
+  * Added translation support for modules.
+  * Added a module pack with handy modules.
+  * Added IRCd protocol modules.
+  * Added support for new IRCd's. Currently supported:
+    - Bahamut 1.4.27 or later (including 1.8)
+    - Charybdis 1.0 or later
+    - DreamForge 4.6.7
+    - Hybrid 7 or later
+    - InspIRCd 1.x and 2.0
+    - Plexus 2.0 or later (including 3.0)
+    - PTLink 6.15 or later
+    - RageIRCd 2.0 or later
+    - Ratbox 2.0.6 or later
+    - ShadowIRCd 4.0 beta 7 or later
+    - Solid IRCd 3.4.6 or later
+    - UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 or later (including 3.0)
+    - UnrealIRCd 3.1.1 or later (including 3.2)
+    - ViagraIRCd 1.3 or later
+  * Added new languages. Currently included:
+      Catalan, German, English, Spanish, French, Greek,
+      Hungarian, Italian, Dutch, Polish, Portugese,
+      Russian, Turkish
+  * Added support for CIDR channel lists.
+  * Converted the core to be completely modular.
+  * Improved random number algorithm.
+  * Removed proxy detector (see docs/PROXY).
+  * Fixed various exploits and vulnerabilities.
+  * Fixed various language typos and inconsistencies.
+  * Fixed a bug in the database system causing nickserv passwords
+      to be saved incorrectly. Note that this breaks backwards
+      compatibility on nick.db !!!
+
+
+
+For the full changes, see the Changes file.
+
+For announcements and discussions about Anope, please visit our
+web site http://www.anope.org
 
-* Added in live updating SQL and the ability to execute commands through SQL
-* Re-designed configuration file
-* Code refresh / rewrite into C++
 

docs/OLDNEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+Highlighted News in Anope 1.7 (and soon 1.8)
+============================================
+  * Added a new and improved ./Config script.
+  * Added MySQL phase 2 implementation (see docs/MYSQL).
+  * Added NickServ registration delays.
+  * Added read receipts for memos.
+  * Added a way for modules to store data with internal structures.
+  * Added nick tracking support.
+  * Added support for SVSHOLD.
+  * Added support for U:Lined servers.
+  * Added support for TS6 IRCd's.
+  * Added support for Windows.
+  * Added internal events for modules.
+  * Added a way to suspend nicks.
+  * Added support for module configuration directives.
+  * Added translation support for modules.
+  * Added a module pack with handy modules.
+  * Added IRCd protocol modules.
+  * Added support for new IRCd's. Currently supported:
+    - Bahamut 1.4.27 or later (including 1.8)
+    - Charybdis 1.0 or later
+    - DreamForge 4.6.7
+    - Hybrid 7 or later
+    - InspIRCd 1.0 or later (including 1.1)
+    - Plexus 2.0 or later (including 3.0)
+    - PTLink 6.15 or later
+    - RageIRCd 2.0 or later
+    - Ratbox 2.0.6 or later
+    - ShadowIRCd 4.0 beta 7 or later
+    - Solid IRCd 3.4.6 or later
+    - UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 or later (including 3.0)
+    - UnrealIRCd 3.1.1 or later (including 3.2)
+    - ViagraIRCd 1.3 or later
+  * Added new languages. Currently included:
+      Catalan, German, English, Spanish, French, Greek,
+      Hungarian, Italian, Dutch, Polish, Portugese,
+      Russian, Turkish
+  * Added support for CIDR channel lists.
+  * Converted the core to be completely modular.
+  * Improved random number algorithm.
+  * Removed proxy detector (see docs/PROXY).
+  * Fixed various exploits and vulnerabilities.
+  * Fixed various language typos and inconsistencies.
+  * Fixed a bug in the database system causing nickserv passwords
+      to be saved incorrectly. Note that this breaks backwards
+      compatibility on nick.db !!!
+
+Highlighted News in Anope 1.6
+=============================
+  * Fixed various exploits and vulnerabilities.
+  * Fixed various language typos and inconsistencies.
+  * Improved ignore system.
+  * Improved ./configure script.
+  * Removed all compile warning fixed.
+  * Converted HelpServ into a proper service.
+  * Added external module support.
+  * Added Defense Condition (DEFCON) System.
+  * Added MySQL support for mirroring databases.
+  * Added multi-server configuration.
+  * Added multi-domain /OS GLOBAL support.
+  * Added combined +oq +oa +ha +va on net-joins.
+  * Added support for ircd changes and upgrades.
+  * Added HostSetters configuration directive.
+  * Added /OS STAFF command.
+  * Added /OS SVSNICK command.
+  * Added /OS CHANKILL command.
+  * Added /MS STAFF command.
+  * Added /NS UPDATE command.
+  * Added /MS SENDALL command.
+  * Added /NS GETMAIL command.
+  * Added /HS DELALL command.
+  * Added /HS LIST command with pattern matching.
+  * New support scripts and tools.
+  * New ircd support, complete list: DreamForge 4.6.7, Bahamut 1.4.27,
+                                     UnrealIRCd 3.1.1, UltimateIRCd 2.8.2,
+                                     UltimateIRCd 3.0.0, Hybrid IRCd 7.0
+                                     ViagraIRCd 1.3.x, PTlink 6.15.0
+  * New Language files, complete list: cat.l, de.l, en_us.l, es.l, fr.l,
+                                       gr.l, it.l, nl.l, pt.l, ru.l, tr.l
+
+Highlighted News in Anope 1.4
+=============================
+
+After the change from Epona to Anope
+------------------------------------
+  * New Italian Language file
+  * Added support for UltimateIRCd 3.0 and later
+  * Services realtime logging to a channel
+  * SuperAdmin directive for access to "super" commands.
+  * Ban system is now exception aware.
+  * HostServ for hostname masquerading.
+  * Smarter XOP System.
+  * Email verification/handshake upon registration.
+  * Services can now /ignore users.
+  * Smarter memo notification for channels.
+  * Channel can be SUSPENDed instead of FORBIDen.
+
+Before the change from Epona to Anope
+-------------------------------------
+  * HostServ for networks that support them.
+  * UnrealIRCd support has been rewritten, it is now fully 
+    working (hopefully) and officially supported again.
+  * Added support for UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 and later. 
+  * A multi-threaded proxy detector that can scan Wingates, 
+    SOCKS 4/5 and HTTP proxies on ports 3128 and 8080. Don't use
+    it if you have not been authorized to use it by your system
+    administrator!
+  * The ChanServ AOP/SOP/VOP commands, and, on networks that
+    support halfops, the HOP command, have been added. They
+    allow a more user-friendly control of channel privileges.
+  * Use of services IDs that allow an user to be automatically
+    identified after a split (if he was identified before the split)
+    in a secure way. This also saves lots of bandwidth.
+  * Services' default language can now be set in services.conf.
+  * The OperServ RANDOMNEWS command provides an easy way to show
+    network news in a random manner without flooding your users
+    with them (one news per connection).
+  * The BotServ SET PRIVATE option allows services admins to 
+    make the bot usable by IRC operators only.
+  * The OperServ SQLINE command allows you to forbid nick masks
+    and even channel masks with the latest Bahamut.
+  * The ChanServ AKICK STICK command allows akicks to be permanently
+    kept on channel.
+  * The ChanServ SET TOPIC command has been renamed to TOPIC, and
+    a new BAN command has been added. They both have their own
+    associated levels.
+  * A SET PEACE command has been added to ChanServ. It prevents
+    users to use pejorative services commands (DEOP, KICK, ...)
+    on users with greater or equal levels.
+
+Networks using Bahamut must upgrade to Bahamut 1.4.27 or later, 
+while networks using UnrealIRCd must upgrade to Unreal 3.1.1.
+
+For the full changes, see the Changes file.
+
+For announcements and discussions about Anope, please visit our
+web site http://www.anope.org
+
+

docs/PROXY

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Anope Proxy Detector
+--------------------
+
+1) Introduction
+2) Alternatives
+
+1) Introduction
+
+    Anope has had a built-in proxy detector since its first version. Recently,
+    however, this built-in proxy detector has been removed. This was because
+    the Anope team found that the proxy detector was showing its age, and the
+    time needed to restore it to a good state wasn't worth it, also considering
+    that there are currently good alternatives out there which do the job as
+    good as it can be done already.
+
+2) Alternatives
+
+    A) Blitzed Open Proxy Monitor (BOPM)
+    B) NeoStats + OPSB
+
+    Note that these are seperate projects and that the Anope team won't give
+    support on these programs. For support, please refer to the sites of the
+    creators of the software packages.
+
+    A) Blitzed Open Proxy Monitor (BOPM)
+
+        URL: http://wiki.blitzed.org/BOPM
+
+        BOPM is currently the leading proxy detector for IRC networks out
+        there. Altough it is not designed to run on a central place for the
+        entire network, it can be done with some minor tweaking on most IRCd's.
+        The Anope Team advises BOPM for the best security.
+
+    B) NeoStats + OPSB
+
+        URL: http://www.neostats.net/
+
+        NeoStats is the swiss knife of IRC tools. In combination with the OPSB
+        module by NeoStats Software, it can scan for proxies in a similar way
+        as BOPM does. The OPSB module is based on BOPM and has been adjusted to
+        be able to scan all clients from one centralized proxy detector.

docs/README

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-Anope -- a set of IRC services for IRC networks
------------------------------------------------
+Anope - a set of IRC services for IRC networks
+----------------------------------------------
 
-Anope is          2003-2012 Anope Team    <team@anope.org>.
+Anope is          2003-2014 Anope Team    <team@anope.org>.
 Based on Epona    2000-2002 PegSoft       <epona@pegsoft.net>.
 Based on Services 1996-1999 Andrew Church <achurch@achurch.org>.
 
@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ Table of Contents
 3) Installation
 4) Command Line Options
 5) Messages Translation
-6) Contact and Mailing List
+6) Adding Your Translation Into The Source
+7) Contact and Mailing List
 
 1) Credits
 
@@ -76,8 +77,8 @@ Table of Contents
         * Adam <adam@anope.org>
         * Alvaro Toledo <atoledo@keldon.org>
         * Amanda Folson <amanda@anope.org>
-        * Andrew Berquist <vash@anope.org>
-        * Björn Stiddien <keeper@anope.org>
+        * Andrew Berquist <vash@anope.org> 
+        * Björn Stiddien <keeper@anope.org>
         * Charles Kingsley <chaz@anope.org>
         * Chris Hogben <heinz@anope.org>
         * Daniel Engel <dane@zero.org>
@@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ Table of Contents
         * Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
         * Sean Roe <therock247uk@anope.org>
         * Sebastian V <hal9000@anope.org>
-        * Thomas Juberg Stensås <ShadowMaster@Shadow-Realm.org>
+        * Thomas Juberg Stensås <ShadowMaster@Shadow-Realm.org>
         * Trystan .S Lee <trystan@nomadirc.net>
         * openglx <openglx@brasnerd.com.br>
 
@@ -116,6 +117,37 @@ Table of Contents
         * Christopher N. <saka@epiknet.org> (fr.l)
         * Yusuf Kurekci <ysfm.20@gmail.com> (tr.l)
 
+    Anope uses the strlcat() and strlcpy() functions from OpenSSH 2.5.1p2.
+    These functions are copyrighted by Todd C. Miller:
+    
+        Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+        All rights reserved.
+        
+        Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+        modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+        are met:
+        1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+           notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+        2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+           notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+           documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+        3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+           products derived from this software without specific prior written
+           permission.
+        
+        THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+        WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+        MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+        IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+        INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+        BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
+        OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+        ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
+        TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
+        USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+        SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+    
 2) Presentation
 
     Anope is a set of Services for IRC networks that allows users to manage
@@ -160,15 +192,27 @@ Table of Contents
 
         * HostServ, a neat service that allows users to show custom vHosts
           (virtual hosts) instead of their real IP address; this only works
-          on daemons supporting ip cloaking, such as UnrealIRCd.
+          on daemons supporting ip cloaking, such as UnrealIRCd, UltimateIRCd
+          and ViagraIRCd.
+
+        * HelpServ, a skeleton service used to serve help files.
 
     Anope currently works with:
 
         * Bahamut 1.4.27 or later (including 1.8)
-        * InspIRCd 1.1, 1.2, or 2.0
+        * Charybdis 1.0 or later
+        * DreamForge 4.6.7
+        * Hybrid 8.1 or later
+        * InspIRCd 1.x, and 2.0
+        * Plexus 2.0 or later (including 3.0)
+        * PTlink 6.15 or later
+        * RageIRCd 2.0 beta-6 or later
         * Ratbox 2.0.6 or later
-        * UnrealIRCd 3.2 or later
-        * Plexus 3 or later
+        * ShadowIRCd 4.0 beta 7 or later
+        * Solid IRCd 3.4.6 or later
+        * UltimateIRCd 2.8.2 or later (including 3.0)
+        * UnrealIRCd 3.1.1 or later (including 3.2)
+        * ViagraIRCd 1.3 or later
 
     Anope could also work with some of the daemons derived by the ones listed
     above, but there's no support for them if they work or don't work.
@@ -182,69 +226,200 @@ Table of Contents
 4) Command Line Options
 
     Normally, Anope can be run simply by invoking the "services" executable.
-    Any of the following command-line options can be specified to change
+    Anope will then use the defaults specified in the services.conf file, and
+    connect to the specified uplink server. Alternatively, any of the
+    following command-line options can be specified to change the default
+    values:
+
+        -remote server[:port]    Connect to the specified server
+        -local host  -or-        Connect from the specified address (e.g. for
+            [host]:[port]            multihomed servers)
+        -name servername         Our server name (e.g. services.some.net)
+        -desc string             Description of us (e.g. SomeNet Services)
+        -user username           Username for Services' nicks (e.g. services)
+        -host hostname           Hostname for Services' nicks (e.g. esper.net)
+        -dir directory           Directory containing Services' data files
+                                     (e.g. /usr/local/lib/services)
+        -log filename            Services log filename (e.g. services.log)
+        -update secs             How often to update databases (in seconds)
+        -expire secs             How often to check for nick/channel
+                                     expiration (in seconds)
+
+    Additionally, the following command-line options can be used to modify
     the behavior of Anope:
 
-        --debug         Enable debugging mode; more info sent to log (give
+        -debug          Enable debugging mode; more info sent to log (give
                             option more times for more info)
-        --readonly      Enable read-only mode; no changes to databases
-                            allowed
-        --nofork        Do not fork after startup; log messages will be
-                            written to terminal
-        --noexpire      Expiration routines won't be run at all
-        --version       Display the version of Anope
-        --nothird       Do not load the non-core modules specified
-        --protocoldebug Debug each incoming message after protocol parsing
-        --support       Used for support, same as -debug -nofork -nothird
-
-    Upon starting, Anope will parse its command-line parameters then
-    (assuming the -nofork option is not given) detach itself and run in the
-    background. If Anope encounters a problem reading the database files or
-    cannot connect to its uplink server, it will terminate immediately;
-    otherwise, it will run until the connection is terminated (or a QUIT,
-    SHUTDOWN, or RESTART command is sent; see OperServ's help).
+        -readonly       Enable read-only mode; no changes to databases
+                            allowed, .db files and log not written
+        -skeleton       Enable skeleton mode; like read-only mode, but only
+                            OperServ is available
+        -nofork         Do not fork after startup; log messages will be
+                            written to terminal (as well as to the log file
+                            if not in read-only mode)
+        -forceload      Try to load as much of the databases as possible,
+                            even if errors are encountered
+        -noexpire       Expiration routines won't be run at all
+        -logchan        Startup with logchan enabled
+        -version        Display the version of Anope
+        -nothird        Do not load the modules specified in ModulesAutoload
+                            or ModulesDelayedAutoload in the config file
+        -protocoldebug  Debug each incoming message after protocol parsing
+        -support        Used for support, same as -debug -nofork -nothird
 
+    Upon starting, Anope will parse its command-line parameters, open its
+    logfile, then (assuming the -nofork option is not given) detach itself
+    and run in the background. If Anope encounters a problem reading the
+    database files or cannot connect to its uplink server, it will terminate
+    immediately; otherwise, it will run until the connection is terminated
+    (or a QUIT, SHUTDOWN, or RESTART command is sent; see OperServ's help).
     In the case of an error, an appropriate error message will be written to
     the log file.
 
-    If Anope is run with the "--readonly" command-line option, it can serve as
+    If Anope is run with the "-readonly" command-line option, it can serve as
     a "backup" to the full version of services.  A "full" version of services
-    (run without --readonly) will automatically reintroduce its pseudo-clients
+    (run without -readonly) will automatically reintroduce its pseudo-clients
     (NickServ, ChanServ, etc.), while a "backup" services will not, thus
     allowing full services to be brought up at any time without disrupting
     the network (and without having to take backup services down beforehand).
 
-    The "--debug" option is useful if you find or suspect a problem in Anope.
+    If Anope is run with the "-skeleton" command-line option, it will not try
+    to load the nickname or channel databases, and will respond with "service
+    is inactive" messages to any commands sent to NickServ, ChanServ,
+    MemoServ or BotServ. This can be useful as an emergency stopgap measure
+    when the main copy of Anope cannot be started.
+
+    The "-debug" option is useful if you find or suspect a problem in Anope.
     Giving it once on the command line will cause all traffic to and from
     services as well as some other debugging information to be recorded in
     the log file; if you send a bug report, PLEASE include an excerpt from
     the log file WITH DEBUGGING ACTIVE; we cannot emphasize enough how
     important this is to tracking down problems. (You can also enable
     debugging while Services is running using OperServ's SET DEBUG command.)
-    If you repeat use --debug=<level>, the debugging level will be increased,
-    which provides more detailed information but may also slow Anope down
-    considerably and make the log file grow dramatically faster. In general,
-    a debug level of 1 is sufficient for the coding team to be able to trace
-    a problem, because all network traffic is included and we can usually
-    reproduce the problem.
+    If you repeat the -debug option more than once, the debugging level will
+    be increased, which provides more detailed information but may also slow
+    Anope down considerably and make the log file grow dramatically faster
+    (in particular, at debug level 4 a message is written to the log for
+    every character received from the server). In general, a debug level of 1
+    is sufficient for the coding team to be able to trace a problem, because
+    all network traffic is included and we can usually reproduce the problem.
+
+    The "-forceload" option is provided to attempt recovery of data from
+    corrupted or truncated databases. Normally, if Anope encounters an error
+    writing to a database file, it will attempt to restore the original
+    version of the file and report an error to the logfile and through
+    WALLOPS. However, if this should fail (which normally should not happen),
+    or if Anope is terminated abruptly e.g. by kill -9 or a power failure,
+    then one or more of the databases may be corrupt. Normally, this will
+    cause Anope to abort the next time you try to run it; however, if yo
+    give the -forceload option to Anope, it will instead read as much as it
+    can, then skip to the next database. For obvious reasons, it's highly
+    recommended to keep backup copies of your databases in case something
+    does happen (since Anope will stop at the first error in a database, even
+    with -forceload, meaning you lose any data after that).
 
 5) Messages Translations
 
-   Please see LANGUAGE for this information
+    Anope has a powerful option in NickServ allowing users to choose what
+    language it must use when sending messages to users. Messages are stored
+    in language files (located in the lang directory).
 
-6) Contact
+    Anope is currently provided with thirteen languages: Catalan, Dutch,
+    English, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Polish, Portuguese,
+    Russian, Spanish and Turkish. If you want to translate Anope messages
+    into another language, follow this instructions:
+
+        * Copy the lang/en_us.l file to a meaningful name (for example, if
+          you would like to translate messages in Spanish, you would rename
+          it to es.l).
+
+        * Edit the file with your favorite text editor. Carefully read the
+          instructions given at the top of the file, and start translating
+          the whole file. The file is big, so make sure you have some coffee
+          available ;) Try to avoid the use of English words as much as
+          possible. If the new language contains only a few 'special'
+          characters, try and use latin representations of it, if possible.
+          Remember that most clients are only capable of handling the
+          ISO-8859-1 charset. Of course, if you are translating Anope to a
+          language with a totally different charset, such as Russian, feel
+          free to use the one that suites it best (and the one that is in use
+          by most speakers of that language ;)).
+
+        * When this is done, you have two solutions: either patch Services
+          source code so they take in account the new language file (section 6),
+          or send us the translated file so we can make the patch and include
+          your language in the next Anope release.
+
+        * Note that there is a language tool on bin/langtool.pl that can aid
+          the verification process on newly created language files. Try to
+          use it before you submit a language file.
+
+    When new major releases come out, you'll not have to retranslate the
+    whole file; the Changes.lang file will help you to know which messages
+    were added, modified or deleted.
+
+    If you did a language file translation, and want to let others use it,
+    please send it to team@anope.org (don't forget to mention clearly your
+    (nick)name, your e-mail and the language name). You'll of course get full
+    credit for it, and will even get future final major releases before
+    anyone else to complete the translation!... ;) 
+
+6) Adding Your Translation Into The Source
+
+    First, get the latest version of Anope. This can be done by doing
+    'git clone git://github.com/anope/anope anope-stable'
+
+    Second, Place your language file in lang/, and type 'git add file.l`. Where file is
+    your language file.
+
+    Next, edit lang/Makefile(.win32) and add your file into both the LANGOBJS variable and
+    the LANGSRCS variable (alphabetically please). Then, go down and add an entry for
+    it similar the others, eg:
+       en_us:    en_us.l    langcomp index
+       ./langcomp $@.l
+    (which creates the english language file)
+
+    Now, edit include/services.h and search for "#define LANG_EN_US", and add your language to
+    the bottom of the list, eg:
+    #define LANG_BLAH                16       /* Blah language! */
+    (given the language above its number is 15).
+    Then change the NUM_LANGS to one more than it currently is (in this case, 17)
+    and add one to USED_LANGS.
+    
+    Finially, edit src/language.c and add your language to the bottom of the array there, eg:
+       ...
+       LANG_HUN,                   /* Hungarian */
+       LANG_PL,                    /* Polish */
+       LANG_BLAH,                  /* Blah language! */
+    };
+    then, go down and add it with the others using load_lang(), eg:
+       ...
+       load_lang(LANG_HUN, "hun");
+       load_lang(LANG_PL, "pl");
+       load_lang(LANG_BLAH, "blah");
+
+    Now use 'git diff HEAD > language.diff` to get the changes you made, and if it looks good (test it)
+    email it to team@anope.org!
+
+    Please be aware we will only include a new language if there is sufficient demand for it.
+
+    Please do not be disappointed if we do not include your language within Anope.
+
+    Check Changes.lang in order for your language to continue to work on your copy of Anope upgrades.
+
+7) Contact
 
     For announcements and discussions about Anope, please visit our
     Portal and Forums at http://www.anope.org/ -- make sure you register
-    yourself to get full benefits.
+    yourself and your network to get full benefits.
 
     If you read the documentation carefully, and didn't find the answer to
     your question, feel free to post on the website forums or join our irc
-    channel (irc.anope.org #anope). Once you join our Support channel be as 
-    precise as possible when asking a question, because we have no extraordinary
-    powers and can't guess things if they aren't provided. 
-
-    The more precise you are the sooner you'll be likely to get an answer.
+    channel (irc.anope.org #anope). Once you join our Support channel, just
+    type "? report" for instructions on how to report a Bug. Be as precise as
+    possible when asking a question, because we have no extraordinary powers
+    and can't guess things if they aren't provided. The more precise you are,
+    the sooner you'll be likely to get an answer.
 
     If you think you found a bug, add it to the bug tracking system
     (http://bugs.anope.org) and - again - be as precise as possible. Also say

docs/TODO

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-Legend:
-	x = done
-	? = unsure
-	+ = in progress
-
-Future
-------
-[ ] NS IDENTIFY changes
-  [?] Last failed identify? Maybe more useful for sopers only, so users don't get unnecessarily worried
-  [?] Last successful login time/ip? perhaps both of these should be a new nick setting
-[ ] NS SUSPEND: show suspender and reason, probably to sopers only (see CS SUSPEND)
-[ ] Allow channel founders to change the fantasy trigger for their channel.
-[+] CIDR Akills, session exceptions, etc
-[?] Language charset stuff, including collation (1.9.1? phoenix?)
-[?] a way for a module to queue itself (or even another module) for unloading
-[+] Useful/common "third party" modules to core distro
-  [x] NS AJOIN
-  [x] CS ENTRYMSG
-[?] Don't allow soper accounts to expire
-[?] Reason for CS SET RESTRICTED
-[ ] Unique IDs on each AKILL/blah so that networks may use them as ticket IDs
-[ ] HS ACTIVATE -ALL (rob sez this all needs reviewing)
-[ ] No nickname ownership?
-[ ] More commands need to be split up such as /bs bot, /ms set, /bs kick, /bs set, /os set? etc.
-[ ] Customize email messages

docs/TOOLS

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-Anope Bundled Tools
--------------------
-
-1) Anope SMTP Client
-
-    Provided with Anope is a simple SMTP client which can be used instead of
-    programs like SendMail in some cases.
-
-    The SMTP client can be used instead of sendmail for use with Anope's mail
-    options. To use the SMTP client instead of sendmail, find the line in your
-    services configuration file (services.conf) that defines sendmailpath. On
-    that line, change the path to your services installation directory, then
-    followed by "bin/anopesmtp" and the IP address of a valid SMTP server. It
-    should look like this:
-
-        sendmailpath = "/home/anope/services/bin/anopesmtp 127.0.0.1"
-
-    If the SMTP client doesn't send mail, or if there's an other problem with
-    it, you can compile it in debug mode. To do this, open anopesmtp.cpp, and look
-    for "smtp_debug" near the top. Change this from 0 to 1 and recompile
-    the code. This should generate a log file of what happened when it tried
-    to connect to the SMTP server.
-
-        Credits:
-    Originally written by  Dominick Meglio    <codemastr@unrealircd.com>
-    Ported to *nix by      Trystan Scott Lee  <trystan@nomadirc.net>
-

docs/WIN32.txt

@@ -1,172 +1,202 @@
-Anope for Windows
------------------
-
-1) Building the Source
-2) Installation
-3) Compiling Modules
-4) Other compile options
-5) Credits
-
-1) Building the Source
-
-    NOTE: If you have downloaded one of the pre-compiled installers, you do
-          NOT need to complete this step, and you can proceed to step 2.
-
-    If you want to build Anope from source on a Win32 system, you will need
-    to follow this instructions:
-
-    1) Download the required files:
-
-        * Current Anope source:
-            http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=94081
-
-        * CMake:
-            http://www.cmake.org/cmake/resources/software.html
-
-        (NOTE: When installing, tell CMake to add itself to the PATH.)
-
-        If you have Visual C++ 10 (2010) skip ahead to step 2, else you
-        need to download the following free component from Microsoft. Once
-        downloaded, install these packages.
-
-        * Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Express Edition:
-            http://www.microsoft.com/express/vc/
-
-    2) Unpack the Anope tarball with your favorite uncompression program
-       (WinZip or WinRAR, etc).
-
-    3) Bring up the Visual C++ Command Prompt; This will launch a
-       DOS Command Prompt like window, which will set the environment
-       properties needed to make Anope.
-
-       Create a new directory, which will be used to hold the build files. You can make it
-       be a directory under the source directory unpacked in step 2, or somewhere else entirely.
-
-       Change directories to this new folder, by typing:
-
-          cd <path to build directory>
-
-          e.g.
-
-          cd c:\anope-build
-
-    4) You now need to configure Anope to your requirements. At the prompt type:
-
-        <path to source directory>\Config.exe
-
-       NOTE: If you run an Anti-Virus program such as McAfee or Norton, you may
-       be unable to run this command due to the protection in place. Some Anti-
-       Virus programs may detect the Anope Configuration Tool as a worm, however
-       this is not the case. If you are prompted to allow or deny execution of
-       the script, you should choose allow. If the script fails to run, and no
-       notice is displayed, please check your Anti-Virus settings before seeking
-       assistance.
-
-       An interactive configuration program should guide you through the install
-       options. You will be given a choice to use NMake or not. NMake will compile
-       inside the command prompt window you are in. If you want to build within
-       the Visual C++ IDE, say no to that option, and it'll create a Solution for
-       you to open up.
-
-       If you cannot find whats causing the error, please visit our forums or
-       our IRC Support channel for assistance.
-
-       Some Anope modules require third party libraries, such as m_mysql and
-       m_ssl. If these libraries are installed in nonstandard locations, cmake
-       will probably not find them and should be told where they are by passing
-       additional search paths to the last question in Config, such as:
-
-       -DEXTRA_INCLUDES:STRING=c:/openssl/include;c:/openssl/lib
-
-       Which would have cmake search both C:\openssl\include and
-       C:\openssl\lib.
-
-       Building Anope with gettext requires libintl, libiconv, libgcc and
-       libmingex. We have precompiled these libraries for you that you may
-       use if you want. They are avaiable at http://anope.org/downloads/anope-extra.zip
-       The OpenSSL, MySQL, and OpenLDAP header files and libraries are also included in
-       this package. Once downloaded and extracted, you should run install.bat
-       then give Config the path to the new 'installed' directory.
-
-    5) You are now ready to compile. If you said you wanted to use NMake in step 4,
-       at the prompt type:
-
-        nmake
-
-       Once you are back at the command prompt again, if there have been no
-       errors, you are ready to go.
-
-       If instead you decided to use the Visual C++ IDE, open up the Anope.sln
-       file. After the IDE has fully loaded, hit F7 to build everything.
-
-       Should you encounter errors with the installation process, check the
-       messages displayed for advice on resolving them. If you are unable to
-       resolve the issues yourself, seek assistance on our forums or in our
-       IRC Support channel.
-
-    6) Finally you will need to install Anope. If you said you wanted to use NMake
-       in step 4, at the prompt type:
-
-        nmake install
-
-       Otherwise, if you decided to use the Visual C++ IDE, find the project called
-       INSTALL within the Solution Explorer. Right-click on INSTALL and choose Build.
-
-       When you have done this, all the files will be installed to where they belong.
-       The only thing you need to do is rename "data/example.conf" to be "data/services.conf",
-       and then follow the steps to set up Anope.
-
-    You have now completed the building phase of Anope for Windows. You can
-    now move on to the next section, which is related to setting up Anope.
-
-2) Installation
-
-    Since Anope for Windows does not use a visual interface, you must do the
-    configuration with a text editor before proceeding with running Anope
-    itself.
-
-    NOTE: You may need to open the configuration file with Wordpad, or a text
-    editor which supports UNIX line endings. Opening the configuration file in
-    Notepad will cause strange characters to appear, and you may not be able to
-    edit the file correctly.
-
-    Open services.conf, and read through it carefully and adjust the settings
-    you think you need to adjust.
-
-    If you are unsure of the settings, you can go to the dos command prompt
-    and run "anope.exe --nofork --debug" and watch the information as it
-    attempts to connect.
-
-    You can launch services in two ways. If you are sure that the entered
-    configuration information is correct, simply double clicking the Anope
-    executable will cause it to start; no window will pop up. If you'd rather
-    have a more textual output, you can start at the dos prompt and type in
-    "anope.exe". If services are successfully started up the dos prompt will
-    seem to hang; at this point you can safely close the dos window.
-
-3) Compiling Modules
-
-    If you want to build other modules than the ones shipped by default, you
-    will need to rerun Config.exe
-
-4) Other compile options
-
-    A) If you have trouble recompiling Anope, you should delete all files and folders
-       within the build folder you created in step 3 of section 1. Afterwards, follow
-       the directions from step 4 of section 1 down.
-
-5) Credits
-
-    Anope is based on Epona and IRCServices. See CREDITS for more credits and
-    a complete list of all developers.
-
-    Anope's Windows-specific code is provided by:
-
-        * Dominick Meglio       <codemastr@unrealircd.com>
-        * Trystan Scott Lee     <trystan@nomadirc.net>
-        * Chris Hogben          <heinz@anope.org>
-
-    Anope's Windows Installer was made using:
-
-        * NSIS 2.20          <http://nsis.sourceforge.net>
-
+Anope for Windows
+-----------------
+
+1) Building the Source
+2) Installation
+3) Compiling Modules
+4) Other compile options
+5) Credits
+
+1) Building the Source
+
+    NOTE: If you have downloaded one of the pre-compiled installers, you do
+          NOT need to complete this step, and you can proceed to step 2.
+
+    If you want to build Anope from source on a Win32 system, you will need
+    to follow this instructions:
+
+    1) Download the required files:
+
+        * Current Anope source:
+            http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=94081
+
+        If you have Visual C++ 2008, 2010, or 2012 skip ahead to step 2, else you
+        need to download the following free components from Microsoft. Once
+        downloaded, install one of the following, for best results use MS VC 2010.
+
+		* Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Express
+			http://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/products/visual-studio-2010-express
+
+		or
+
+		* Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Express Edition:
+			http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=14597
+
+		* Microsoft Windows Platform SDK: (Requires WGA validation)
+			http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=3138
+
+		* MySQL for Windows (only needed if building with MySQL enabled):
+			http://dev.mysql.com/
+
+			(NOTE: Anope can be compiled against MySQL Version 3.23 and above)
+
+
+    2) Unpack the Anope tarball with your favorite uncompression program
+       (WinZip or WinRAR, etc).
+
+    3) Bring up the Visual C++ Command Prompt; This will launch a
+       DOS Command Prompt like window, which will set the environment
+       properties needed to make Anope.
+
+       Change directories to where you unpacked the source code in step 2, by typing:
+
+	cd <path to extracted source>
+	
+	e.g.
+
+	cd c:\anope-stable
+       
+    4) You now need to configure Anope to your requirements. At the prompt type:
+    
+        Config.bat
+
+       NOTE: If you run an Anti-Virus program such as McAfee or Norton, you may
+       be unable to run this command due to the protection in place. Some Anti-
+       Virus programs may detect the Anope Configuration Tool as a worm, however
+       this is not the case. If you are prompted to allow or deny execution of 
+       the script, you should choose allow. If the script fails to run, and no
+       notice is displayed, please check your Anti-Virus settings before seeking
+       assistance.
+        
+       An interactive configuration program should guide you through the install
+       options, and then detect your Microsoft Visual C++ Library files. If it
+       fails to detect them, you should check you have everything installed.
+
+       If you cannot find whats causing the error, please visit our forums or
+       our IRC Support channel for assistance.
+ 
+    5) You are now ready to compile. At the prompt type:
+
+        nmake -f Makefile.win32
+
+       Once you are back at the command prompt again, if there have been no
+       errors, you are ready to go. 
+
+       Should you encounter errors with the installation process, check the
+       messages displayed for advice on resolving them. If you are unable to
+       resolve the issues yourself, seek assistance on our forums or in our
+       IRC Support channel.
+
+    6) Anope will install the files where they belong. The only thing you need
+       to do is rename "data/example.conf" to be "data/services.conf".
+
+    You have now completed the building phase of Anope for Windows. You can
+    now move on to the next section, which is related to setting up Anope.
+
+2) Installation
+
+    Since Anope for Windows does not use a visual interface, you must do the
+    configuration with a text editor before proceeding with running Anope
+    itself.
+
+    NOTE: You may need to open the configuration file with Wordpad, or a text
+    editor which supports UNIX line endings. Opening the configuration file in
+    Notepad will cause strange characters to appear, and you may not be able to
+    edit the file correctly.
+
+    Open services.conf, and read through it carefully and adjust the settings
+    you think you need to adjust. Pay special attention to these settings:
+
+    A) IRCDModule:   This is the name of an IRCd Module that Anope will use
+                     to communicate with your server. Anope supports 15 IRCds,
+                     so ensure you set the right value here.
+    B) RemoteServer: This is the address to your ircd, along with the port
+                     and password. You should consult your ircd
+                     documentation on how to link ircds.
+    C) ServicesRoot: Remove the # and change the names to your nick so you
+                     can take control of services once they are online.
+    D) UserKey1/2/3: Remove the # infront of the three UserKey settings, and
+                     change the parameters to numbers; around 6-7 digits will
+                     do.
+
+    If you are unsure of the settings, you can go to the dos command prompt
+    and run "anope.exe -nofork -debug" and watch the information as it
+    attempts to connect.
+
+    You can launch services in two ways. If you are sure that the entered
+    configuration information is correct, simply double clicking the Anope
+    executable will cause it to start; no window will pop up. If you'd rather
+    have a more textual output, you can start at the dos prompt and type in
+    "anope.exe". If services are successfully started up the dos prompt will
+    seem to hang; at this point you can safely close the dos window.
+
+3) Compiling Modules
+
+    If you want to build other modules than the ones shipped by default, you
+    will need to modify the Makefile.inc.win32 file, in the src\modules folder.
+
+    A) Add modules; find the line stating "SRCS=" and add the name of the
+       file to the end of the line. So if you have two files:
+
+        SRCS=file.c file2.c
+        
+       If you are compiling a folder of module components, such as the example
+       "catserv", you will need to add/change the "SUBS=" line. If you were
+       compiling the "catserv" example, the line would look like this:
+       
+        SUBS=catserv
+
+    B) When you've done this, use the same command prompt you set up in part
+       1, change directories to the src\modules folder, and type:
+
+        nmake -f Makefile.win32
+        
+       followed afterwards, by:
+
+        nmake -f Makefile.win32 install
+        
+    C) You should now be able to load your modules on IRC via OperServ, or via
+       the services.conf file.
+
+
+4) Other compile options
+
+	A) If you have trouble recompiling Anope, you should try:
+	
+		nmake -f Makefile.win32 distclean
+		
+		This will clean up the source directory and allow for chages to be applied
+		to previously compiled files.
+		
+	B) A list of valid options are:
+	
+		install
+		distclean
+		clean
+		spotless
+		all
+		core
+		protocols
+		mypasql
+		languages
+		modules
+		
+		The syntax for these options is:
+		
+		nmake -f Makefile.win32 [option]
+	
+5) Credits
+
+    Anope is based on Epona and IRCServices. See CREDITS for more credits and
+    a complete list of all developers.
+
+    Anope's Windows-specific code is provided by:
+
+        * Dominick Meglio       <codemastr@unrealircd.com>
+        * Trystan Scott Lee     <trystan@nomadirc.net>
+        * Chris Hogben          <heinz@anope.org>
+        
+    Anope's Windows Installer was made using:
+    
+        * NSIS 2.20          <http://nsis.sourceforge.net>
+        

docs/XMLRPC/XMLRPC

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-Starting with Anope 1.9.4 XMLRPC using PHP's xmlrpc_encode_request and xmlrpc_decode functions is supported.
-This allows external applications, such as websites, to execute remote procedure calls to Anope in real time.
-
-Currently there are 5 supported XMLRPC calls, provided by m_xmlrpc_main:
-
-checkAuthetication - Takes two parameters, an account name and a password. Checks if the account name is valid and the password
-                     is correct for the account name, useful for making login pages on websites.
-
-command - Takes three parameters, a service name (BotServ, ChanServ, NickServ), a user name (whether online or not), and the command
-          to execute. This will execute a the given command to Anope using the given service name. If the user given is online, the
-	  command reply will go to them, if not it is returned by XMLRPC.
-
-stats - Takes no parameters, returns miscellaneous stats that can be found in the /operserv stats command.
-
-channel - Takes one parameter, a channel name, and returns real time information regarding that channel, such as users, modes
-          (ban lists and such), topic etc.
-
-user - Takes one parameter, a user name, and returns real time information regarding that user.
-
-XMLRPC was designed to be used with db_sql, and will not return any information that can be pulled from the SQL
-database, such as accounts and registered channel information. It is instead used for pulling realtime data such
-as users and channels currently online. For examples on how to use these calls in PHP, see xmlrpc.php in docs/XMLRPC.
-          
-Also note that the parameter named "id" is reserved for query ID. If you pass a query to Anope containing a value for id. it will
-be stored by Anope and the same id will be passed back in the result.
-

docs/XMLRPC/xmlrpc.php

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-/* XMLRPC Functions
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- */
-
-class AnopeXMLRPC
-{
-	private $Host, $Bind, $Port;
-
-	private $Socket;
-
-	function __construct($Host, $Port, $Bind = NULL)
-	{
-		$this->Host = $Host;
-		$this->Port = $Port;
-		$this->Bind = $Bind;
-
-		$this->Socket = socket_create(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, SOL_TCP);
-		if ($Bind && socket_bind($this->Socket, $this->Bind) == false)
-			$his->Socket = false;
-		if (socket_connect($this->Socket, $this->Host, $this->Port) == false)
-			$this->Socket = false;
-	}
-
-	function __destruct()
-	{
-		@socket_close($this->Socket);
-	}
-
-	/** Run an XMLRPC command. Name should be a query name and params an array of parameters, eg:
-	 * $this->RunXMLRPC("checkAuthentication", array("adam", "qwerty"));
-	 * If successful returns back an array of useful information.
-	 *
-	 * Note that $params["id"] is reserved for query ID, you may set it to something if you wish.
-	 * If you do, the same ID will be passed back with the reply from Anope.
-	 */
-	function RunXMLRPC($name, $params)
-	{
-		$xmlquery = xmlrpc_encode_request($name, $params);
-		socket_write($this->Socket, $xmlquery);
-
-		$inbuf = socket_read($this->Socket, 4096);
-		$inbuf = substr($inbuf, strpos($inbuf, "\r\n\r\n") + 4);
-		$response = xmlrpc_decode($inbuf);
-
-		if (isset($response[0]))
-			return $response[0];
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/** Do Command on Service as User, eg:
-	 * $anope->DoCommand("ChanServ", "Adam", "REGISTER #adam");
-	 * Returns an array of information regarding the command execution, if
-	 * If 'online' is set to yes, then the reply to the command was sent to the user on IRC.
-	 * If 'online' is set to no, then the reply to the command is in the array member 'return'
-	 */
-	function DoCommand($Service, $User, $Command)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("command", array($Service, $User, $Command));
-	}
-
-	/** Check an account/nick name and password to see if they are valid
-	 * Returns the account display name if valid
-	 */
-	function CheckAuthentication($Account, $Pass)
-	{
-		$ret = $this->RunXMLRPC("checkAuthentication", array($Account, $Pass));
-
-		if ($ret && $ret["result"] == "Success")
-			return $ret["account"];
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* Returns an array of misc stats regarding Anope
-	 */
-	function DoStats()
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("stats", NULL);
-	}
-
-	/* Look up data for a channel
-	 * Returns an array containing channel information, or an array of size one
-	 * (just containing the name) if the channel does not exist
-	 */
-	function DoChannel($Channel)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("channel", NULL);
-	}
-
-	/* Like DoChannel(), but different.
-	 */
-	function DoUser($User)
-	{
-		return $this->RunXMLRPC("user", array($User));
-	}
-}
-
-?>

include/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-# Set version.cpp to use C++ as well as set its compile flags
-set_source_files_properties(version.cpp PROPERTIES LANGUAGE CXX COMPILE_FLAGS "${CXXFLAGS}")
-# Generate version executable to modify version.h, setting it's linker flags as well
-add_executable(version version.cpp)
-set_target_properties(version PROPERTIES LINKER_LANGUAGE CXX LINK_FLAGS "${LDFLAGS}")
-get_target_property(version_BINARY version LOCATION)
-# Modify version.h from the above executable, with dependencies to version.cpp
-# and all of the source files in the main build
-add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version_build
-  COMMAND ${version_BINARY} ${Anope_SOURCE_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version.h
-  DEPENDS version ${SRC_SRCS}
-)
-# Add version to list of files for CPack to ignore
-get_filename_component(version_BINARY ${version_BINARY} NAME)
-add_to_cpack_ignored_files("${version_BINARY}$" TRUE)
-if(NOT WIN32)
-  add_to_cpack_ignored_files("version.h$" TRUE)
-endif(NOT WIN32)
-
-set(PCH_SOURCES_GCH "")
-if(USE_PCH AND CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-  string(REPLACE " " ";" PCH_CXXFLAGS "${CXXFLAGS} ${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
-
-  file(GLOB PCH_SOURCES RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} "*.h")
-  sort_list(PCH_SOURCES)
-
-  foreach(PCH_SOURCE ${PCH_SOURCES})
-    find_includes(${PCH_SOURCE} INCLUDES)
-    set(INCLUDES_LIST)
-    append_to_list(INCLUDES_LIST ${PCH_SOURCE})
-    foreach(INCLUDE ${INCLUDES})
-      # Extract the filename from the #include line
-      extract_include_filename(${INCLUDE} FILENAME QUOTE_TYPE)
-      if(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "quotes")
-        find_in_list(PCH_SOURCES "${FILENAME}" FOUND)
-        if(NOT FOUND EQUAL -1)
-          append_to_list(INCLUDES_LIST ${FILENAME})
-        endif(NOT FOUND EQUAL -1)
-      endif(QUOTE_TYPE STREQUAL "quotes")
-    endforeach(INCLUDE)
-
-    set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS "")
-    if(DEBUG_BUILD)
-      set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS "-g")
-    endif(DEBUG_BUILD)
-    if(PCH_SOURCE STREQUAL "module.h")
-      set(PCH_EXTRAFLAGS ${PCH_EXTRAFLAGS} -fPIC)
-    endif(PCH_SOURCE STREQUAL "module.h")
-    if(GETTEXT_INCLUDE)
-      set(PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE "-I${GETTEXT_INCLUDE}")
-    endif(GETTEXT_INCLUDE)
-
-    set(PCH_SOURCES_GCH "${PCH_SOURCES_GCH};${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch")
-    add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch
-      COMMAND ${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER} ARGS ${PCH_CXXFLAGS} ${PCH_EXTRAFLAGS}
-      ${PCH_GETTEXT_INCLUDE} -I${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} -I${Anope_SOURCE_DIR}/modules/pseudoclients ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE} -o ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PCH_SOURCE}.gch
-      DEPENDS ${INCLUDES_LIST} VERBATIM
-    )
-  endforeach(PCH_SOURCE ${PCH_SOURCES})
-endif(USE_PCH AND CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-
-# Add a custom target to the above file
-add_custom_target(headers DEPENDS version ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/version_build ${PCH_SOURCES_GCH})

include/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+all: services.h extern.h pseudo.h version.h
+
+version.h: Makefile version.sh services.h pseudo.h messages.h $(SRCS)
+	sh version.sh
+
+services.h: sysconf.h config.h extern.h
+	touch $@
+
+extern.h: slist.h
+	touch $@
+
+pseudo.h: commands.h timeout.h encrypt.h datafiles.h slist.h
+	touch $@
+
+clean: 
+	(rm -f language.h)
+
+distclean: clean
+	(rm -f sysconf.h version.h)

include/access.h

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef ACCESS_H
-#define ACCESS_H
-
-#include "services.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-#include "service.h"
-
-enum
-{
-	ACCESS_INVALID = -10000,
-	ACCESS_FOUNDER = 10001
-};
-
-struct CoreExport Privilege
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	Anope::string desc;
-	int rank;
-
-	Privilege(const Anope::string &n, const Anope::string &d, int r);
-	bool operator==(const Privilege &other) const;
-};
-
-class CoreExport PrivilegeManager
-{
-	static std::vector<Privilege> privs;
- public:
-	static void AddPrivilege(Privilege p);
-	static void RemovePrivilege(Privilege &p);
-	static Privilege *FindPrivilege(const Anope::string &name);
-	static std::vector<Privilege> &GetPrivileges();
-	static void ClearPrivileges();
-};
-
-
-class CoreExport AccessProvider : public Service
-{
- public:
-	AccessProvider(Module *o, const Anope::string &n);
-	virtual ~AccessProvider();
-	virtual ChanAccess *Create() = 0;
-
- private:
-	static std::list<AccessProvider *> providers;
- public:
-	static const std::list<AccessProvider *>& GetProviders();
-};
-
-class CoreExport ChanAccess : public Serializable
-{
- public:
-	AccessProvider *provider;
-	serialize_obj<ChannelInfo> ci;
-	Anope::string mask;
-	Anope::string creator;
-	time_t last_seen;
-	time_t created;
-
-	ChanAccess(AccessProvider *p);
-	virtual ~ChanAccess();
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const anope_override;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const anope_override;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
-
-	virtual bool Matches(const User *u, const NickCore *nc) const;
-	virtual bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &name) const = 0;
-	virtual Anope::string Serialize() const = 0;
-	virtual void Unserialize(const Anope::string &data) = 0;
-
-	bool operator>(const ChanAccess &other) const;
-	bool operator<(const ChanAccess &other) const;
-	bool operator>=(const ChanAccess &other) const;
-	bool operator<=(const ChanAccess &other) const;
-};
-
-class CoreExport AccessGroup : public std::vector<ChanAccess *>
-{
- public:
- 	const ChannelInfo *ci;
-	const NickCore *nc;
-	bool SuperAdmin, Founder;
-	AccessGroup();
-	bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &priv) const;
-	const ChanAccess *Highest() const;
-	bool operator>(const AccessGroup &other) const;
-	bool operator<(const AccessGroup &other) const;
-	bool operator>=(const AccessGroup &other) const;
-	bool operator<=(const AccessGroup &other) const;
-};
-
-#endif
-

include/account.h

@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef ACCOUNT_H
-#define ACCOUNT_H
-
-#include "extensible.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "memo.h"
-#include "base.h"
-
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<NickAlias *> nickalias_map;
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<NickCore *> nickcore_map;
-
-extern CoreExport serialize_checker<nickalias_map> NickAliasList;
-extern CoreExport serialize_checker<nickcore_map> NickCoreList;
-
-/* NickServ nickname structures. */
-
-/** Flags set on NickAliases
- */
-enum NickNameFlag
-{
-	NS_BEGIN,
-
-	/* Nick never expires */
-	NS_NO_EXPIRE,
-	/* This nick is being held after a kill by an enforcer client
-	 * or is being SVSHeld. Used by ns_release to determin if something
-	 * should be allowed to be released
-	 */
-	NS_HELD,
-	/* We are taking over this nick, either by SVSNICK or KILL.
-	 * We are waiting for the confirmation of either of these actions to
-	 * proceed. This is checked in NickAlias::OnCancel
-	 */
-	NS_COLLIDED,
-
-	NS_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string NickNameFlagStrings[] = {
-	"BEGIN", "NO_EXPIRE", "HELD", "COLLIDED", ""
-};
-
-/** Flags set on NickCores
- */
-enum NickCoreFlag
-{
-	NI_BEGIN,
-
-	/* Kill others who take this nick */
-	NI_KILLPROTECT,
-	/* Dont recognize unless IDENTIFIED */
-	NI_SECURE,
-	/* Use PRIVMSG instead of NOTICE */
-	NI_MSG,
-	/* Don't allow user to change memo limit */
-	NI_MEMO_HARDMAX,
-	/* Notify of memos at signon and un-away */
-	NI_MEMO_SIGNON,
-	/* Notify of new memos when sent */
-	NI_MEMO_RECEIVE,
-	/* Don't show in LIST to non-servadmins */
-	NI_PRIVATE,
-	/* Don't show email in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_EMAIL,
-	/* Don't show last seen address in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_MASK,
-	/* Don't show last quit message in INFO */
-	NI_HIDE_QUIT,
-	/* Kill in 20 seconds instead of in 60 */
-	NI_KILL_QUICK,
-	/* Kill immediatly */
-	NI_KILL_IMMED,
-	/* User gets email on memo */
-	NI_MEMO_MAIL,
-	/* Don't show services access status */
-	NI_HIDE_STATUS,
-	/* Nickname is suspended */
-	NI_SUSPENDED,
-	/* Autoop nickname in channels */
-	NI_AUTOOP,
-	/* This nickcore is forbidden, which means the nickalias for it is aswell */
-	NI_FORBIDDEN,
-	/* If set means the nick core does not have their email addrses confirmed.
-	 */
-	NI_UNCONFIRMED,
-	/* Chanstats are enabled for this user */
-	NI_STATS,
-
-	NI_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string NickCoreFlagStrings[] = {
-	"BEGIN", "KILLPROTECT", "SECURE", "MSG", "MEMO_HARDMAX", "MEMO_SIGNON", "MEMO_RECEIVE",
-	"PRIVATE", "HIDE_EMAIL", "HIDE_MASK", "HIDE_QUIT", "KILL_QUICK", "KILL_IMMED",
-	"MEMO_MAIL", "HIDE_STATUS", "SUSPENDED", "AUTOOP", "FORBIDDEN", "UNCONFIRMED", "STATS", ""
-};
-
-class CoreExport NickAlias : public Extensible, public Flags<NickNameFlag, NS_END>, public Serializable
-{
-	Anope::string vhost_ident, vhost_host, vhost_creator;
-	time_t vhost_created;
-
- public:
- 	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param nickname The nick
-	 * @param nickcore The nickcore for this nick
-	 */
-	NickAlias(const Anope::string &nickname, NickCore *nickcore);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	~NickAlias();
-
-	Anope::string nick;				/* Nickname */
-	Anope::string last_quit;		/* Last quit message */
-	Anope::string last_realname;	/* Last realname */
-	Anope::string last_usermask;	/* Last usermask */
-	Anope::string last_realhost;	/* Last uncloaked usermask, requires nickserv/auspex to see */
-	time_t time_registered;			/* When the nick was registered */
-	time_t last_seen;				/* When it was seen online for the last time */
-	serialize_obj<NickCore> nc;					/* I'm an alias of this */
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const anope_override;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const anope_override;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
-
-	/** Release a nick
-	 * See the comment in users.cpp
-	 */
-	void Release();
-
-	/** This function is called when a user on this nick either disconnects or changes nick.
-	 * Note that the user isnt necessarially identified to this nick
-	 * See the comment in users.cpp
-	 * @param u The user
-	 */
-	void OnCancel(User *u);
-
- 	/** Set a vhost for the user
-	 * @param ident The ident
-	 * @param host The host
-	 * @param creator Who created the vhost
-	 * @param time When the vhost was craated
-	 */
-	void SetVhost(const Anope::string &ident, const Anope::string &host, const Anope::string &creator, time_t created = Anope::CurTime);
-
-	/** Remove a users vhost
-	 **/
-	void RemoveVhost();
-
-	/** Check if the user has a vhost
-	 * @return true or false
-	 */
-	bool HasVhost() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the vhost ident
-	 * @return the ident
-	 */
-	const Anope::string &GetVhostIdent() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the vhost host
-	 * @return the host
-	 */
-	const Anope::string &GetVhostHost() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve the vhost creator
-	 * @return the creator
-	 */
-	const Anope::string &GetVhostCreator() const;
-
-	/** Retrieve when the vhost was created
-	 * @return the time it was created
-	 */
-	time_t GetVhostCreated() const;
-};
-
-class CoreExport NickCore : public Extensible, public Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END>, public Serializable
-{
- public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param display The display nick
-	 */
-	NickCore(const Anope::string &nickdisplay);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	~NickCore();
-
-	std::list<User *> Users;
-
-	Anope::string display;	/* How the nick is displayed */
-	Anope::string pass;		/* Password of the nicks */
-	Anope::string email;	/* E-mail associated to the nick */
-	Anope::string greet;	/* Greet associated to the nick */
-	Anope::string language;	/* Language name */
-	std::vector<Anope::string> access; /* Access list, vector of strings */
-	std::vector<Anope::string> cert; /* ssl certificate list, vector of strings */
-	MemoInfo memos;
-
-	Oper *o;
-
-	/* Unsaved data */
-	uint16_t channelcount; /* Number of channels currently registered */
-	time_t lastmail;				/* Last time this nick record got a mail */
-	std::list<serialize_obj<NickAlias> > aliases;	/* List of aliases */
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const anope_override;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const anope_override;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
-
-	/** Checks whether this account is a services oper or not.
-	 * @return True if this account is a services oper, false otherwise.
-	 */
-	virtual bool IsServicesOper() const;
-
-	/** Add an entry to the nick's access list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The nick!ident@host entry to add to the access list
-	 *
-	 * Adds a new entry into the access list.
-	 */
-	void AddAccess(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Get an entry from the nick's access list by index
-	 *
-	 * @param entry Index in the access list vector to retrieve
-	 * @return The access list entry of the given index if within bounds, an empty string if the vector is empty or the index is out of bounds
-	 *
-	 * Retrieves an entry from the access list corresponding to the given index.
-	 */
-	Anope::string GetAccess(unsigned entry) const;
-
-	/** Find an entry in the nick's access list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The nick!ident@host entry to search for
-	 * @return True if the entry is found in the access list, false otherwise
-	 *
-	 * Search for an entry within the access list.
-	 */
-	bool FindAccess(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Erase an entry from the nick's access list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The nick!ident@host entry to remove
-	 *
-	 * Removes the specified access list entry from the access list.
-	 */
-	void EraseAccess(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Clears the entire nick's access list
-	 *
-	 * Deletes all the memory allocated in the access list vector and then clears the vector.
-	 */
-	void ClearAccess();
-
-	/** Add an entry to the nick's certificate list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to add to the cert list
-	 *
-	 * Adds a new entry into the cert list.
-	 */
-	void AddCert(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Get an entry from the nick's cert list by index
-	 *
-	 * @param entry Index in the certificaate list vector to retrieve
-	 * @return The fingerprint entry of the given index if within bounds, an empty string if the vector is empty or the index is out of bounds
-	 *
-	 * Retrieves an entry from the certificate list corresponding to the given index.
-	 */
-	Anope::string GetCert(unsigned entry) const;
-
-	/** Find an entry in the nick's cert list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to search for
-	 * @return True if the fingerprint is found in the cert list, false otherwise
-	 *
-	 * Search for an fingerprint within the cert list.
-	 */
-	bool FindCert(const Anope::string &entry) const;
-
-	/** Erase a fingerprint from the nick's certificate list
-	 *
-	 * @param entry The fingerprint to remove
-	 *
-	 * Removes the specified fingerprint from the cert list.
-	 */
-	void EraseCert(const Anope::string &entry);
-
-	/** Clears the entire nick's cert list
-	 *
-	 * Deletes all the memory allocated in the certificate list vector and then clears the vector.
-	 */
-	void ClearCert();
-
-};
-
-extern CoreExport void change_core_display(NickCore *nc);
-extern CoreExport void change_core_display(NickCore *nc, const Anope::string &newdisplay);
-
-extern CoreExport NickAlias *findnick(const Anope::string &nick);
-extern CoreExport NickCore *findcore(const Anope::string &nick);
-extern CoreExport bool is_on_access(const User *u, const NickCore *nc);
-
-#endif // ACCOUNT_H

include/anope.h

@@ -1,701 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- */
-
-#ifndef ANOPE_H
-#define ANOPE_H
-
-#include "hashcomp.h"
-
-namespace Anope
-{
-	template<typename T> class map : public std::map<string, T> { };
-	template<typename T> class insensitive_map : public std::map<string, T, ci::less> { };
-
-	/**
-	 * A wrapper string class around all the other string classes, this class will
-	 * allow us to only require one type of string everywhere that can be converted
-	 * at any time to a specific type of string.
-	 */
-	class CoreExport string
-	{
-	 private:
-		/**
-		 * The actual string is stored in an std::string as it can be converted to
-		 * ci::string, or a C-style string at any time.
-		 */
-		std::string _string;
-	 public:
-		/**
-		 * Extras.
-		 */
-		typedef std::string::iterator iterator;
-		typedef std::string::const_iterator const_iterator;
-		typedef std::string::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator;
-		typedef std::string::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator;
-		typedef std::string::size_type size_type;
-		static const size_type npos = static_cast<size_type>(-1);
-
-		/**
-		 * Constructors that can take in any type of string.
-		 */
-		string() : _string("") { }
-		string(char chr) : _string() { _string = chr; }
-		string(size_type n, char chr) : _string(n, chr) { }
-		string(const char *_str) : _string(_str) { }
-		string(const std::string &_str) : _string(_str) { }
-		string(const ci::string &_str) : _string(_str.c_str()) { }
-		string(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos) : _string(_str._string, pos, n) { }
-		template <class InputIterator> string(InputIterator first, InputIterator last) : _string(first, last) { }
-
-		/**
-		 * Assignment operators, so any type of string can be assigned to this class.
-		 */
-		inline string &operator=(char chr) { this->_string = chr; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator=(const char *_str) { this->_string = _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator=(const std::string &_str) { this->_string = _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator=(const string &_str) { if (this != &_str) this->_string = _str._string; return *this; }
-
-		/**
-		 * Equality operators, to compare to any type of string.
-		 */
-		inline bool operator==(const char *_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool operator==(const std::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool operator==(const string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str._string; }
-
-		inline bool equals_cs(const char *_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool equals_cs(const std::string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str; }
-		inline bool equals_cs(const string &_str) const { return this->_string == _str._string; }
-
-		inline bool equals_ci(const char *_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str; }
-		inline bool equals_ci(const std::string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str.c_str(); }
-		inline bool equals_ci(const string &_str) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()) == _str._string.c_str(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Inequality operators, exact opposites of the above.
-		 */
-		inline bool operator!=(const char *_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
-		inline bool operator!=(const std::string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
-		inline bool operator!=(const string &_str) const { return !operator==(_str); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Compound addition operators, overloaded to do concatenation.
-		 */
-		inline string &operator+=(char chr) { this->_string += chr; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator+=(const char *_str) { this->_string += _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator+=(const std::string &_str) { this->_string += _str; return *this; }
-		inline string &operator+=(const string &_str) { if (this != &_str) this->_string += _str._string; return *this; }
-
-		/**
-		 * Addition operators, overloaded to do concatenation.
-		 */
-		inline const string operator+(char chr) const { return string(*this) += chr; }
-		inline const string operator+(const char *_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
-		inline const string operator+(const std::string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
-		inline const string operator+(const string &_str) const { return string(*this) += _str; }
-
-		friend const string operator+(char chr, const string &str);
-		friend const string operator+(const char *_str, const string &str);
-		friend const string operator+(const std::string &_str, const string &str);
-
-		/**
-		 * Less-than operator.
-		 */
-		inline bool operator<(const string &_str) const { return this->_string < _str._string; }
-
-		/**
-		 * The following functions return the various types of strings.
-		 */
-		inline const char *c_str() const { return this->_string.c_str(); }
-		inline std::string &str() { return this->_string; }
-		inline const std::string &str() const { return this->_string; }
-		inline ci::string ci_str() const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Returns if the string is empty or not.
-		 */
-		inline bool empty() const { return this->_string.empty(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Returns the string's length.
-		 */
-		inline size_type length() const { return this->_string.length(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Returns the size of the currently allocated storage space in the string object.
-		 * This can be equal or greater than the length of the string.
-		 */
-		inline size_type capacity() const { return this->_string.capacity(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Add a char to the end of the string.
-		 */
-		inline void push_back(char c) { return this->_string.push_back(c); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Resizes the string content to n characters.
-		 */
-		inline void resize(size_type n) { return this->_string.resize(n); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Erases characters from the string.
-		 */
-		inline iterator erase(const iterator &i) { return this->_string.erase(i); }
-		inline iterator erase(const iterator &first, const iterator &last) { return this->_string.erase(first, last); }
-		inline void erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = std::string::npos) { this->_string.erase(pos, n); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Trim leading and trailing white spaces from the string.
-		 */
-		inline void trim()
-		{
-			while (!this->_string.empty() && isspace(this->_string[0]))
-				this->_string.erase(this->_string.begin());
-			while (!this->_string.empty() && isspace(this->_string[this->_string.length() - 1]))
-				this->_string.erase(this->_string.length() - 1);
-		}
-
-		/**
-		 * Clears the string.
-		 */
-		inline void clear() { this->_string.clear(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Find substrings of the string.
-		 */
-		inline size_type find(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return this->_string.find(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type find(char chr, size_type pos = 0) const { return this->_string.find(chr, pos); }
-		inline size_type find_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-		inline size_type find_ci(char chr, size_type pos = 0) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find(chr, pos); }
-
-		inline size_type rfind(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return this->_string.rfind(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type rfind(char chr, size_type pos = npos) const { return this->_string.rfind(chr, pos); }
-		inline size_type rfind_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).rfind(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-		inline size_type rfind_ci(char chr, size_type pos = npos) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).rfind(chr, pos); }
-
-		inline size_type find_first_of(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return this->_string.find_first_of(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type find_first_of_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find_first_of(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-
-		inline size_type find_first_not_of(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return this->_string.find_first_not_of(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type find_first_not_of_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = 0) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find_first_not_of(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-
-		inline size_type find_last_of(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return this->_string.find_last_of(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type find_last_of_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find_last_of(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-
-		inline size_type find_last_not_of(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return this->_string.find_last_not_of(_str._string, pos); }
-		inline size_type find_last_not_of_ci(const string &_str, size_type pos = npos) const { return ci::string(this->_string.c_str()).find_last_not_of(ci::string(_str._string.c_str()), pos); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Determine if string consists of only numbers.
-		 */
-		inline bool is_number_only() const { return this->find_first_not_of("0123456789.-") == npos; }
-		inline bool is_pos_number_only() const { return this->find_first_not_of("0123456789.") == npos; }
-
-		/**
-		 * Replace parts of the string.
-		 */
-		inline string replace(size_type pos, size_type n, const string &_str) { return string(this->_string.replace(pos, n, _str._string)); }
-		inline string replace(size_type pos, size_type n, const string &_str, size_type pos1, size_type n1) { return string(this->_string.replace(pos, n, _str._string, pos1, n1)); }
-		inline string replace(size_type pos, size_type n, size_type n1, char chr) { return string(this->_string.replace(pos, n, n1, chr)); }
-		inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, const string &_str) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, _str._string)); }
-		inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, char chr) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, n, chr)); }
-		template <class InputIterator> inline string replace(iterator first, iterator last, InputIterator f, InputIterator l) { return string(this->_string.replace(first, last, f, l)); }
-		inline string replace_all_cs(const string &_orig, const string &_repl)
-		{
-			Anope::string new_string = *this;
-			size_type pos = new_string.find(_orig), orig_length = _orig.length(), repl_length = _repl.length();
-			while (pos != npos)
-			{
-				new_string = new_string.substr(0, pos) + _repl + new_string.substr(pos + orig_length);
-				pos = new_string.find(_orig, pos + repl_length);
-			}
-			return new_string;
-		}
-		inline string replace_all_ci(const string &_orig, const string &_repl)
-		{
-			Anope::string new_string = *this;
-			size_type pos = new_string.find_ci(_orig), orig_length = _orig.length(), repl_length = _repl.length();
-			while (pos != npos)
-			{
-				new_string = new_string.substr(0, pos) + _repl + new_string.substr(pos + orig_length);
-				pos = new_string.find_ci(_orig, pos + repl_length);
-			}
-			return new_string;
-		}
-
-		/**
-		 * Get the string in lowercase.
-		 */
-		inline string lower()
-		{
-			Anope::string new_string = *this;
-			for (size_type i = 0; i < new_string.length(); ++i)
-				new_string[i] = std::tolower(new_string[i], Anope::casemap);
-			return new_string;
-		}
-
-		/**
-		 * Get the string in uppercase.
-		 */
-		inline string upper()
-		{
-			Anope::string new_string = *this;
-			for (size_type i = 0; i < new_string.length(); ++i)
-				new_string[i] = std::toupper(new_string[i], Anope::casemap);
-			return new_string;
-		}
-
-		/**
-		 * Get a substring of the string.
-		 */
-		inline string substr(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos) const { return string(this->_string.substr(pos, n)); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Iterators to the string.
-		 */
-		inline iterator begin() { return this->_string.begin(); }
-		inline const_iterator begin() const { return this->_string.begin(); }
-		inline iterator end() { return this->_string.end(); }
-		inline const_iterator end() const { return this->_string.end(); }
-		inline reverse_iterator rbegin() { return this->_string.rbegin(); }
-		inline const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return this->_string.rbegin(); }
-		inline reverse_iterator rend() { return this->_string.rend(); }
-		inline const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return this->_string.rend(); }
-
-		/**
-		 * Subscript operator, to access individual characters of the string.
-		 */
-		inline char &operator[](size_type n) { return this->_string[n]; }
-		inline const char &operator[](size_type n) const { return this->_string[n]; }
-
-		/**
-		 * Stream insertion operator, must be friend because they cannot be inside the class.
-		 */
-		friend std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &os, const string &_str);
-	};
-
-	/** Hash an Anope::string for unorderd_map, passed as the third template arg to unordered_map
-	 */
-	struct hash
-	{
-		/* VS 2008 specific code */
-		enum { bucket_size = 4, min_buckets = 8 };
-		bool operator()(const string &s1, const string &s2) const;
-		/* End of 2008 specific code */
-
-		/** Hash an Anope::string for unordered_map
-		 * @param s The string
-		 * @return A hash value for the string
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const string &s) const;
-	};
-
-	inline std::ostream &operator<<(std::ostream &os, const string &_str) { return os << _str._string; }
-
-	inline const string operator+(char chr, const string &str) { string tmp(chr); tmp += str; return tmp; }
-	inline const string operator+(const char *_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }
-	inline const string operator+(const std::string &_str, const string &str) { string tmp(_str); tmp += str; return tmp; }
-
-	static const char *const compiled = __TIME__ " " __DATE__;
-
-	/** The current system time, which is pretty close to being accurate.
-	 * Use this unless you need very specific time checks
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport time_t CurTime;
-
-	extern CoreExport string Version();
-	extern CoreExport string VersionShort();
-	extern CoreExport string VersionBuildString();
-	extern CoreExport int VersionMajor();
-	extern CoreExport int VersionMinor();
-	extern CoreExport int VersionPatch();
-
-	/** Check whether two strings match.
-	 * @param str The string to check against the pattern (e.g. foobar)
-	 * @param mask The pattern to check (e.g. foo*bar)
-	 * @param case_sensitive Whether or not the match is case sensitive, default false.
-	 * @param use_regex Whether or not to try regex. case_sensitive is not used in regex.
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport bool Match(const string &str, const string &mask, bool case_sensitive = false, bool use_regex = false);
-
-	/** Find a message in the message table
-	 * @param name The name of the message were looking for
-	 * @return NULL if we cant find it, or a pointer to the Message if we can
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport std::vector<Message *> FindMessage(const string &name);
-
-	/** Converts a string to hex
-	 * @param the data to be converted
-	 * @return a anope::string containing the hex value
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport string Hex(const string &data);
-	extern CoreExport string Hex(const char *data, unsigned len);
-
-	/** Converts a string from hex
-	 * @param src The data to be converted
-	 * @param dest The destination string
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const string &src, string &dest);
-	extern CoreExport void Unhex(const string &src, char *dest, size_t sz);
-	
-	/** Base 64 encode a string
-	 * @param src The string to encode
-	 * @param target Where the encoded string is placed
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport void B64Encode(const string &src, string &target);
-	
-	/** Base 64 decode a string
-	 * @param src The base64 encoded string
-	 * @param target The plain text result
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport void B64Decode(const string &src, string &target);
-
-	/** Returns a sequence of data formatted as the format argument specifies.
-	 ** After the format parameter, the function expects at least as many
-	 ** additional arguments as specified in format.
-	 * @param fmt Format of the Message
-	 * @param ... any number of parameters
-	 * @return a Anope::string
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport string printf(const char *fmt, ...);
-
-	/** Return the last error code
-	 * @return The error code
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport int LastErrorCode();
-
-	/** Return the last error, uses errno/GetLastError() to determine this
-	 * @return An error message
-	 */
-	extern CoreExport const string LastError();
-}
-
-/** sepstream allows for splitting token seperated lists.
- * Each successive call to sepstream::GetToken() returns
- * the next token, until none remain, at which point the method returns
- * an empty string.
- */
-class CoreExport sepstream
-{
- private:
-	/** Original string.
-	 */
-	Anope::string tokens;
-	/** Last position of a seperator token
-	 */
-	Anope::string::iterator last_starting_position;
-	/** Current string position
-	 */
-	Anope::string::iterator n;
-	/** Seperator value
-	 */
-	char sep;
- public:
-	/** Create a sepstream and fill it with the provided data
-	 */
-	sepstream(const Anope::string &source, char seperator);
-	virtual ~sepstream() { }
-
-	/** Fetch the next token from the stream
-	 * @param token The next token from the stream is placed here
-	 * @return True if tokens still remain, false if there are none left
-	 */
-	virtual bool GetToken(Anope::string &token);
-
-	/** Fetch the entire remaining stream, without tokenizing
-	 * @return The remaining part of the stream
-	 */
-	virtual const Anope::string GetRemaining();
-
-	/** Returns true if the end of the stream has been reached
-	 * @return True if the end of the stream has been reached, otherwise false
-	 */
-	virtual bool StreamEnd();
-};
-
-/** A derived form of sepstream, which seperates on commas
- */
-class commasepstream : public sepstream
-{
- public:
-	/** Initialize with comma seperator
-	 */
-	commasepstream(const Anope::string &source) : sepstream(source, ',') { }
-};
-
-/** A derived form of sepstream, which seperates on spaces
- */
-class spacesepstream : public sepstream
-{
- public:
-	/** Initialize with space seperator
-	 */
-	spacesepstream(const Anope::string &source) : sepstream(source, ' ') { }
-};
-
-/** This class can be used on its own to represent an exception, or derived to represent a module-specific exception.
- * When a module whishes to abort, e.g. within a constructor, it should throw an exception using ModuleException or
- * a class derived from ModuleException. If a module throws an exception during its constructor, the module will not
- * be loaded. If this happens, the error message returned by ModuleException::GetReason will be displayed to the user
- * attempting to load the module, or dumped to the console if the ircd is currently loading for the first time.
- */
-class CoreException : public std::exception
-{
- protected:
-	/** Holds the error message to be displayed
-	 */
-	Anope::string err;
-	/** Source of the exception
-	 */
-	Anope::string source;
- public:
-	/** Default constructor, just uses the error mesage 'Core threw an exception'.
-	 */
-	CoreException() : err("Core threw an exception"), source("The core") { }
-	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing.
-	 */
-	CoreException(const Anope::string &message) : err(message), source("The core") { }
-	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing,
-	 * and to specify the source of the exception.
-	 */
-	CoreException(const Anope::string &message, const Anope::string &src) : err(message), source(src) { }
-	/** This destructor solves world hunger, cancels the world debt, and causes the world to end.
-	 * Actually no, it does nothing. Never mind.
-	 * @throws Nothing!
-	 */
-	virtual ~CoreException() throw() { }
-	/** Returns the reason for the exception.
-	 * The module should probably put something informative here as the user will see this upon failure.
-	 */
-	virtual const Anope::string &GetReason() const
-	{
-		return err;
-	}
-
-	virtual const Anope::string &GetSource() const
-	{
-		return source;
-	}
-};
-
-class FatalException : public CoreException
-{
- public:
-	FatalException(const Anope::string &reason = "") : CoreException(reason) { }
-
-	virtual ~FatalException() throw() { }
-};
-
-class ModuleException : public CoreException
-{
- public:
-	/** Default constructor, just uses the error mesage 'Module threw an exception'.
-	 */
-	ModuleException() : CoreException("Module threw an exception", "A Module") { }
-
-	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing.
-	 */
-	ModuleException(const Anope::string &message) : CoreException(message, "A Module") { }
-	/** This destructor solves world hunger, cancels the world debt, and causes the world to end.
-	 * Actually no, it does nothing. Never mind.
-	 * @throws Nothing!
-	 */
-	virtual ~ModuleException() throw() { }
-};
-
-class ConvertException : public CoreException
-{
- public:
-	ConvertException(const Anope::string &reason = "") : CoreException(reason) { }
-
-	virtual ~ConvertException() throw() { }
-};
-
-/** Convert something to a string
- */
-template<typename T> inline Anope::string stringify(const T &x)
-{
-	std::ostringstream stream;
-
-	if (!(stream << x))
-		throw ConvertException("Stringify fail");
-
-	return stream.str();
-}
-
-template<typename T> inline void convert(const Anope::string &s, T &x, Anope::string &leftover, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
-{
-	leftover.clear();
-	std::istringstream i(s.str());
-	char c;
-	bool res = i >> x;
-	if (!res)
-		throw ConvertException("Convert fail");
-	if (failIfLeftoverChars)
-	{
-		if (i.get(c))
-			throw ConvertException("Convert fail");
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		std::string left;
-		getline(i, left);
-		leftover = left;
-	}
-}
-
-template<typename T> inline void convert(const Anope::string &s, T &x, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
-{
-	Anope::string Unused;
-	convert(s, x, Unused, failIfLeftoverChars);
-}
-
-template<typename T> inline T convertTo(const Anope::string &s, Anope::string &leftover, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
-{
-	T x;
-	convert(s, x, leftover, failIfLeftoverChars);
-	return x;
-}
-
-template<typename T> inline T convertTo(const Anope::string &s, bool failIfLeftoverChars = true)
-{
-	T x;
-	convert(s, x, failIfLeftoverChars);
-	return x;
-}
-
-/** Casts to be used instead of dynamic_cast, this uses dynamic_cast
- * for debug builds and static_cast/reinterpret_cast on releass builds
- * to speed up the program because dynamic_cast relies on RTTI.
- */
-#ifdef DEBUG_BUILD
-# include <typeinfo>
-#endif
-template<typename T, typename O> inline T anope_dynamic_static_cast(O ptr)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_BUILD
-	T ret = dynamic_cast<T>(ptr);
-	if (ptr != NULL && ret == NULL)
-		throw CoreException(Anope::string("anope_dynamic_static_cast<") + typeid(T).name() + ">(" + typeid(O).name() + ") fail");
-	return ret;
-#else
-	return static_cast<T>(ptr);
-#endif
-}
-
-template<typename T, typename O> inline T anope_dynamic_reinterpret_cast(O ptr)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_BUILD
-	T ret = dynamic_cast<T>(ptr);
-	if (ptr != NULL && ret == NULL)
-		throw CoreException(Anope::string("anope_dynamic_reinterpret_cast<") + typeid(T).name() + ">(" + typeid(O).name() + ") fail");
-	return ret;
-#else
-	return reinterpret_cast<T>(ptr);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*************************************************************************/
-
-/** Class with the ability to keep flags on items, they should extend from this
- * where T is an enum.
- */
-template<typename T, size_t Size = 32> class Flags
-{
- protected:
-	std::bitset<Size> Flag_Values;
-	const Anope::string *Flag_Strings;
-
- public:
-	Flags() : Flag_Strings(NULL) { }
- 	Flags(const Anope::string *flag_strings) : Flag_Strings(flag_strings) { }
-
-	/** Add a flag to this item
-	 * @param Value The flag
-	 */
-	void SetFlag(T Value)
-	{
-		Flag_Values[Value] = true;
-	}
-
-	/** Remove a flag from this item
-	 * @param Value The flag
-	 */
-	void UnsetFlag(T Value)
-	{
-		Flag_Values[Value] = false;
-	}
-
-	/** Check if this item has a flag
-	 * @param Value The flag
-	 * @return true or false
-	 */
-	bool HasFlag(T Value) const
-	{
-		return Flag_Values.test(Value);
-	}
-
-	/** Check how many flags are set
-	 * @return The number of flags set
-	 */
-	size_t FlagCount() const
-	{
-		return Flag_Values.count();
-	}
-
-	/** Unset all of the flags
-	 */
-	void ClearFlags()
-	{
-		Flag_Values.reset();
-	}
-
-	Anope::string ToString() const
-	{
-		std::vector<Anope::string> v = ToVector();
-		Anope::string flag_buf;
-		for (unsigned i = 0; i < v.size(); ++i)
-			flag_buf += v[i] + " ";
-		flag_buf.trim();
-		return flag_buf;
-	}
-
-	void FromString(const Anope::string &str)
-	{
-		spacesepstream sep(str);
-		Anope::string buf;
-		std::vector<Anope::string> v;
-
-		while (sep.GetToken(buf))
-			v.push_back(buf);
-
-		FromVector(v);
-	}
-
-	std::vector<Anope::string> ToVector() const
-	{
-		std::vector<Anope::string> ret;
-		for (unsigned i = 0; this->Flag_Strings && !this->Flag_Strings[i].empty(); ++i)
-			if (this->HasFlag(static_cast<T>(i)))
-				ret.push_back(this->Flag_Strings[i]);
-		return ret;
-	}
-
-	void FromVector(const std::vector<Anope::string> &strings)
-	{
-		this->ClearFlags();
-
-		for (unsigned i = 0; this->Flag_Strings && !this->Flag_Strings[i].empty(); ++i)
-			for (unsigned j = 0; j < strings.size(); ++j)
-				if (this->Flag_Strings[i] == strings[j])
-					this->SetFlag(static_cast<T>(i));
-	}
-};
-
-#endif // ANOPE_H

include/base.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Adam <Adam@anope.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef BASE_H
-#define BASE_H
-
-#include "services.h"
-
-/** The base class that most classes in Anope inherit from
- */
-class CoreExport Base
-{
-	/* References to this base class */
-	std::set<dynamic_reference_base *> References;
- public:
-	Base();
-	virtual ~Base();
-	void AddReference(dynamic_reference_base *r);
-	void DelReference(dynamic_reference_base *r);
-};
-
-class dynamic_reference_base
-{
- protected:
-	bool invalid;
- public:
-	dynamic_reference_base() : invalid(false) { }
-	dynamic_reference_base(const dynamic_reference_base &other) : invalid(other.invalid) { }
-	virtual ~dynamic_reference_base() { }
-	inline void Invalidate() { this->invalid = true; }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-class dynamic_reference : public dynamic_reference_base
-{
- protected:
-	T *ref;
- public:
- 	dynamic_reference() : ref(NULL)
-	{
-	}
-
-	dynamic_reference(T *obj) : ref(obj)
-	{
-		if (ref)
-			ref->AddReference(this);
-	}
-
-	dynamic_reference(const dynamic_reference<T> &other) : dynamic_reference_base(other), ref(other.ref)
-	{
-		if (operator bool())
-			ref->AddReference(this);
-	}
-
-	virtual ~dynamic_reference()
-	{
-		if (operator bool())
-			ref->DelReference(this);
-	}
-
-	/* We explicitly call operator bool here in several places to prevent other
-	 * operators, such operator T*, from being called instead, which will mess
-	 * with any class inheriting from this that overloads this operator.
-	 */
-	virtual operator bool()
-	{
-		if (!this->invalid)
-			return this->ref != NULL;
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	inline operator T*()
-	{
-		if (operator bool())
-			return this->ref;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	inline T* operator->()
-	{
-		if (operator bool())
-			return this->ref;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	inline void operator=(T *newref)
-	{
-		if (operator bool())
-			this->ref->DelReference(this);
-		this->ref = newref;
-		this->invalid = false;
-		if (operator bool())
-			this->ref->AddReference(this);
-	}
-
-	inline bool operator<(const dynamic_reference<T> &other) const
-	{
-		return this < &other;
-	}
-
-	inline bool operator==(const dynamic_reference<T> &other)
-	{
-		if (!this->invalid)
-			return this->ref == other;
-		return false;
-	}
-};
-
-#endif // BASE_H
-

include/bots.h

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef BOTS_H
-#define BOTS_H
-
-#include "users.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-#include "commands.h"
-
-
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<BotInfo *> botinfo_map;
-typedef Anope::map<BotInfo *> botinfouid_map;
-
-extern CoreExport serialize_checker<botinfo_map> BotListByNick;
-extern CoreExport serialize_checker<botinfouid_map> BotListByUID;
-
-/** Flags settable on a bot
- */
-enum BotFlag
-{
-	BI_BEGIN,
-
-	/* This bot is a core bot. NickServ, ChanServ, etc */
-	BI_CORE,
-	/* This bot can only be assigned by IRCops */
-	BI_PRIVATE,
-	/* This bot is defined in the config */
-	BI_CONF,
-
-	BI_END
-};
-
-static const Anope::string BotFlagString[] = { "BEGIN", "CORE", "PRIVATE", "CONF", "" };
-
-class CoreExport BotInfo : public User, public Flags<BotFlag, BI_END>, public Serializable
-{
- public:
-	time_t created;			/* Birth date ;) */
-	time_t lastmsg;			/* Last time we said something */
-	typedef Anope::insensitive_map<CommandInfo> command_map;
-	command_map commands; /* Commands, actual name to service name */
-	Anope::string botmodes;		/* Modes the bot should have as configured in service:modes */
-	std::vector<Anope::string> botchannels;	/* Channels the bot should be in as configured in service:channels */
-	bool introduced;		/* Whether or not this bot is introduced */
-
-	/** Create a new bot.
-	 * @param nick The nickname to assign to the bot.
-	 * @param user The ident to give the bot.
-	 * @param host The hostname to give the bot.
-	 * @param real The realname to give the bot.
-	 * @param bmodes The modes to give the bot.
-	 */
-	BotInfo(const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &user = "", const Anope::string &host = "", const Anope::string &real = "", const Anope::string &bmodes = "");
-
-	/** Destroy a bot, clearing up appropriately.
-	 */
-	virtual ~BotInfo();
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
-
-	void GenerateUID();
-
-	/** Change the nickname for the bot.
-	 * @param newnick The nick to change to
-	 */
-	void SetNewNick(const Anope::string &newnick);
-
-	/** Rejoins all channels that this bot is assigned to.
-	 * Used on /kill, rename, etc.
-	 */
-	void RejoinAll();
-
-	/** Assign this bot to a given channel, removing the existing assigned bot if one exists.
-	 * @param u The user assigning the bot, or NULL
-	 * @param ci The channel registration to assign the bot to.
-	 */
-	void Assign(User *u, ChannelInfo *ci);
-
-	/** Remove this bot from a given channel.
-	 * @param u The user requesting the unassign, or NULL.
-	 * @param ci The channel registration to remove the bot from.
-	 */
-	void UnAssign(User *u, ChannelInfo *ci);
-
-	/** Get the number of channels this bot is assigned to
-	 */
-	unsigned GetChannelCount() const;
-
-	/** Join this bot to a channel
-	 * @param c The channel
-	 * @param status The status the bot should have on the channel
-	 */
-	void Join(Channel *c, ChannelStatus *status = NULL);
-
-	/** Join this bot to a channel
-	 * @param chname The channel name
-	 * @param status The status the bot should have on the channel
-	 */
-	void Join(const Anope::string &chname, ChannelStatus *status = NULL);
-
-	/** Part this bot from a channel
-	 * @param c The channel
-	 * @param reason The reason we're parting
-	 */
-	void Part(Channel *c, const Anope::string &reason = "");
-
-	/** Called when a user messages this bot
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param message The users' message
-	 */
-	virtual void OnMessage(User *u, const Anope::string &message);
-
-	/** Link a command name to a command in services
-	 * @param cname The command name
-	 * @param sname The service name
-	 * @param permission Permission required to execute the command, if any
-	 */
-	void SetCommand(const Anope::string &cname, const Anope::string &sname, const Anope::string &permission = "");
-
-	/** Get command info for a command
-	 * @param cname The command name
-	 * @return A struct containing service name and permission
-	 */
-	CommandInfo *GetCommand(const Anope::string &cname);
-};
-
-extern CoreExport BotInfo *findbot(const Anope::string &nick);
-
-extern CoreExport void bot_raw_ban(User *requester, ChannelInfo *ci, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
-extern CoreExport void bot_raw_kick(User *requester, ChannelInfo *ci, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-#endif // BOTS_H

include/botserv.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef BOTSERV_H
-#define BOTSERV_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-
-/* BotServ SET flags */
-enum BotServFlag
-{
-	BS_BEGIN,
-	/* BotServ won't kick ops */
-	BS_DONTKICKOPS,
-	/* BotServ won't kick voices */
-	BS_DONTKICKVOICES,
-	/* BotServ bot accepts fantasy commands */
-	BS_FANTASY,
-	/* BotServ should show greets */
-	BS_GREET,
-	/* BotServ bots are not allowed to be in this channel */
-	BS_NOBOT,
-	/* BotServ kicks for bolds */
-	BS_KICK_BOLDS,
-	/* BotServ kicks for colors */
-	BS_KICK_COLORS,
-	/* BOtServ kicks for reverses */
-	BS_KICK_REVERSES,
-	/* BotServ kicks for underlines */
-	BS_KICK_UNDERLINES,
-	/* BotServ kicks for badwords */
-	BS_KICK_BADWORDS,
-	/* BotServ kicks for caps */
-	BS_KICK_CAPS,
-	/* BotServ kicks for flood */
-	BS_KICK_FLOOD,
-	/* BotServ kicks for repeating */
-	BS_KICK_REPEAT,
-	/* BotServ kicks for italics */
-	BS_KICK_ITALICS,
-	/* BotServ kicks for amsgs */
-	BS_KICK_AMSGS,
-	BS_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string BotServFlagStrings[] = {
-	"BEGIN", "DONTKICKOPS", "DONTKICKVOICES", "FANTASY", "GREET", "NOBOT",
-	"KICK_BOLDs", "KICK_COLORS", "KICK_REVERSES", "KICK_UNDERLINES", "KICK_BADWORDS", "KICK_CAPS",
-	"KICK_FLOOD", "KICK_REPEAT", "KICK_ITALICS", "KICK_AMSGS", "MSG_PRIVMSG", "MSG_NOTICE",
-	"MSG_NOTICEOPS", ""
-};
-
-/* Indices for TTB (Times To Ban) */
-enum
-{
-	TTB_BOLDS,
-	TTB_COLORS,
-	TTB_REVERSES,
-	TTB_UNDERLINES,
-	TTB_BADWORDS,
-	TTB_CAPS,
-	TTB_FLOOD,
-	TTB_REPEAT,
-	TTB_ITALICS,
-	TTB_AMSGS,
-	TTB_SIZE
-};
-
-#endif // BOTSERV_H

include/channels.h

@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-/* Channel support
- *
- * (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef CHANNELS_H
-#define CHANNELS_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "extensible.h"
-#include "modes.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-
-typedef Anope::insensitive_map<Channel *> channel_map;
-extern CoreExport channel_map ChannelList;
-
-struct UserContainer : public Extensible
-{
-	User *user;
-	ChannelStatus *Status;
-
-	UserContainer(User *u) : user(u) { }
-	virtual ~UserContainer() { }
-};
-
-typedef std::list<UserContainer *> CUserList;
-
-enum ChannelFlag
-{
-	/* ChanServ is currently holding the channel */
-	CH_INHABIT,
-	/* Channel still exists when emptied */
-	CH_PERSIST,
-	/* If set the channel is syncing users (channel was just created) and it should not be deleted */
-	CH_SYNCING
-};
-
-const Anope::string ChannelFlagString[] = { "CH_INABIT", "CH_PERSIST", "CH_SYNCING", "" };
-
-class CoreExport Channel : public virtual Base, public Extensible, public Flags<ChannelFlag, 3>
-{
- public:
-	typedef std::multimap<ChannelModeName, Anope::string> ModeList;
- private:
-	/** A map of channel modes with their parameters set on this channel
-	 */
-	ModeList modes;
-
- public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param name The channel name
-	 * @param ts The time the channel was created
-	 */
-	Channel(const Anope::string &nname, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	~Channel();
-
-	Anope::string name;		/* Channel name */
-	serialize_obj<ChannelInfo> ci;	/* Corresponding ChannelInfo */
-	time_t creation_time;	/* When channel was created */
-
-	/* List of users in the channel */
-	CUserList users;
-
-	Anope::string topic;		/* Current topic of the channel */
-	Anope::string topic_setter;	/* Who set the topic */
-	time_t topic_time;		/* When the topic was set*/
-
-	time_t server_modetime;		/* Time of last server MODE */
-	time_t chanserv_modetime;	/* Time of last check_modes() */
-	int16_t server_modecount;	/* Number of server MODEs this second */
-	int16_t chanserv_modecount;	/* Number of check_mode()'s this sec */
-	int16_t bouncy_modes;		/* Did we fail to set modes here? */
-
-	/** Call if we need to unset all modes and clear all user status (internally).
-	 * Only useful if we get a SJOIN with a TS older than what we have here
-	 */
-	void Reset();
-
-	/** Restore the channel topic, set mlock (key), set stickied bans, etc
-	 */
-	void Sync();
-
-	/** Check if a channels modes are correct.
-	 */
-	void CheckModes();
-
-	/** Join a user internally to the channel
-	 * @param u The user
-	 */
-	void JoinUser(User *u);
-
-	/** Remove a user internally from the channel
-	 * @param u The user
-	 */
-	void DeleteUser(User *u);
-
-	/** Check if the user is on the channel
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @return A user container if found, else NULL
-	 */
-	UserContainer *FindUser(const User *u) const;
-
-	/** Check if a user has a status on a channel
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param cms The status mode, or NULL to represent no status
-	 * @return true or false
-	 */
-	bool HasUserStatus(const User *u, ChannelModeStatus *cms) const;
-
-	/** Check if a user has a status on a channel
-	 * Use the overloaded function for ChannelModeStatus* to check for no status
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param Name The Mode name, eg CMODE_OP, CMODE_VOICE
-	 * @return true or false
-	 */
-	bool HasUserStatus(const User *u, ChannelModeName Name) const;
-
-	/** See if a channel has a mode
-	 * @param Name The mode name
-	 * @return The number of modes set
- 	 * @param param The optional mode param
-	 */
-	size_t HasMode(ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "");
-
-	/** Get a list of modes on a channel
-	 * @param Name A mode name to get the list of
-	 * @return a pair of iterators for the beginning and end of the list
-	 */
-	std::pair<ModeList::iterator, ModeList::iterator> GetModeList(ChannelModeName Name);
-
-	/** Set a mode internally on a channel, this is not sent out to the IRCd
-	 * @param setter The setter
-	 * @param cm The mode
-	 * @param param The param
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void SetModeInternal(User *setter, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/** Remove a mode internally on a channel, this is not sent out to the IRCd
-	 * @param setter The Setter
-	 * @param cm The mode
-	 * @param param The param
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void RemoveModeInternal(User *setter, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/** Set a mode on a channel
-	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param cm The mode
-	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/**
-	 * Set a mode on a channel
-	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param Name The mode name
-	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void SetMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/** Remove a mode from a channel
-	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param cm The mode
-	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelMode *cm, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/**
-	 * Remove a mode from a channel
-	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param Name The mode name
-	 * @param param Optional param arg for the mode
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true if mlocks should be enforced, false to override mlock
-	 */
-	void RemoveMode(BotInfo *bi, ChannelModeName Name, const Anope::string &param = "", bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/** Get a param from the channel
-	 * @param Name The mode
-	 * @param Target a string to put the param into
-	 * @return true on success
-	 */
-	bool GetParam(ChannelModeName Name, Anope::string &Target) const;
-
-	/** Set a string of modes on the channel
-	 * @param bi The client setting the modes
-	 * @param EnforceMLock Should mlock be enforced on this mode change
-	 * @param cmodes The modes to set
-	 */
-	void SetModes(BotInfo *bi, bool EnforceMLock, const char *cmodes, ...);
-
-	/** Set a string of modes internally on a channel
-	 * @param setter the setter (if it is a user)
-	 * @param mode the modes
-	 * @param EnforceMLock true to enforce mlock
-	 */
-	void SetModesInternal(User *setter, const Anope::string &mode, bool EnforceMLock = true);
-
-	/** Kick a user from a channel internally
-	 * @param source The sender of the kick
-	 * @param nick The nick being kicked
-	 * @param reason The reason for the kick
-	 */
-	void KickInternal(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &nick, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-	/** Kick a user from the channel
-	 * @param bi The sender, can be NULL for the service bot for this channel
-	 * @param u The user being kicked
-	 * @param reason The reason for the kick
-	 * @return true if the kick was scucessful, false if a module blocked the kick
-	 */
-	bool Kick(BotInfo *bi, User *u, const char *reason = NULL, ...);
-
-	/** Get a string of the modes set on this channel
-	 * @param complete Include mode parameters
-	 * @param plus If set to false (with complete), mode parameters will not be given for modes requring no parameters to be unset
-	 * @return A mode string
-	 */
-	Anope::string GetModes(bool complete, bool plus);
-
-	/** Update the topic of the channel internally, and reset it if topiclock etc says to
-	 * @param user THe user setting the new topic
-	 * @param newtopic The new topic
-	 * @param ts The time the new topic is being set
-	 */
-	void ChangeTopicInternal(const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &newtopic, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
-
-	/** Update the topic of the channel, and reset it if topiclock etc says to
-	 * @param user The user setting the topic
-	 * @param newtopic The new topic
-	 * @param ts The time when the new topic is being set
-	 */
-	void ChangeTopic(const Anope::string &user, const Anope::string &newtopic, time_t ts = Anope::CurTime);
-
-	/** Hold the channel open using ChanServ
-	 */
-	void Hold();
-};
-
-extern CoreExport Channel *findchan(const Anope::string &chan);
-
-extern CoreExport User *nc_on_chan(Channel *c, const NickCore *nc);
-
-extern CoreExport void do_cmode(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channel, const Anope::string &modes, const Anope::string &ts);
-extern CoreExport void do_join(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channels, const Anope::string &ts);
-extern CoreExport void do_kick(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channel, const Anope::string &users, const Anope::string &reason);
-extern CoreExport void do_part(const Anope::string &source, const Anope::string &channels, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-extern CoreExport void chan_set_correct_modes(const User *user, Channel *c, int give_modes);
-
-#endif // CHANNELS_H

include/commands.h

@@ -1,147 +1,33 @@
 /* Declarations for command data.
  *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
  * Contact us at team@anope.org
  *
  * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
  *
  * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
  */
 
-#ifndef COMMAND_H
-#define COMMAND_H
+ #include "modules.h"
 
-#include "service.h"
-#include "anope.h"
+/*************************************************************************/
 
-enum CommandFlag
-{
-	CFLAG_ALLOW_UNREGISTERED,
-	CFLAG_STRIP_CHANNEL
-};
-
-const Anope::string CommandFlagStrings[] = {
-	"CFLAG_ALLOW_UNREGISTERED",
-	"CFLAG_STRIP_CHANNEL",
-	""
-};
-
-struct CommandInfo
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	Anope::string permission;
-};
-
-struct CommandReply
-{
-	virtual void SendMessage(const BotInfo *source, const Anope::string &msg) = 0;
-};
-
-/* The source for a command */
-class CoreExport CommandSource
-{
-	/* The nick executing the command */
-	Anope::string nick;
-	/* User executing the command, may be NULL */
-	User *u;
- public:
-	/* The account executing the command */
-	NickCore *nc;
-	/* Where the reply should go */
-	CommandReply *reply;
-	/* Channel the command was executed on (fantasy) */
-	Channel *c;
-	/* The service this command is on */
-	BotInfo *owner;
-	/* The service the reply should come from, *not* necessarily the service the command is on */
-	BotInfo *service;
-	/* The actual name of the command being executed */
-	Anope::string command;
-	/* The permission of the command being executed */
-	Anope::string permission;
-
-	CommandSource(const Anope::string &n, User *user, NickCore *core, CommandReply *reply);
-
-	const Anope::string &GetNick() const;
-	User *GetUser() const;
-	AccessGroup AccessFor(ChannelInfo *ci) const;
-	bool IsFounder(ChannelInfo *ci) const;
-
-	void Reply(const char *message, ...);
-	void Reply(const Anope::string &message);
-
-	bool HasCommand(const Anope::string &cmd);
-	bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &cmd);
-	bool IsServicesOper() const;
-	bool IsOper() const;
-};
-
-/** Every services command is a class, inheriting from Command.
+/* Routines for looking up commands.  Command lists are arrays that must be
+ * terminated with a NULL name.
  */
-class CoreExport Command : public Service, public Flags<CommandFlag>
-{
-	Anope::string desc;
-	std::vector<Anope::string> syntax;
 
- public:
- 	/* Maximum paramaters accepted by this command */
-	size_t MaxParams;
-	/* Minimum parameters required to use this command */
-	size_t MinParams;
+extern MDE Command *lookup_cmd(Command *list, char *name);
+extern void run_cmd(char *service, User *u, Command *list,
+		char *name);
+extern void help_cmd(char *service, User *u, Command *list,
+		char *name);
+extern void do_run_cmd(char *service, User * u, Command *c,const char *cmd);
+extern MDE void do_help_limited(char *service, User * u, Command * c);
+extern void do_help_cmd(char *service, User * u, Command *c,const char *cmd);
+extern MDE void mod_help_cmd(char *service, User *u, CommandHash *cmdTable[],const char *cmd);
+extern MDE void mod_run_cmd(char *service, User *u, CommandHash *cmdTable[],const char *cmd);
 
-	/* Module which owns us */
-	Module *module;
-
-	/** Create a new command.
-	 * @param owner The owner of the command
-	 * @param sname The command name
-	 * @param min_params The minimum number of parameters the parser will require to execute this command
-	 * @param max_params The maximum number of parameters the parser will create, after max_params, all will be combined into the last argument.
-	 * NOTE: If max_params is not set (default), there is no limit to the max number of params.
-	 */
-	Command(Module *owner, const Anope::string &sname, size_t min_params, size_t max_params = 0);
-
-	virtual ~Command();
-
- protected:
-	void SetDesc(const Anope::string &d);
-
-	void ClearSyntax();
-	void SetSyntax(const Anope::string &s);
-	void SendSyntax(CommandSource &);
-	void SendSyntax(CommandSource &, const Anope::string &syntax);
- public:
- 	/** Get the command description
-	 * @return The commands description
-	 */
- 	const Anope::string &GetDesc() const;
-
-	/** Execute this command.
-	 * @param source The source
-	 * @param params Command parameters
-	 */
-	virtual void Execute(CommandSource &source, const std::vector<Anope::string> &params) = 0;
-
-	/** Called when HELP is requsted for the client this command is on.
-	 * @param source The source
-	 */
-	virtual void OnServHelp(CommandSource &source);
-
-	/** Requested when the user is requesting help on this command. Help on this command should be sent to the user.
-	 * @param source The source
-	 * @param subcommand The subcommand the user is requesting help on, or an empty string. (e.g. /ns help set foo bar lol gives a subcommand of "FOO BAR LOL")
-	 * @return true if help was provided to the user, false otherwise.
-	 */
-	virtual bool OnHelp(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &subcommand);
-
-	/** Requested when the user provides bad syntax to this command (not enough params, etc).
-	 * @param source The source
-	 * @param subcommand The subcommand the user tried to use
-	 */
-	virtual void OnSyntaxError(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &subcommand);
-};
-
-extern CoreExport void RunCommand(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &message);
-
-#endif // COMMANDS_H
+/*************************************************************************/

include/config.h

@@ -1,810 +1,75 @@
-/*
+/* Services configuration.
  *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
  * Contact us at team@anope.org
  *
  * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
  *
  * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
  *
  */
 
 #ifndef CONFIG_H
 #define CONFIG_H
 
-#include "account.h"
-#include "regchannel.h"
-#include "users.h"
+/* Note that most of the options which used to be here have been moved to
+ * services.conf. */
 
-/** A configuration key and value pair
+/*************************************************************************/
+
+/******* General configuration *******/
+
+/* Name of configuration file (in Services directory) */
+#define SERVICES_CONF	"services.conf"
+
+/* Name of log file (in Services directory) */
+#define LOG_FILENAME	"services.log"
+
+/* Maximum amount of data from/to the network to buffer (bytes). */
+#define NET_BUFSIZE	65536
+
+/******* OperServ configuration *******/
+
+/* Define this to enable OperServ's svs commands (superadmin only). */
+ #define USE_OSSVS 
+
+/* Define this to enable OperServ's debugging commands (Services root
+ * only).  These commands are undocumented; "use the source, Luke!" */
+/* #define DEBUG_COMMANDS */
+
+/******************* END OF USER-CONFIGURABLE SECTION ********************/
+
+/* Size of input buffer (note: this is different from BUFSIZ)
+ * This must be big enough to hold at least one full IRC message, or messy
+ * things will happen. */
+#define BUFSIZE		1024
+
+/* Extra warning:  If you change CHANMAX, your ChanServ database will be
+ * unusable. 
  */
-typedef std::pair<Anope::string, Anope::string> KeyVal;
 
-/** A list of related configuration keys and values
- */
-typedef std::vector<KeyVal> KeyValList;
+/* Maximum length of a channel name, including the trailing null.  Any
+ * channels with a length longer than (CHANMAX-1) including the leading #
+ * will not be usable with ChanServ. */
+#define CHANMAX		64
 
-/** An entire config file, built up of KeyValLists
- */
-typedef std::multimap<Anope::string, KeyValList> ConfigDataHash;
+/* Maximum length of a nickname, including the trailing null.  This MUST be
+ * at least one greater than the maximum allowable nickname length on your
+ * network, or people will run into problems using Services!  The default
+ * (32) works with all servers I know of. */
+#define NICKMAX		32
 
-// Required forward definitions
+/* Maximum length of a password */
+#define PASSMAX		32
 
-/** Types of data in the core config
- */
-enum ConfigDataType
-{
-	DT_NOTHING, // No data
-	DT_INTEGER, // Integer
-	DT_UINTEGER, // Unsigned Integer
-	DT_LUINTEGER, // Long Unsigned Integer
-	DT_STRING, // Anope::string
-	DT_BOOLEAN, // Boolean
-	DT_HOSTNAME, // Hostname syntax
-	DT_NOSPACES, // No spaces
-	DT_IPADDRESS, // IP address (v4, v6)
-	DT_TIME, // Time value
-	DT_NORELOAD = 32, // Item can't be reloaded after startup
-	DT_ALLOW_WILD = 64, // Allow wildcards/CIDR in DT_IPADDRESS
-	DT_ALLOW_NEWLINE = 128, // New line characters allowed in DT_STRING
-	DT_ALLOW_EMPTY = 256 // Allow empty value
-};
+/* Maximum length of a username */
+#define USERMAX		10
 
-/** Holds a config value, either string, integer or boolean.
- * Callback functions receive one or more of these, either on
- * their own as a reference, or in a reference to a deque of them.
- * The callback function can then alter the values of the ValueItem
- * classes to validate the settings.
- */
-class CoreExport ValueItem
-{
- private:
-	/** Actual data */
-	Anope::string v;
- public:
- 	/** Initialize with nothing */
- 	ValueItem();
-	/** Initialize with an int */
-	ValueItem(int);
-	/** Initialize with a bool */
-	ValueItem(bool);
-	/** Initialize with an Anope::string */
-	ValueItem(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Initialize with a long */
-	ValueItem(long);
-	/** Change value to an Anope::string */
-	void Set(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Change value to an int */
-	void Set(int);
-	/** Get value as an int */
-	int GetInteger() const;
-	/** Get value as a string */
-	const char *GetString() const;
-	/** Get value as an Anope::string */
-	inline const Anope::string &GetValue() const { return v; }
-	/** Get value as a bool */
-	bool GetBool() const;
-};
+/* Maximum length of a domain */
+#define HOSTMAX		64
 
-/** The base class of the container 'ValueContainer'
- * used internally by the core to hold core values.
- */
-class ValueContainerBase
-{
- public:
-	/** Constructor */
-	ValueContainerBase() { }
-	/** Destructor */
-	virtual ~ValueContainerBase() { }
-};
+/**************************************************************************/
 
-/** ValueContainer is used to contain pointers to different
- * core values such as the server name, maximum number of
- * clients etc.
- * It is specialized to hold a data type, then pointed at
- * a value in the ServerConfig class. When the value has been
- * read and validated, the Set method is called to write the
- * value safely in a type-safe manner.
- */
-template<typename T> class ValueContainer : public ValueContainerBase
-{
- private:
-	/** Contained item */
-	T val;
- public:
-	/** Initialize with nothing */
-	ValueContainer() : ValueContainerBase(), val(NULL) { }
-	/** Initialize with a value of type T */
-	ValueContainer(T Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val) { }
-	/** Initialize with a copy */
-	ValueContainer(const ValueContainer &Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val.val) { }
-	ValueContainer &operator=(const ValueContainer &Val)
-	{
-		val = Val.val;
-		return *this;
-	}
-	/** Change value to type T of size s */
-	void Set(const T newval, size_t s)
-	{
-		memcpy(val, newval, s);
-	}
-};
-
-/** This a specific version of ValueContainer to handle Anope::string specially
- */
-template<> class ValueContainer<Anope::string *> : public ValueContainerBase
-{
- private:
-	/** Contained item */
-	Anope::string *val;
- public:
-	/** Initialize with nothing */
-	ValueContainer() : ValueContainerBase(), val(NULL) { }
-	/** Initialize with an std::string */
-	ValueContainer(Anope::string *Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val) { }
-	/** Initialize with a copy */
-	ValueContainer(const ValueContainer &Val) : ValueContainerBase(), val(Val.val) { }
-	ValueContainer &operator=(const ValueContainer &Val)
-	{
-		val = Val.val;
-		return *this;
-	}
-
-	/** Change value to given Anope::string */
-	void Set(const Anope::string &newval)
-	{
-		*val = newval;
-	}
-	/** Change value to given char pointer */
-	void Set(const char *newval)
-	{
-		*val = newval;
-	}
-};
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to a bool
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<bool *> ValueContainerBool;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an unsigned int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<unsigned *> ValueContainerUInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * a long unsigned int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<long unsigned *> ValueContainerLUInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an int
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<int *> ValueContainerInt;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * a time_t
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<time_t *> ValueContainerTime;
-
-/** A specialization of ValueContainer to hold a pointer to
- * an Anope::string
- */
-typedef ValueContainer<Anope::string *> ValueContainerString;
-
-/** A set of ValueItems used by multi-value validator functions
- */
-typedef std::deque<ValueItem> ValueList;
-
-/** A callback for validating a single value
- */
-typedef bool (*Validator)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &);
-/** A callback for validating multiple value entries
- */
-typedef bool (*MultiValidator)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string *, ValueList &, int *);
-/** A callback indicating the end of a group of entries
- */
-typedef bool (*MultiNotify)(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &);
-
-bool ValidateNotEmpty(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateNotZero(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateEmailReg(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidatePort(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGuestPrefix(ServerConfig *conf, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateBantype(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateChanServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateMemoServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateBotServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateHostServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateLimitSessions(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateOperServ(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGlobal(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateNickLen(ServerConfig *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateMail(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-bool ValidateGlobalOnCycle(ServerConfig *config, const Anope::string &tag, const Anope::string &value, ValueItem &data);
-
-/** Represents a configuration file
- */
-class ConfigurationFile
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	bool executable;
-	FILE *fp;
- public:
-	ConfigurationFile(const Anope::string &, bool);
-	~ConfigurationFile();
-	const Anope::string &GetName() const;
-
-	bool IsOpen() const;
-	bool Open();
-	void Close();
-	bool End() const;
-	Anope::string Read();
-};
-
-/** Holds all of the core configuration items
- */
-class CoreExport ConfigItems
-{
- public:
-	/** Holds a core configuration item and its callbacks
-	 */
-	struct Item
-	{
-		/** Tag name */
-		Anope::string tag;
-		/** Value name */
-		Anope::string value;
-		/** Default, if not defined */
-		Anope::string default_value;
-		/** Value containers */
-		ValueContainerBase *val;
-		/** Data types */
-		int datatype;
-		/** Validation function */
-		Validator validation_function;
-	} *Values;
-
-	/** Holds a core configuration item and its callbacks
-	 * where there may be more than one item
-	 */
-	struct MultiItem
-	{
-		/** Tag name */
-		Anope::string tag;
-		/** One or more items within tag */
-		Anope::string items[17];
-		/** One or more defaults for items within tags */
-		Anope::string items_default[17];
-		/** One or more data types */
-		int datatype[17];
-		/** Initialization function */
-		MultiNotify init_function;
-		/** Validation function */
-		MultiValidator validation_function;
-		/** Completion function */
-		MultiNotify finish_function;
-	} *MultiValues;
-
-	ConfigItems(ServerConfig *conf);
-	~ConfigItems();
-};
-
-/** This class holds the bulk of the runtime configuration for Anope.
- * It allows for reading new config values, accessing configuration files,
- * and storage of the configuration data needed to run Anope.
- */
-class CoreExport ServerConfig
-{
- private:
-	/** Check that there is only one of each configuration item
-	 */
-	bool CheckOnce(const Anope::string &);
- public:
-	/** This holds all the information in the config file,
-	 * it's indexed by tag name to a vector of key/values.
-	 */
-	ConfigDataHash config_data;
-	/** Construct a new ServerConfig
-	 */
-	ServerConfig();
-
-	/** Read the entire configuration into memory
-	 * and initialize this class. All other methods
-	 * should be used only by the core.
-	 */
-	void Read();
-	/** Load the configuration file into 'this'. With the new config parser everything is parsed into
-	 * tag/key/value at load-time rather than at read-value time.
-	 */
-	void LoadConf(ConfigurationFile &file);
-	// Both these return true if the value existed or false otherwise
-	/** Writes 'length' chars into 'result' as a string
-	 */
-	bool ConfValue(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, Anope::string &, bool = false);
-	/** Writes 'length' chars into 'result' as a string
-	 */
-	bool ConfValue(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, Anope::string &, bool = false);
-	/** Tries to convert the value to an integer and write it to 'result'
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueInteger(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, int &);
-	/** Tries to convert the value to an integer and write it to 'result'
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueInteger(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, int &);
-	/** Returns true if the value exists and has a true value, false otherwise
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueBool(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Returns true if the value exists and has a true value, false otherwise
-	 */
-	bool ConfValueBool(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Returns the number of occurences of tag in the config file
-	 */
-	int ConfValueEnum(const ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &);
-	/** Returns the numbers of vars inside the index'th 'tag in the config file
-	 */
-	int ConfVarEnum(ConfigDataHash &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	void ValidateHostname(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) const;
-	void ValidateIP(const Anope::string &p, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, bool) const;
-	void ValidateNoSpaces(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) const;
-
-	struct Uplink
-	{
-		Anope::string host;
-		unsigned port;
-		Anope::string password;
-		bool ipv6;
-
-		Uplink(const Anope::string &_host, int _port, const Anope::string &_password, bool _ipv6) : host(_host), port(_port), password(_password), ipv6(_ipv6) { }
-		bool operator==(const Uplink &other) const
-		{
-			if (this->host != other.host)
-				return false;
-			if (this->port != other.port)
-				return false;
-			if (this->password != other.password)
-				return false;
-			if (this->ipv6 != other.ipv6)
-				return false;
-			return true;
-		}
-		inline bool operator!=(const Uplink &other) const { return !(*this == other); }
-	};
-
-	/** Below here is a list of variables which contain the config files values
-	 */
-	/* Host to bind to */
-	Anope::string LocalHost;
-	/* List of uplink servers to try and connect to */
-	std::vector<Uplink *> Uplinks;
-
-	/* Our server name */
-	Anope::string ServerName;
-	/* Our servers description */
-	Anope::string ServerDesc;
-
-	/* Name of the network were on */
-	Anope::string NetworkName;
-	/* The max legnth of nicks */
-	unsigned NickLen;
-	/* Max length of idents */
-	unsigned UserLen;
-	/* Max lenght of hostnames */
-	unsigned HostLen;
-
-	/* Casemapping to use */
-	Anope::string CaseMap;
-
-	/* Max length of passwords */
-	unsigned PassLen;
-
-	/* Filename for the PID file */
-	Anope::string PIDFilename;
-	/* MOTD filename */
-	Anope::string MOTDFilename;
-
-	Anope::string BotServ;
-	Anope::string ChanServ;
-	Anope::string Global;
-	Anope::string HostServ;
-	Anope::string NickServ;
-	Anope::string OperServ;
-	Anope::string MemoServ;
-
-	/* True if its ok to not be able to save backs */
-	bool NoBackupOkay;
-	/* Do password checking when new people register */
-	bool StrictPasswords;
-	/* How many times you're allowed to give a bad password before being killed */
-	unsigned BadPassLimit;
-	/* How long before bad passwords are forgotten */
-	time_t BadPassTimeout;
-	/* Delay between automatic database updates */
-	time_t UpdateTimeout;
-	/* Delay between checks for expired nicks and channels */
-	time_t ExpireTimeout;
-	/* How long to wait for something from the uplink, this is passed to select() */
-	time_t ReadTimeout;
-	/* How often to send program errors */
-	time_t WarningTimeout;
-	/* How long to process things such as timers to see if there is anything to calll */
-	time_t TimeoutCheck;
-	/* Number of days backups are kept */
-	int KeepBackups;
-	/* Forbidding requires a reason */
-	bool ForceForbidReason;
-	/* Services should use privmsgs instead of notices */
-	bool UsePrivmsg;
-	/* Services only respond to full PRIVMSG client@services.server.name messages */
-	bool UseStrictPrivMsg;
-	/* This is not a configurable option.
-	 * Config::Config will set it depending on the value of UseStrictPrivMsg */
-	Anope::string UseStrictPrivMsgString;
-	/* Number of seconds between consecutive uses of the REGISTER command
-	 * Not to be confused with NSRegDelay */
-	unsigned NickRegDelay;
-	/* Max number if news items allowed in the list */
-	unsigned NewsCount;
-	/* Default mlock modes */
-	Anope::string MLock;
-	/* Unmlockable modes */
-	Anope::string NoMLock;
-	/* Modes that are required to be on registered channels */
-	Anope::string CSRequire;
-	/* Use server side mlock */
-	bool UseServerSideMLock;
-	/* Default botmodes on channels, defaults to ao */
-	Anope::string BotModes;
-	/* THe actual modes */
-	ChannelStatus BotModeList;
-	/* How long to wait between connection attempts */
-	int RetryWait;
-	/* If services should hide unprivileged commands */
-	bool HidePrivilegedCommands;
-	/* If set, nicks cant be owned/everything is entirely account based */
-	bool NoNicknameOwnership;
-	/* Regex engine to use */
-	Anope::string RegexEngine;
-
-	/* A vector of our logfile options */
-	std::vector<LogInfo *> LogInfos;
-
-	/* Services can use email */
-	bool UseMail;
-	/* Path to the sendmail executable */
-	Anope::string SendMailPath;
-	/* Address to send from */
-	Anope::string SendFrom;
-	/* Only opers can have services send mail */
-	bool RestrictMail;
-	/* Delay between sending mail */
-	time_t MailDelay;
-	/* Don't quote the To: address */
-	bool DontQuoteAddresses;
-	/* Mail messages to send */
-	Anope::string MailRegistrationSubject, MailRegistrationMessage;
-	Anope::string MailResetSubject, MailResetMessage;
-	Anope::string MailSendpassSubject, MailSendpassMessage;
-	Anope::string MailEmailchangeSubject, MailEmailchangeMessage;
-	Anope::string MailMemoSubject, MailMemoMessage;
-
-	/* Nameserver to use for resolving hostnames */
-	Anope::string NameServer;
-	/* TIme before a DNS query is considered dead */
-	time_t DNSTimeout;
-
-	/* Prefix of guest nicks when a user gets forced off of a nick */
-	Anope::string NSGuestNickPrefix;
-	/* Allow users to set kill immed on */
-	bool NSAllowKillImmed;
-	/* Don't allow nicks to use /ns group to regroup nicks */
-	bool NSNoGroupChange;
-	/* Default flags for newly registered nicks */
-	Flags<NickCoreFlag, NI_END> NSDefFlags;
-	/* All languages Anope is aware about */
-	Anope::string Languages;
-	/* Default language used by services */
-	Anope::string NSDefLanguage;
-	/* Users must be connected this long before they can register
-	 * Not to be confused with NickRegDelay */
-	time_t NSRegDelay;
-	/* Time before the registering mail will be resent */
-	time_t NSResendDelay;
-	/* How long before nicks expire */
-	time_t NSExpire;
-	/* How long before suspended nicks expire */
-	time_t NSSuspendExpire;
-	/* Time before unconfirmed nicks expire */
-	time_t NSUnconfirmedExpire;
-	/* Force email when registering */
-	bool NSForceEmail;
-	/* Force users to validate new email addresses */
-	bool NSConfirmEmailChanges;
-	/* Max number of nicks in a group */
-	unsigned NSMaxAliases;
-	/* Max number of allowed strings on the access list */
-	unsigned NSAccessMax;
-	/* Enforcer client user name */
-	Anope::string NSEnforcerUser;
-	/* Enforcer client hostname */
-	Anope::string NSEnforcerHost;
-	/* How long before recovered nicks are released */
-	time_t NSReleaseTimeout;
-	/* Max number of entries that can be returned from the list command */
-	unsigned NSListMax;
-	/* Only allow usermode +a etc on real services admins */
-	bool NSSecureAdmins;
-	/* Services opers must be /operd on the ircd aswell */
-	bool NSStrictPrivileges;
-	/* Type of confirmation to use, or to disable registration completely */
-	Anope::string NSRegistration;
-	/* A message sent to unregistered users on connect */
-	Anope::string NSUnregisteredNotice;
-	/* Core NickServ modules */
-	Anope::string NickCoreModules;
-	/* Set the proper channel modes on users when they identify */
-	bool NSModeOnID;
-	/* Add the users hostnask their access list when they register */
-	bool NSAddAccessOnReg;
-	/* Maximum number of channels on AJoin */
-	unsigned AJoinMax;
-
-	/* Core ChanServ modules */
-	Anope::string ChanCoreModules;
-	/* Default flags for newly registered channels */
-	Flags<ChannelInfoFlag, CI_END> CSDefFlags;
-	/* Max number of channels a user can own */
-	unsigned CSMaxReg;
-	/* Time before a channel expires */
-	time_t CSExpire;
-	/* How long before suspended channels expire */
-	time_t CSSuspendExpire;
-	/* How long before forbidden channels expire */
-	time_t CSForbidExpire;
-	/* Default ban type to use for channels */
-	int CSDefBantype;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed on channel access lists */
-	unsigned CSAccessMax;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed on autokick lists */
-	unsigned CSAutokickMax;
-	/* Default autokick reason */
-	Anope::string CSAutokickReason;
-	/* Time ChanServ should stay in the channel to hold it to keep users from getting in */
-	time_t CSInhabit;
-	/* Max number of entries allowed to be returned from the LIST command */
-	unsigned CSListMax;
-	/* true to make ChanServ oper only */
-	bool CSOpersOnly;
-
-	/* Max number of memos allowed */
-	unsigned MSMaxMemos;
-	/* Time you must wait between sending memos */
-	time_t MSSendDelay;
-	/* Notify all of the aliases of the core the memo was sent to */
-	bool MSNotifyAll;
-	/* Who can use memos reciepts */
-	unsigned MSMemoReceipt;
-
-	/* Valid chars allowed in vhosts */
-	Anope::string VhostChars;
-	/* Allow undotted vhosts? */
-	bool VhostUndotted;
-	/* Chars disallowed at the beginning or end of vhosts */
-	Anope::string VhostDisallowBE;
-
-	/* Core BotServ modules */
-	Anope::string BotCoreModules;
-	/* Default BotServ flags */
-	Flags<BotServFlag> BSDefFlags;
-	/* How long before botserv forgets a user. This is used for flood kickers etc */
-	time_t BSKeepData;
-	/* Min number of users to have in the channel before the service bot joins */
-	unsigned BSMinUsers;
-	/* Max number of words allowed on the badwordslist */
-	unsigned BSBadWordsMax;
-	/* BotServ bot only joins if it would normally allowed to, abides by bans etc */
-	bool BSSmartJoin;
-	/* Dont tell users what badword they used */
-	bool BSGentleBWReason;
-	/* Case sensitive badwords matching */
-	bool BSCaseSensitive;
-	/* Char to use for the fantasy char, eg ! */
-	Anope::string BSFantasyCharacter;
-
-	/* Only show /stats o to opers */
-	bool HideStatsO;
-	/* Send out a global when services shut down or restart */
-	bool GlobalOnCycle;
-	/* Don't include the opers name in globals */
-	bool AnonymousGlobal;
-	/* Dont allow users to register nicks with oper names in them */
-	bool RestrictOperNicks;
-	/* Message to send when shutting down */
-	Anope::string GlobalOnCycleMessage;
-	/* Message to send when starting up */
-	Anope::string GlobalOnCycleUP;
-	/* Super admin is allowed */
-	bool SuperAdmin;
-	/* Default expiry time for akills */
-	time_t AutokillExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for chan kills */
-	time_t ChankillExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for SNLine Expire */
-	time_t SNLineExpiry;
-	/* Default expiry time for SQLines */
-	time_t SQLineExpiry;
-	/* Actually akill the user when the akill is added */
-	bool AkillOnAdd;
-	/* Kill users on SNLine */
-	bool KillonSNline;
-	/* Kill users on SQline */
-	bool KillonSQline;
-	/* Add the akillers nick to the akill reason */
-	bool AddAkiller;
-	/* Add akill ids to akill reason */
-	bool AkillIds;
-
-	/* Limit sessions */
-	bool LimitSessions;
-	/* The default session limit */
-	unsigned DefSessionLimit;
-	/* How long before exceptions expire */
-	time_t ExceptionExpiry;
-	/* How many times to kill before adding an KILL */
-	unsigned MaxSessionKill;
-	/* Max limit that can be used for exceptions */
-	unsigned MaxSessionLimit;
-	/* How long session akills should last */
-	time_t SessionAutoKillExpiry;
-	/* Reason to use for session kills */
-	Anope::string SessionLimitExceeded;
-	/* Optional second reason */
-	Anope::string SessionLimitDetailsLoc;
-	/* OperServ requires you to be an operator */
-	bool OSOpersOnly;
-
-	/* List of modules to autoload */
-	std::list<Anope::string> ModulesAutoLoad;
-
-	/* Seed to use for RNG */
-	unsigned long Seed;
-
-	/* Numeric */
-	Anope::string Numeric;
-	/* Array of ulined servers */
-	std::list<Anope::string> Ulines;
-
-	/* List of available opertypes */
-	std::list<OperType *> MyOperTypes;
-	/* List of pairs of opers and their opertype from the config */
-	std::vector<Oper *> Opers;
-};
-
-/** This class can be used on its own to represent an exception, or derived to represent a module-specific exception.
- * When a module whishes to abort, e.g. within a constructor, it should throw an exception using ModuleException or
- * a class derived from ModuleException. If a module throws an exception during its constructor, the module will not
- * be loaded. If this happens, the error message returned by ModuleException::GetReason will be displayed to the user
- * attempting to load the module, or dumped to the console if the ircd is currently loading for the first time.
- */
-class ConfigException : public CoreException
-{
- public:
-	/** Default constructor, just uses the error mesage 'Config threw an exception'.
-	 */
-	ConfigException() : CoreException("Config threw an exception", "Config Parser") { }
-	/** This constructor can be used to specify an error message before throwing.
-	 */
-	ConfigException(const Anope::string &message) : CoreException(message, "Config Parser") { }
-	/** This destructor solves world hunger, cancels the world debt, and causes the world to end.
-	 * Actually no, it does nothing. Never mind.
-	 * @throws Nothing!
-	 */
-	virtual ~ConfigException() throw() { }
-};
-
-#define CONF_NO_ERROR 0x000000
-#define CONF_NOT_A_NUMBER 0x000010
-#define CONF_INT_NEGATIVE 0x000080
-#define CONF_VALUE_NOT_FOUND 0x000100
-#define CONF_FILE_NOT_FOUND 0x000200
-
-/** Allows reading of values from configuration files
- * This class allows a module to read from either the main configuration file (inspircd.conf) or from
- * a module-specified configuration file. It may either be instantiated with one parameter or none.
- * Constructing the class using one parameter allows you to specify a path to your own configuration
- * file, otherwise, inspircd.conf is read.
- */
-class CoreExport ConfigReader
-{
- protected:
-	/** True if an error occured reading the config file
-	 */
-	bool readerror;
-	/** Error code
-	 */
-	long error;
- public:
-	/** Default constructor.
-	 * This constructor initialises the ConfigReader class to read the configuration file(s).
-	 */
-	ConfigReader();
-	/** Overloaded constructor.
-	 * This constructor initialises the ConfigReader class to read a user-specified config file
-	 */
-	ConfigReader(const Anope::string &);
-	/** Default destructor.
-	 * This method destroys the ConfigReader class.
-	 */
-	~ConfigReader();
-	/** Retrieves a value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve.
-	 */
-	Anope::string ReadValue(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool = false);
-	/** Retrieves a value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. If the
-	 * tag is not found the default value is returned instead.
-	 */
-	Anope::string ReadValue(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool = false);
-	/** Retrieves a boolean value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a boolean value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. The values "1", "yes"
-	 * and "true" in the config file count as true to ReadFlag, and any other value counts as false.
-	 */
-	bool ReadFlag(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Retrieves a boolean value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves a boolean value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. The values "1", "yes"
-	 * and "true" in the config file count as true to ReadFlag, and any other value counts as false.
-	 * If the tag is not found, the default value is used instead.
-	 */
-	bool ReadFlag(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int);
-	/** Retrieves an integer value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves an integer value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. Any invalid integer
-	 * values in the tag will cause the objects error value to be set, and any call to GetError() will
-	 * return CONF_INVALID_NUMBER to be returned. need_positive is set if the number must be non-negative.
-	 * If a negative number is placed into a tag which is specified positive, 0 will be returned and GetError()
-	 * will return CONF_INT_NEGATIVE. Note that need_positive is not suitable to get an unsigned int - you
-	 * should cast the result to achieve that effect.
-	 */
-	int ReadInteger(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool);
-	/** Retrieves an integer value from the config file.
-	 * This method retrieves an integer value from the config file. Where multiple copies of the tag
-	 * exist in the config file, index indicates which of the values to retrieve. Any invalid integer
-	 * values in the tag will cause the objects error value to be set, and any call to GetError() will
-	 * return CONF_INVALID_NUMBER to be returned. needs_unsigned is set if the number must be unsigned.
-	 * If a signed number is placed into a tag which is specified unsigned, 0 will be returned and GetError()
-	 * will return CONF_NOT_UNSIGNED. If the tag is not found, the default value is used instead.
-	 */
-	int ReadInteger(const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, int, bool);
-	/** Returns the last error to occur.
-	 * Valid errors can be found by looking in modules.h. Any nonzero value indicates an error condition.
-	 * A call to GetError() resets the error flag back to 0.
-	 */
-	long GetError();
-	/** Counts the number of times a given tag appears in the config file.
-	 * This method counts the number of times a tag appears in a config file, for use where
-	 * there are several tags of the same kind, e.g. with opers and connect types. It can be
-	 * used with the index value of ConfigReader::ReadValue to loop through all copies of a
-	 * multiple instance tag.
-	 */
-	int Enumerate(const Anope::string &) const;
-	/** Returns true if a config file is valid.
-	 * This method is partially implemented and will only return false if the config
-	 * file does not exist or could not be opened.
-	 */
-	bool Verify();
-	/** Returns the number of items within a tag.
-	 * For example if the tag was &lt;test tag="blah" data="foo"&gt; then this
-	 * function would return 2. Spaces and newlines both qualify as valid seperators
-	 * between values.
-	 */
-	int EnumerateValues(const Anope::string &, int);
-};
-
-extern ConfigurationFile services_conf;
-extern CoreExport ServerConfig *Config;
-
-#endif // CONFIG_H
+#endif	/* CONFIG_H */

include/datafiles.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Database file descriptor structure and file handling routine prototypes.
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef DATAFILES_H
+#define DATAFILES_H
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct dbFILE_ dbFILE;
+struct dbFILE_ {
+    int mode;			/* 'r' for reading, 'w' for writing */
+    FILE *fp;			/* The normal file descriptor */
+    FILE *backupfp;		/* Open file pointer to a backup copy of
+				 *    the database file (if non-NULL) */
+    char filename[MAXPATHLEN];	/* Name of the database file */
+    char backupname[MAXPATHLEN];	/* Name of the backup file */
+};
+
+/*************************************************************************/
+
+/* Prototypes and macros: */
+
+E void check_file_version(dbFILE *f);
+E int get_file_version(dbFILE *f);
+E int write_file_version(dbFILE *f, uint32 version);
+
+E dbFILE *open_db(const char *service, const char *filename, const char *mode, uint32 version);
+E void restore_db(dbFILE *f);	/* Restore to state before open_db() */
+E void close_db(dbFILE *f);
+E void backup_databases(void); 
+
+#define read_db(f,buf,len)	(fread((buf),1,(len),(f)->fp))
+#define write_db(f,buf,len)	(fwrite((buf),1,(len),(f)->fp))
+#define getc_db(f)		(fgetc((f)->fp))
+
+E int read_int16(uint16 *ret, dbFILE *f);
+E int write_int16(uint16 val, dbFILE *f);
+E int read_int32(uint32 *ret, dbFILE *f);
+E int write_int32(uint32 val, dbFILE *f);
+E int read_ptr(void **ret, dbFILE *f);
+E int write_ptr(const void *ptr, dbFILE *f);
+E int read_string(char **ret, dbFILE *f);
+E int write_string(const char *s, dbFILE *f);
+
+#define read_int8(ret,f)	((*(ret)=fgetc((f)->fp))==EOF ? -1 : 0)
+#define write_int8(val,f)	(fputc((val),(f)->fp)==EOF ? -1 : 0)
+#define read_buffer(buf,f)	(read_db((f),(buf),sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf))
+#define write_buffer(buf,f)	(write_db((f),(buf),sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf))
+#define read_buflen(buf,len,f)	(read_db((f),(buf),(len)) == (len))
+#define write_buflen(buf,len,f)	(write_db((f),(buf),(len)) == (len))
+#define read_variable(var,f)	(read_db((f),&(var),sizeof(var)) == sizeof(var))
+#define write_variable(var,f)	(write_db((f),&(var),sizeof(var)) == sizeof(var))
+
+/*************************************************************************/
+
+#endif	/* DATAFILES_H */

include/defs.h

@@ -1,54 +1,39 @@
-/*
+/* Set default values for any constants that should be in include files but
  *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
  * Contact us at team@anope.org
  *
  * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
  *
  * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ * 
  *
  */
 
+/*************************************************************************/
 
-class AccessGroup;
-class AutoKick;
-class BotInfo;
-class CallBack;
-class ChanAccess;
-class Channel;
-class ChannelInfo;
-class ChannelStatus;
-class ClientSocket;
-class Command;
-class CommandSource;
-class ConnectionSocket;
-class DNSPacket;
-class dynamic_reference_base;
-class Entry;
-class InfoFormatter;
-class ListenSocket;
-class Log;
-class LogInfo;
-class Memo;
-class Message;
-class Module;
-class NickAlias;
-class NickCore;
-class OperType;
-class Regex;
-class Serializable;
-class Server;
-class ServerConfig;
-class Socket;
-class Thread;
-class User;
-class XLine;
-class XLineManager;
-struct BadWord;
-struct DNSQuery;
-struct Exception;
-struct MemoInfo;
-struct ModeLock;
-struct Oper;
+#ifndef NAME_MAX
+# define NAME_MAX 255
+#endif
 
+#ifndef BUFSIZ
+# define BUFSIZ 256
+#else
+# if BUFSIZ < 256
+#  define BUFSIZ 256
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Length of an array: */
+#define lenof(a)	(sizeof(a) / sizeof(*(a)))
+
+/* Telling compilers about printf()-like functions: */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define FORMAT(type,fmt,start) __attribute__((format(type,fmt,start)))
+#else
+# define FORMAT(type,fmt,start)
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************/

include/depricated.h

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* depricated.h
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+   All of these functions were replaced in 1.7.6, you should move your modules
+   to use the new functions
+*/
+
+#define change_user_mode(u, modes, arg) common_svsmode(u, modes, arg)
+#define GetIdent(x) common_get_vident(x)
+#define GetHost(x) common_get_vhost(x)
+
+#define NEWNICK(nick,user,host,real,modes,qline) \
+   anope_cmd_bot_nick(nick,user,host,real,modes)
+
+#define s_akill(user, host, who, when, expires, reason) \
+  anope_cmd_akill(user, host, who, when, expires, reason)
+
+#define set_umode(user, ac, av) anope_set_umode(user, ac, av)
+
+#define s_svsnoop(server, set) anope_cmd_svsnoop(server, set)
+
+#define s_sqline(mask, reason) anope_cmd_sqline(mask, reason)
+
+#define s_sgline(mask, reason) anope_cmd_sgline(mask, reason)
+#define s_szline(mask, reason) anope_cmd_szline(mask, reason)
+#define s_unsgline(mask) anope_cmd_unsgline(mask)
+#define s_unsqline(mask) anope_cmd_unsqline(mask)
+#define s_unszline(mask) anope_cmd_unszline(mask)
+
+#define s_rakill(user, host) anope_cmd_remove_akill(user, host)
+
+
+# define NICKSERV_MODE ircd->nickservmode
+# define CHANSERV_MODE ircd->chanservmode
+# define HOSTSERV_MODE ircd->hostservmode
+# define MEMOSERV_MODE ircd->memoservmode
+# define BOTSERV_MODE ircd->botservmode
+# define HELPSERV_MODE ircd->helpservmode
+# define OPERSERV_MODE ircd->oprservmode
+# define DEVNULL_MODE ircd->devnullmode
+# define GLOBAL_MODE ircd->globalmode
+# define NICKSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->nickservaliasmode
+# define CHANSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->chanservaliasmode
+# define MEMOSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->memoservaliasmode
+# define BOTSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->botservaliasmode
+# define HELPSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->helpservaliasmode
+# define OPERSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->operservaliasmode
+# define DEVNULL_ALIAS_MODE ircd->devnullaliasmode
+# define GLOBAL_ALIAS_MODE ircd->globalaliasmode
+# define HOSTSERV_ALIAS_MODE ircd->hostservaliasmode
+# define BOTSERV_BOTS_MODE ircd->botserv_bot_mode
+#define CHAN_MAX_SYMBOL ircd->max_symbols
+#define MODESTOREMOVE ircd->modestoremove
+
+#ifdef IRC_HYBRID
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef IRC_VIAGRA
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_VIDENT
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IRC_BAHAMUT
+# define HAS_NICKIP
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+# define HAS_SVSHOLD                                                            
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef IRC_RAGE2
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_NICKVHOST
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef IRC_PTLINK
+# define HAS_NICKVHOST
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_FMODE
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef IRC_ULTIMATE2
+# define IRC_ULTIMATE /* gotta do this for old mods */
+# define HAS_FMODE
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_LMODE
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_VIDENT
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+ 
+#if defined(IRC_UNREAL31) || defined(IRC_UNREAL32)
+# define IRC_UNREAL			/* gotta do this for old mods */
+# define HAS_FMODE
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_LMODE
+# define HAS_NICKVHOST
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_VIDENT
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+ 
+#ifdef IRC_ULTIMATE3
+# define HAS_HALFOP
+# define HAS_VHOST
+# define HAS_NICKVHOST
+# define HAS_VIDENT
+# define HAS_EXCEPT
+#endif
+
+

include/dns.h

@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef DNS_H
-#define DNS_H
-
-#include "sockets.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "config.h"
-
-/** Valid query types
- */
-enum QueryType
-{
-	/* Nothing */
-	DNS_QUERY_NONE,
-	/* A simple A lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_A = 1,
-	/* A CNAME lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_CNAME = 5,
-	/* Reverse DNS lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_PTR = 12,
-	/* IPv6 AAAA lookup */
-	DNS_QUERY_AAAA = 28
-};
-
-/** Flags that can be AND'd into DNSPacket::flags to receive certain values
- */
-enum
-{
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_QR = 0x8000,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_OPCODE = 0x7800,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_AA = 0x400,
-	DBS_QUERYFLAGS_TC = 0x200,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RD = 0x100,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RA = 0x80,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_Z = 0x70,
-	DNS_QUERYFLAGS_RCODE = 0xF
-};
-
-enum DNSError
-{
-	DNS_ERROR_NONE,
-	DNS_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-	DNS_ERROR_UNLOADED,
-	DNS_ERROR_TIMEOUT,
-	DNS_ERROR_NOT_AN_ANSWER,
-	DNS_ERROR_NONSTANDARD_QUERY,
-	DNS_ERROR_FORMAT_ERROR,
-	DNS_ERROR_SERVER_FAILURE,
-	DNS_ERROR_DOMAIN_NOT_FOUND,
-	DNS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
-	DNS_ERROR_REFUSED,
-	DNS_ERROR_NO_RECORDS,
-	DNS_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE
-};
-
-
-struct CoreExport Question
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	QueryType type;
-	unsigned short qclass;
-
-	Question();
-	Question(const Anope::string &, QueryType, unsigned short = 1);
-};
-
-struct CoreExport ResourceRecord : public Question
-{
-	unsigned int ttl;
-	Anope::string rdata;
-	time_t created;
-
-	ResourceRecord(const Anope::string &, QueryType, unsigned short = 1);
-	ResourceRecord(const Question &);
-};
-
-struct CoreExport DNSQuery
-{
-	std::vector<Question> questions;
-	std::vector<ResourceRecord> answers, authorities, additional;
-	DNSError error;
-
-	DNSQuery();
-	DNSQuery(const Question &q);
-	DNSQuery(const DNSPacket &p);
-};
-
-/** The request
- */
-class CoreExport DNSRequest : public Timer, public Question
-{
-	/* Use result cache if available */
-	bool use_cache;
-
- public:
-	/* Request id */
- 	unsigned short id;
- 	/* Creator of this request */
-	Module *creator;
-
-	DNSRequest(const Anope::string &addr, QueryType qt, bool cache = false, Module *c = NULL);
-
-	virtual ~DNSRequest();
-
-	void Process();
-
-	virtual void OnLookupComplete(const DNSQuery *r) = 0;
-
-	virtual void OnError(const DNSQuery *r);
-	
-	void Tick(time_t) anope_override;
-};
-
-/** A full packet sent or recieved to/from the nameserver, may contain multiple queries
- */
-class DNSPacket : public DNSQuery
-{
-	static const int DNS_POINTER = 0xC0;
-	static const int DNS_LABEL = 0x3F;
-
-	void PackName(unsigned char *output, unsigned short output_size, unsigned short &pos, const Anope::string &name);
-	Anope::string UnpackName(const unsigned char *input, unsigned short input_size, unsigned short &pos);
-	
-	Question UnpackQuestion(const unsigned char *input, unsigned short input_size, unsigned short &pos);
-	ResourceRecord UnpackResourceRecord(const unsigned char *input, unsigned short input_size, unsigned short &poss);
- public:
-	static const int HEADER_LENGTH = 12;
-
-	/* Our 16-bit id for this header */
-	unsigned short id;
-	/* Flags on the query */
-	unsigned short flags;
-
-	DNSPacket();
-	void Fill(const unsigned char *input, const unsigned short len);
-	unsigned short Pack(unsigned char *output, unsigned short output_size);
-};
-
-/** DNS manager, manages all requests
- */
-class CoreExport DNSManager : public Timer, public Socket
-{
-	typedef std::multimap<Anope::string, ResourceRecord, ci::less> cache_map;
-	cache_map cache;
-	sockaddrs addrs;
- public:
-	std::deque<DNSPacket *> packets;
-	std::map<unsigned short, DNSRequest *> requests;
-
-	static const int DNSPort = 53;
-
-	DNSManager(const Anope::string &nameserver, int port);
-
-	~DNSManager();
-
-	bool ProcessRead();
-
-	bool ProcessWrite();
-
-	/** Add a record to the dns cache
-	 * @param r The record
-	 */
-	void AddCache(DNSQuery &r);
-
-	/** Check the DNS cache to see if request can be handled by a cached result
-	 * @return true if a cached result was found.
-	 */
-	bool CheckCache(DNSRequest *request);
-
-	/** Tick this timer, used to clear the DNS cache.
-	 */
-	void Tick(time_t now) anope_override;
-
-	/** Cleanup all pending DNS queries for a module
-	 * @param mod The module
-	 */
-	void Cleanup(Module *mod);
-
-	/** Does a BLOCKING DNS query and returns the first IP.
-	 * Only use this if you know what you are doing. Unless you specifically
-	 * need a blocking query use the DNSRequest system
-	 */
-	static DNSQuery BlockingQuery(const Anope::string &mask, QueryType qt);
-};
-
-extern DNSManager *DNSEngine;
-
-#endif // DNS_H
-
-

include/encrypt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Include file for high-level encryption routines.
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct encryption_ {
+    int (*encrypt)(const char *src, int len, char *dest, int size);
+    int (*encrypt_check_len)(int passlen, int bufsize);
+    int (*decrypt)(const char *src, char *dest, int size);
+    int (*check_password)(const char *plaintext, const char *password);
+} Encryption;
+

include/events.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Prototypes and external variable declarations.
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+
+#define EVENT_START "start"
+#define EVENT_STOP  "stop"
+
+#define EVENT_DB_SAVING "db_saving"
+#define EVENT_DB_BACKUP "db_backup"
+#define EVENT_NEWNICK   "newnick"
+#define EVENT_BOT_UNASSIGN "bot_unassign"
+#define EVENT_BOT_JOIN "bot_join"
+#define EVENT_BOT_CREATE "bot_create"
+#define EVENT_BOT_CHANGE "bot_change"
+#define EVENT_BOT_FANTASY "bot_command"
+#define EVENT_BOT_FANTASY_NO_ACCESS "bot_command_no_access"
+#define EVENT_BOT_DEL "bot_del"
+#define EVENT_BOT_ASSIGN "bot_assign"
+#define EVENT_BOT_KICK "bot_kick"
+#define EVENT_BOT_BAN "bot_ban"
+#define EVENT_TOPIC_UPDATED "chan_topic_updated"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_EXPIRE "chan_expire"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_REGISTERED "chan_registered"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_DROP "chan_dropped"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_FORBIDDEN "chan_forbidden"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_SUSPENDED "chan_suspended"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_UNSUSPEND "chan_unsuspend"
+#define EVENT_CONNECT "connect"
+#define EVENT_DB_EXPIRE "db_expire"
+#define EVENT_RESTART "restart"
+#define EVENT_RELOAD "reload"
+#define EVENT_SHUTDOWN "shutdown"
+#define EVENT_SIGNAL "signal"
+#define EVENT_NICK_REGISTERED "nick_registered"
+#define EVENT_NICK_REQUESTED "nick_requested"
+#define EVENT_NICK_DROPPED "nick_dropped"
+#define EVENT_NICK_FORBIDDEN "nick_forbidden"
+#define EVENT_NICK_EXPIRE "nick_expire"
+#define EVENT_CORE_DROPPED "nickcore_dropped"
+#define EVENT_CORE_NEWDISPLAY "nickcore_newdisplay"
+#define EVENT_CHANGE_NICK "change_nick"
+#define EVENT_USER_LOGOFF "user_logoff"
+#define EVENT_NICK_GHOSTED "nick_ghosted"
+#define EVENT_NICK_RECOVERED "nick_recovered"
+#define EVENT_GROUP "nick_group"
+#define EVENT_NICK_IDENTIFY "nick_id"
+#define EVENT_SERVER_SQUIT "server_squit"
+#define EVENT_SERVER_CONNECT "server_connect"
+#define EVENT_DEFCON_LEVEL "defcon_level"
+#define EVENT_NICK_SUSPENDED "nick_suspended"
+#define EVENT_NICK_UNSUSPEND "nick_unsuspend"
+#define EVENT_JOIN_CHANNEL "join_channel"
+#define EVENT_PART_CHANNEL "part_channel"
+#define EVENT_ACCESS_ADD "access_add"
+#define EVENT_ACCESS_CHANGE "access_change"
+#define EVENT_ACCESS_DEL "access_del"
+#define EVENT_ACCESS_CLEAR "access_clear"
+#define EVENT_NICK_LOGOUT "nick_logout"
+#define EVENT_CHAN_KICK "chan_kick"
+#define EVENT_MODLOAD "modload"
+#define EVENT_MODUNLOAD "modunload"
+#define EVENT_ADDCOMMAND "addcommand"
+#define EVENT_DELCOMMAND "delcommand"

include/extensible.h

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef EXTENSIBLE_H
-#define EXTENSIBLE_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-
-class CoreExport ExtensibleItem
-{
- public:
- 	ExtensibleItem();
-	virtual ~ExtensibleItem();
-	virtual void OnDelete();
-};
-
-template<typename T> struct CoreExport ExtensibleItemClass : T, ExtensibleItem
-{
-	ExtensibleItemClass(const T& t) : T(t) { }
-};
-
-class CoreExport Extensible
-{
- private:
- 	typedef Anope::map<ExtensibleItem *> extensible_map;
-	extensible_map extension_items;
-
- public:
-	/** Default constructor, does nothing
-	 */
-	Extensible() { }
-
-	/** Default destructor, deletes all of the extensible items in this object
-	 * then clears the map
-	 */
-	virtual ~Extensible()
-	{
-		for (extensible_map::iterator it = extension_items.begin(), it_end = extension_items.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
-			if (it->second)
-				it->second->OnDelete();
-		extension_items.clear();
-	}
-
-	/** Extend an Extensible class.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @param p This parameter is a pointer to an ExtensibleItem or ExtensibleItemBase derived class
-	 *
-	 * You must provide a key to store the data as via the parameter 'key'.
-	 * The data will be inserted into the map. If the data already exists, you may not insert it
-	 * twice, Extensible::Extend will return false in this case.
-	 *
-	 * @return Returns true on success, false if otherwise
-	 */
-	void Extend(const Anope::string &key, ExtensibleItem *p)
-	{
-		this->Shrink(key);
-		this->extension_items[key] = p;
-	}
-
-	/** Shrink an Extensible class.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 *
-	 * You must provide a key name. The given key name will be removed from the classes data. If
-	 * you provide a nonexistent key (case is important) then the function will return false.
-	 * @return Returns true on success.
-	 */
-	bool Shrink(const Anope::string &key)
-	{
-		extensible_map::iterator it = this->extension_items.find(key);
-		if (it != this->extension_items.end())
-		{
-			if (it->second != NULL)
-				it->second->OnDelete();
-			/* map::size_type map::erase( const key_type& key );
-			 * returns the number of elements removed, std::map
-			 * is single-associative so this should only be 0 or 1
-			 */
-			return this->extension_items.erase(key) > 0;
-		}
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/** Get an extension item.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @return The item found
-	 */
-	template<typename T> T GetExt(const Anope::string &key) const
-	{
-		extensible_map::const_iterator it = this->extension_items.find(key);
-		if (it != this->extension_items.end())
-			return anope_dynamic_reinterpret_cast<T>(it->second);
-
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/** Check if an extension item exists.
-	 *
-	 * @param key The key parameter is an arbitary string which identifies the extension data
-	 * @return True if the item was found.
-	 */
-	bool HasExt(const Anope::string &key) const
-	{
-		return this->extension_items.count(key) > 0;
-	}
-
-	/** Get a list of all extension items names.
-	 * @param list A deque of strings to receive the list
-	 * @return This function writes a list of all extension items stored
-	 *	 in this object by name into the given deque and returns void.
-	 */
-	void GetExtList(std::deque<Anope::string> &list) const
-	{
-		for (extensible_map::const_iterator it = extension_items.begin(), it_end = extension_items.end(); it != it_end; ++it)
-			list.push_back(it->first);
-	}
-};
-
-#endif // EXTENSIBLE_H

include/hashcomp.h

@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2011 InspIRCd Development Team
- * Copyright (C) 2009-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * These classes have been copied from InspIRCd and modified
- * for use in Anope.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef HASHCOMP_H
-#define HASHCOMP_H
-
-#include <string>
-#include <locale>
-
-#include "services.h"
-
-namespace Anope
-{
-	class string;
-
-	extern std::locale casemap;
-
-	template<typename charT>
-	class ascii_ctype : public std::ctype<charT>
-	{
-	 public:
-		charT do_toupper(charT c) const anope_override
-		{
-			if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
-				return c - 32;
-			else
-				return c;
-		}
-
-		charT do_tolower(charT c) const anope_override
-		{
-			if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
-				return c + 32;
-			else
-				return c;
-		}
-	};
-
-	template<typename charT>
-	class rfc1459_ctype : public ascii_ctype<charT>
-	{
-	 public:
-		charT do_toupper(charT c) const anope_override
-		{
-			if (c == '{' || c == '}' || c == '|')
-				return c - 32;
-			else
-				return ascii_ctype<charT>::do_toupper(c);
-		}
-
-		charT do_tolower(charT c) const anope_override
-		{
-			if (c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '\\')
-				return c + 32;
-			else
-				return ascii_ctype<charT>::do_tolower(c);
-		}
-	};
-}
-
-/** The ci namespace contains a number of helper classes.
- */
-namespace ci
-{
-	/** The ci_char_traits class is used for ASCII-style comparison of strings.
-	 * This class is used to implement ci::string, a case-insensitive, ASCII-
-	 * comparing string class.
-	 */
-	struct CoreExport ci_char_traits : std::char_traits<char>
-	{
-		/** Check if two chars match.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if the characters are equal
-		 */
-		static bool eq(char c1st, char c2nd);
-
-		/** Check if two chars do NOT match.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if the characters are unequal
-		 */
-		static bool ne(char c1st, char c2nd);
-
-		/** Check if one char is less than another.
-		 * @param c1st First character
-		 * @param c2nd Second character
-		 * @return true if c1st is less than c2nd
-		 */
-		static bool lt(char c1st, char c2nd);
-
-		/** Compare two strings of size n.
-		 * @param str1 First string
-		 * @param str2 Second string
-		 * @param n Length to compare to
-		 * @return similar to strcmp, zero for equal, less than zero for str1
-		 * being less and greater than zero for str1 being greater than str2.
-		 */
-		static int compare(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t n);
-
-		/** Find a char within a string up to position n.
-		 * @param s1 String to find in
-		 * @param n Position to search up to
-		 * @param c Character to search for
-		 * @return Pointer to the first occurance of c in s1
-		 */
-		static const char *find(const char *s1, int n, char c);
-	};
-
-	/** This typedef declares ci::string based upon ci_char_traits.
-	 */
-	typedef std::basic_string<char, ci_char_traits, std::allocator<char> > string;
-
-	struct CoreExport less
-	{
-		/** Compare two Anope::strings as ci::strings and find which one is less
-		 * @param s1 The first string
-		 * @param s2 The second string
-		 * @return true if s1 < s2, else false
-		 */
-		bool operator()(const Anope::string &s1, const Anope::string &s2) const;
-	};
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline std::string operator+(std::string &leftval, ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + std::string(rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator +
- */
-inline ci::string operator+(ci::string &leftval, std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval + ci::string(rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const std::string &leftval, const ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval.c_str() == rightval;
-}
-
-/* Define operators for + and == with ci::string to std::string for easy assignment
- * and comparison
- *
- * Operator ==
- */
-inline bool operator==(const ci::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return leftval == rightval.c_str();
-}
-
-/* Define operators != for ci::string to std::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const ci::string &leftval, const std::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval == rightval.c_str());
-}
-
-/* Define operators != for std::string to ci::string for easy comparison
- */
-inline bool operator!=(const std::string &leftval, const ci::string &rightval)
-{
-	return !(leftval.c_str() == rightval);
-}
-
-#endif // HASHCOMP_H

include/language.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* Commonly used language strings
- *
- * (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#define MORE_INFO			_("\002%s%s HELP %s\002 for more information.")
-#define BAD_USERHOST_MASK		_("Mask must be in the form \037user\037@\037host\037.")
-#define BAD_EXPIRY_TIME			_("Invalid expiry time.")
-#define USERHOST_MASK_TOO_WIDE		_("%s coverage is too wide; Please use a more specific mask.")
-#define READ_ONLY_MODE			_("Services are in read-only mode!")
-#define PASSWORD_INCORRECT		_("Password incorrect.")
-#define ACCESS_DENIED			_("Access denied.")
-#define MORE_OBSCURE_PASSWORD		_("Please try again with a more obscure password. Passwords should be at least\n" \
-						"five characters long, should not be something easily guessed\n" \
-						"(e.g. your real name or your nick), and cannot contain the space or tab characters.")
-#define PASSWORD_TOO_LONG		_("Your password is too long. Please try again with a shorter password.")
-#define NICK_NOT_REGISTERED		_("Your nick isn't registered.")
-#define NICK_X_NOT_REGISTERED		_("Nick \002%s\002 isn't registered.")
-#define NICK_X_NOT_IN_USE		_("Nick \002%s\002 isn't currently in use.")
-#define NICK_X_NOT_ON_CHAN		_("\002%s\002 is not currently on channel %s.")
-#define NICK_X_SUSPENDED		_("Nick %s is currently suspended.")
-#define CHAN_X_SUSPENDED		_("Channel %s is currently suspended.")
-#define CHAN_X_NOT_REGISTERED		_("Channel \002%s\002 isn't registered.")
-#define CHAN_X_NOT_IN_USE		_("Channel \002%s\002 doesn't exist.")
-#define NICK_IDENTIFY_REQUIRED		_("Password authentication required for that command.")
-#define MAIL_X_INVALID			_("\002%s\002 is not a valid e-mail address.")
-#define NO_REASON			_("No reason")
-#define UNKNOWN				_("<unknown>")
-#define NO_EXPIRE			_("does not expire")
-#define LIST_INCORRECT_RANGE		_("Incorrect range specified. The correct syntax is \002#\037from\037-\037to\037\002.")
-#define UNKNOWN_OPTION			_("Unknown option \002%s\002.\n" \
-						"Type %s%s HELP %s for more information.")
-#define NICK_IS_REGISTERED		_("This nick is owned by someone else.  Please choose another.\n" \
-						"(If this is your nick, type \002%s%s IDENTIFY \037password\037\002.)")
-#define NICK_IS_SECURE			_("This nickname is registered and protected.  If it is your\n" \
-						"nick, type \002%s%s IDENTIFY \037password\037\002.  Otherwise,\n" \
-						"please choose a different nick.")
-#define FORCENICKCHANGE_NOW		_("This nickname has been registered; you may not use it.")
-#define NICK_CANNOT_BE_REGISTERED	_("Nickname \002%s\002 may not be registered.")
-#define NICK_ALREADY_REGISTERED		_("Nickname \002%s\002 is already registered!")
-#define NICK_SET_SYNTAX			_("SET \037option\037 \037parameters\037")
-#define NICK_SET_DISABLED		_("Sorry, nickname option setting is temporarily disabled.")
-#define NICK_SET_UNKNOWN_OPTION		_("Unknown SET option \002%s%s\002.")
-#define NICK_SET_DISPLAY_CHANGED	_("The new display is now \002%s\002.")
-#define NICK_LIST_SYNTAX		_("LIST \037pattern\037")
-#define NICK_RECOVERED			_("User claiming your nick has been killed.\n" \
-						"\002%s%s RELEASE %s\002 to get it back before %s timeout.")
-#define NICK_REQUESTED			_("This nick has already been requested, please check your e-mail address for the pass code")
-#define NICK_CONFIRM_INVALID		_("Invalid passcode has been entered, please check the e-mail again, and retry")
-#define CHAN_NOT_ALLOWED_TO_JOIN	_("You are not permitted to be on this channel.")
-#define CHAN_X_INVALID			_("Channel %s is not a valid channel.")
-#define CHAN_REACHED_CHANNEL_LIMIT	_("Sorry, you have already reached your limit of \002%d\002 channels.")
-#define CHAN_EXCEEDED_CHANNEL_LIMIT	_("Sorry, you have already exceeded your limit of \002%d\002 channels.")
-#define CHAN_SYMBOL_REQUIRED		_("Please use the symbol of \002#\002 when attempting to register")
-#define CHAN_SET_DISABLED		_("Sorry, channel option setting is temporarily disabled.")
-#define CHAN_SETTING_CHANGED		_("%s for %s set to %s.")
-#define CHAN_SETTING_UNSET		_("%s for %s unset.")
-#define CHAN_SET_MLOCK_DEPRECATED	_("MLOCK is deprecated. Use \002%s%s HELP MODE\002 instead.")
-#define CHAN_ACCESS_LEVEL_RANGE		_("Access level must be between %d and %d inclusive.")
-#define CHAN_INFO_HEADER		_("Information for channel \002%s\002:")
-#define CHAN_EXCEPTED			_("\002%s\002 matches an except on %s and cannot be banned until the except have been removed.")
-#define MEMO_NEW_X_MEMO_ARRIVED		_("There is a new memo on channel %s.\n" \
-						"Type \002%s%s READ %s %d\002 to read it.")
-#define MEMO_NEW_MEMO_ARRIVED		_("You have a new memo from %s.\n" \
-						"Type \002%s%s READ %d\002 to read it.")
-#define MEMO_HAVE_NO_MEMOS		_("You have no memos.")
-#define MEMO_X_HAS_NO_MEMOS		_("%s has no memos.")
-#define MEMO_SEND_SYNTAX		_("SEND {\037nick\037 | \037channel\037} \037memo-text\037")
-#define MEMO_SEND_DISABLED		_("Sorry, memo sending is temporarily disabled.")
-#define MEMO_HAVE_NO_NEW_MEMOS		_("You have no new memos.")
-#define MEMO_X_HAS_NO_NEW_MEMOS		_("%s has no new memos.")
-#define BOT_DOES_NOT_EXIST		_("Bot \002%s\002 does not exist.")
-#define BOT_NOT_ASSIGNED		_("You must assign a bot to the channel before using this command.")
-#define BOT_NOT_ON_CHANNEL		_("Bot is not on channel \002%s\002.")
-#define BOT_ASSIGN_READONLY		_("Sorry, bot assignment is temporarily disabled.")
-#define HOST_SET_ERROR			_("A vhost must be in the format of a valid hostmask.")
-#define HOST_SET_IDENT_ERROR		_("A vhost ident must be in the format of a valid ident")
-#define HOST_SET_TOOLONG		_("Error! The vhost is too long, please use a host shorter than %d characters.")
-#define HOST_SET_IDENTTOOLONG		_("Error! The Ident is too long, please use an ident shorter than %d characters.")
-#define HOST_NOT_ASSIGNED		_("Please contact an Operator to get a vhost assigned to this nick.")
-#define HOST_NO_VIDENT			_("Your IRCD does not support vIdent's, if this is incorrect, please report this as a possible bug")
-

include/lists.h

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LISTS_H
-#define LISTS_H
-
-#include "services.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-
-/** A class to process numbered lists (passed to most DEL/LIST/VIEW commands).
- * The function HandleNumber is called for every number in the list. Note that
- * if descending is true it gets called in descending order. This is so deleting
- * the index passed to the function from an array will not cause the other indexes
- * passed to the function to be incorrect. This keeps us from having to have an
- * 'in use' flag on everything.
- */
-class CoreExport NumberList
-{
- private:
-	bool is_valid;
-
-	std::set<unsigned> numbers;
-
-	bool desc;
- public:
-	/** Processes a numbered list
-	 * @param list The list
-	 * @param descending True to make HandleNumber get called with numbers in descending order
-	 */
-	NumberList(const Anope::string &list, bool descending);
-
-	/** Destructor, does nothing
-	 */
-	virtual ~NumberList();
-
-	/** Should be called after the constructors are done running. This calls the callbacks.
-	 */
-	void Process();
-
-	/** Called with a number from the list
-	 * @param Number The number
-	 */
-	virtual void HandleNumber(unsigned Number);
-
-	/** Called when there is an error with the numbered list
-	 * Return false to immediatly stop processing the list and return
-	 * This is all done before we start calling HandleNumber, so no numbers will have been processed yet
-	 * @param list The list
-	 * @return false to stop processing
-	 */
-	virtual bool InvalidRange(const Anope::string &list);
-};
-
-/** This class handles formatting LIST/VIEW replies.
- */
-class CoreExport ListFormatter
-{
- public:
- 	typedef std::map<Anope::string, Anope::string> ListEntry;
- private:
-	std::vector<Anope::string> columns;
-	std::vector<ListEntry> entries;
- public:
-	ListFormatter &addColumn(const Anope::string &name);
-	void addEntry(const ListEntry &entry);
-	bool isEmpty() const;
-	void Process(std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-};
-
-/** This class handles formatting INFO replies
- */
-class CoreExport InfoFormatter
-{
-	NickCore *nc;
-	std::vector<std::pair<Anope::string, Anope::string> > replies;
-	unsigned longest;
- public:
-	InfoFormatter(NickCore *nc);
-	void Process(std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	Anope::string &operator[](const Anope::string &key);
-};
-
-#endif // LISTS_H
-

include/logger.h

@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LOGGER_H
-#define LOGGER_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "defs.h"
-
-enum LogType
-{
-	LOG_ADMIN,
-	LOG_OVERRIDE,
-	LOG_COMMAND,
-	LOG_SERVER,
-	LOG_CHANNEL,
-	LOG_USER,
-	LOG_NORMAL,
-	LOG_TERMINAL,
-	LOG_RAWIO,
-	LOG_DEBUG,
-	LOG_DEBUG_2,
-	LOG_DEBUG_3,
-	LOG_DEBUG_4
-};
-
-struct LogFile
-{
-	Anope::string filename;
-
- public:
-	std::ofstream stream;
-
-	LogFile(const Anope::string &name);
-	Anope::string GetName() const;
-};
-
-
-class CoreExport Log
-{
- public:
-	const BotInfo *bi;
-	Anope::string nick;
-	const User *u;
-	const NickCore *nc;
-	Command *c;
-	Channel *chan;
-	const ChannelInfo *ci;
-	Server *s;
-	LogType Type;
-	Anope::string Category;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Sources;
-
-	std::stringstream buf;
-
-	Log(LogType type = LOG_NORMAL, const Anope::string &category = "", const BotInfo *bi = NULL);
-
-	/* LOG_COMMAND/OVERRIDE/ADMIN */
-	Log(LogType type, const CommandSource &source, Command *c, const ChannelInfo *ci = NULL);
-
-	/* LOG_CHANNEL */
-	Log(const User *u, Channel *c, const Anope::string &category = "");
-
-	/* LOG_USER */
-	explicit Log(const User *u, const Anope::string &category = "", const BotInfo *bi = NULL);
-
-	/* LOG_SERVER */
-	explicit Log(Server *s, const Anope::string &category = "", const BotInfo *bi = NULL);
-
-	explicit Log(const BotInfo *b, const Anope::string &category = "");
-
-	~Log();
-
-	Anope::string BuildPrefix() const;
-
-	template<typename T> Log &operator<<(T val)
-	{
-		this->buf << val;
-		return *this;
-	}
-};
-
-class CoreExport LogInfo
-{
- public:
-	std::list<Anope::string> Targets;
-	std::map<Anope::string, LogFile *> Logfiles;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Sources;
-	int LogAge;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Admin;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Override;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Commands;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Servers;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Users;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Channels;
-	std::list<Anope::string> Normal;
-	bool RawIO;
-	bool Debug;
-
-	LogInfo(int logage, bool rawio, bool debug);
-
-	~LogInfo();
-
-	void AddType(std::list<Anope::string> &list, const Anope::string &type);
-
-	bool HasType(LogType ltype, const Anope::string &type) const;
-
-	void ProcessMessage(const Log *l);
-};
-
-#endif // LOGGER_H
-

include/mail.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef MAIL_H
-#define MAIL_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "threadengine.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-
-extern CoreExport bool Mail(User *u, NickCore *nc, const BotInfo *service, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
-extern CoreExport bool Mail(NickCore *nc, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
-extern CoreExport bool MailValidate(const Anope::string &email);
-
-class MailThread : public Thread
-{
- private:
-	Anope::string MailTo;
-	Anope::string Addr;
-	Anope::string Subject;
-	Anope::string Message;
-	bool DontQuoteAddresses;
-
-	bool Success;
- public:
-	MailThread(const Anope::string &mailto, const Anope::string &addr, const Anope::string &subject, const Anope::string &message);
-
-	~MailThread();
-
-	void Run();
-};
-
-#endif // MAIL_H

include/makefile.win32

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Make file for Win32
+#
+# (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+# Contact us at team@anope.org
+#
+# Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+#
+# Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+# Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+# 
+#
+
+###########################################################################
+
+clean: 
+	-@erase language.h
+
+spotless: clean
+	-@erase sysconf.h version.h
+
+distclean: spotless
+
+
+FRC:

include/memo.h

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef MEMO_H
-#define MEMO_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-
-/** Memo Flags
- */
-enum MemoFlag
-{
-	/* Memo is unread */
-	MF_UNREAD,
-	/* Sender requests a receipt */
-	MF_RECEIPT
-};
-
-const Anope::string MemoFlagStrings[] = {
-	"MF_UNREAD", "MF_RECEIPT", ""
-};
-
-/* Memo info structures.  Since both nicknames and channels can have memos,
- * we encapsulate memo data in a MemoList to make it easier to handle. */
-class CoreExport Memo : public Flags<MemoFlag>, public Serializable
-{
- public:
- 	Memo();
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const anope_override;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const anope_override;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &);
-
-	Anope::string owner;
-	time_t time;	/* When it was sent */
-	Anope::string sender;
-	Anope::string text;
-};
-
-struct CoreExport MemoInfo
-{
-	int16_t memomax;
-	serialize_checker<std::vector<Memo *> > memos;
-	std::vector<Anope::string> ignores;
-
-	MemoInfo();
-	Memo *GetMemo(unsigned index) const;
-	unsigned GetIndex(Memo *m) const;
-	void Del(unsigned index);
-	void Del(Memo *m);
-	bool HasIgnore(User *u);
-};
-
-#endif // MEMO_H

include/messages.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Declarations of IRC message structures, variables, and functions.
+ *
+ * (C) 2003-2014 Anope Team
+ * Contact us at team@anope.org
+ *
+ * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
+ *
+ * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
+ * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church. 
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+
+/*************************************************************************/
+#include "modules.h"
+
+extern Message messages[];
+extern void moduleAddMsgs(void);
+extern Message *find_message(const char *name);
+
+
+/*************************************************************************/

include/modes.h

@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
-/* Mode support
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Adam <Adam@anope.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef MODES_H
-#define MODES_H
-
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "base.h"
-
-/** All of the valid user mode names
- */
-enum UserModeName
-{
-	UMODE_BEGIN,
-
-	UMODE_SERV_ADMIN, UMODE_BOT, UMODE_CO_ADMIN, UMODE_FILTER, UMODE_HIDEOPER, UMODE_NETADMIN,
-	UMODE_REGPRIV, UMODE_PROTECTED, UMODE_NOCTCP, UMODE_WEBTV, UMODE_WEBIRC, UMODE_WHOIS, UMODE_ADMIN, UMODE_DEAF,
-	UMODE_GLOBOPS, UMODE_HELPOP, UMODE_INVIS, UMODE_OPER, UMODE_PRIV, UMODE_GOD, UMODE_REGISTERED,
-	UMODE_SNOMASK, UMODE_VHOST, UMODE_WALLOPS, UMODE_CLOAK, UMODE_SSL, UMODE_SOFTCALLERID, UMODE_CALLERID,
-	UMODE_COMMONCHANS, UMODE_HIDDEN, UMODE_STRIPCOLOR, UMODE_INVISIBLE_OPER, UMODE_RESTRICTED, UMODE_HIDEIDLE,
-
-	UMODE_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string UserModeNameStrings[] = {
-	"UMODE_BEGIN",
-
-	"UMODE_SERV_ADMIN", "UMODE_BOT", "UMODE_CO_ADMIN", "UMODE_FILTER", "UMODE_HIDEOPER", "UMODE_NETADMIN",
-	"UMODE_REGPRIV", "UMODE_PROTECTED", "UMODE_NOCTCP", "UMODE_WEBTV", "UMODE_WEBIRC", "UMODE_WHOIS", "UMODE_ADMIN", "UMODE_DEAF",
-	"UMODE_GLOBOPS", "UMODE_HELPOP", "UMODE_INVIS", "UMODE_OPER", "UMODE_PRIV", "UMODE_GOD", "UMODE_REGISTERED",
-	"UMODE_SNOMASK", "UMODE_VHOST", "UMODE_WALLOPS", "UMODE_CLOAK", "UMODE_SSL", "UMODE_SOFTCALLERID", "UMODE_CALLERID",
-	"UMODE_COMMONCHANS", "UMODE_HIDDEN", "UMODE_STRIPCOLOR", "UMODE_INVISIBLE_OPER", "UMODE_RESTRICTED", "UMODE_HIDEIDLE",
-
-	""
-};
-
-/** All of the valid channel mode names
- */
-enum ChannelModeName
-{
-	CMODE_BEGIN,
-
-	/* Channel modes */
-	CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR, CMODE_FLOOD, CMODE_INVITE, CMODE_KEY, CMODE_LIMIT, CMODE_MODERATED, CMODE_NOEXTERNAL,
-	CMODE_PRIVATE, CMODE_REGISTERED, CMODE_SECRET, CMODE_TOPIC, CMODE_AUDITORIUM, CMODE_SSL, CMODE_ADMINONLY,
-	CMODE_NOCTCP, CMODE_FILTER, CMODE_NOKNOCK, CMODE_REDIRECT, CMODE_REGMODERATED, CMODE_NONICK, CMODE_OPERONLY,
-	CMODE_NOKICK, CMODE_REGISTEREDONLY, CMODE_STRIPCOLOR, CMODE_NONOTICE, CMODE_NOINVITE, CMODE_ALLINVITE,
-	CMODE_BLOCKCAPS, CMODE_PERM, CMODE_NICKFLOOD, CMODE_JOINFLOOD, CMODE_DELAYEDJOIN, CMODE_NOREJOIN,
-	CMODE_BANDWIDTH,
-
-	/* b/e/I */
-	CMODE_BAN, CMODE_EXCEPT,
-	CMODE_INVITEOVERRIDE,
-
-	/* v/h/o/a/q */
-	CMODE_VOICE, CMODE_HALFOP, CMODE_OP,
-	CMODE_PROTECT, CMODE_OWNER,
-
-	CMODE_END
-};
-
-const Anope::string ChannelModeNameStrings[] = {
-	"CMODE_BEGIN",
-
-	/* Channel modes */
-	"CMODE_BLOCKCOLOR", "CMODE_FLOOD", "CMODE_INVITE", "CMODE_KEY", "CMODE_LIMIT", "CMODE_MODERATED", "CMODE_NOEXTERNAL",
-	"CMODE_PRIVATE", "CMODE_REGISTERED", "CMODE_SECRET", "CMODE_TOPIC", "CMODE_AUDITORIUM", "CMODE_SSL", "CMODE_ADMINONLY",
-	"CMODE_NOCTCP", "CMODE_FILTER", "CMODE_NOKNOCK", "CMODE_REDIRECT", "CMODE_REGMODERATED", "CMODE_NONICK", "CMODE_OPERONLY",
-	"CMODE_NOKICK", "CMODE_REGISTEREDONLY", "CMODE_STRIPCOLOR", "CMODE_NONOTICE", "CMODE_NOINVITE", "CMODE_ALLINVITE",
-	"CMODE_BLOCKCAPS", "CMODE_PERM", "CMODE_NICKFLOOD", "CMODE_JOINFLOOD", "CMODE_DELAYEDJOIN", "CMODE_NOREJOIN",
-	"CMODE_BANDWIDTH",
-
-	/* b/e/I */
-	"CMODE_BAN", "CMODE_EXCEPT",
-	"CMODE_INVITEOVERRIDE",
-
-	/* v/h/o/a/q */
-	"CMODE_VOICE", "CMODE_HALFOP", "CMODE_OP",
-	"CMODE_PROTECT", "CMODE_OWNER",
-
-	""
-};
-
-
-/** The different types of modes
-*/
-enum ModeType
-{
-	/* Regular mode */
-	MODE_REGULAR,
-	/* b/e/I */
-	MODE_LIST,
-	/* k/l etc */
-	MODE_PARAM,
-	/* v/h/o/a/q */
-	MODE_STATUS
-};
-
-/* Classes of modes, Channel modes and User modes
- */
-enum ModeClass
-{
-	/* Channel mode */
-	MC_CHANNEL,
-	/* User mode */
-	MC_USER
-};
-
-/** This class is the basis of all modes in Anope
- */
-class CoreExport Mode : public Base
-{
- public:
-	/* Class of mode this is */
-	ModeClass Class;
-	/* Mode char for this */
-	char ModeChar;
-	/* Type of mode this is */
-	ModeType Type;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mClass The type of mode this is
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 * @param type The mode type
-	 */
-	Mode(ModeClass mClass, char modeChar, ModeType type);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~Mode();
-};
-
-/** This class is a user mode, all user modes use this/inherit from this
- */
-class CoreExport UserMode : public Mode
-{
- public:
-	/* Mode name */
-	UserModeName Name;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param nName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 */
-	UserMode(UserModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~UserMode();
-
-	/** Returns the mode name as a string
-	 */
-	const Anope::string NameAsString();
-};
-
-class CoreExport UserModeParam : public UserMode
-{
- public:
- 	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 */
-	UserModeParam(UserModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Check if the param is valid
-	 * @param value The param
-	 * @return true or false
-	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
-};
-
-/** This class is a channel mode, all channel modes use this/inherit from this
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelMode : public Mode
-{
- public:
-	/* Mode name */
-	ChannelModeName Name;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 */
-	ChannelMode(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelMode();
-
-	/** Can a user set this mode, used for mlock
-	 * NOTE: User CAN be NULL, this is for checking if it can be locked with defcon
-	 * @param u The user, or NULL
-	 */
-	virtual bool CanSet(User *u) const;
-
-	/** Returns the mode name as a string
-	 */
-	const Anope::string NameAsString();
-};
-
-
-/** This is a mode for lists, eg b/e/I. These modes should inherit from this
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeList : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 */
-	ChannelModeList(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeList();
-
-	/** Is the mask valid
-	 * @param mask The mask
-	 * @return true for yes, false for no
-	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &mask) const { return true; }
-
-	/** Checks if mask affects user
-	 * Should only be used for extbans or other weird ircd-specific things.
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param e The entry to match against
-	 * @return true on match
-	 */
-	virtual bool Matches(const User *u, const Entry *e) { return false; }
-
-	/** Called when a mask is added to a channel
-	 * @param chan The channel
-	 * @param mask The mask
-	 */
-	virtual void OnAdd(Channel *chan, const Anope::string &mask) { }
-
-	/** Called when a mask is removed from a channel
-	 * @param chan The channel
-	 * @param mask The mask
-	 */
-	virtual void OnDel(Channel *chan, const Anope::string &mask) { }
-};
-
-/** This is a mode with a paramater, eg +k/l. These modes should use/inherit from this
-*/
-class CoreExport ChannelModeParam : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 * @param MinusArg true if this mode sends no arg when unsetting
-	 */
-	ChannelModeParam(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar, bool MinusArg = false);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeParam();
-
-	/* Should we send an arg when unsetting this mode? */
-	bool MinusNoArg;
-
-	/** Is the param valid
-	 * @param value The param
-	 * @return true for yes, false for no
-	 */
-	virtual bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const { return true; }
-};
-
-/** This is a mode that is a channel status, eg +v/h/o/a/q.
-*/
-class CoreExport ChannelModeStatus : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	/* The symbol, eg @ % + */
-	char Symbol;
-	/* The "level" of the mode, used to compare with other modes.
-	 * Used so we know op > halfop > voice etc.
-	 */
-	unsigned short Level;
-
-	/** Default constructor
-	 * @param mName The mode name
-	 * @param modeChar The mode char
-	 * @param mSymbol The symbol for the mode, eg @ % 
-	 * @param mLevel A level for the mode, which is usually determined by the PREFIX capab
-	 */
-	ChannelModeStatus(ChannelModeName mName, char modeChar, char mSymbol, unsigned short mLevel = 0);
-
-	/** Default destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~ChannelModeStatus();
-};
-
-/** Channel mode +k (key)
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeKey : public ChannelModeParam
-{
- public:
-	ChannelModeKey(char modeChar) : ChannelModeParam(CMODE_KEY, modeChar) { }
-
-	bool IsValid(const Anope::string &value) const anope_override;
-};
-
-/** This class is used for channel mode +A (Admin only)
- * Only opers can mlock it
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeAdmin : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	ChannelModeAdmin(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_ADMINONLY, modeChar) { }
-
-	/* Opers only */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
-};
-
-/** This class is used for channel mode +O (Opers only)
- * Only opers can mlock it
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeOper : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	ChannelModeOper(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_OPERONLY, modeChar) { }
-
-	/* Opers only */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
-};
-
-/** This class is used for channel mode +r (registered channel)
- * No one may mlock r
- */
-class CoreExport ChannelModeRegistered : public ChannelMode
-{
- public:
-	ChannelModeRegistered(char modeChar) : ChannelMode(CMODE_REGISTERED, modeChar) { }
-
-	/* No one mlocks +r */
-	bool CanSet(User *u) const anope_override;
-};
-
-class StackerInfo
-{
- public:
-	/* Modes to be added */
-	std::list<std::pair<Mode *, Anope::string> > AddModes;
-	/* Modes to be deleted */
-	std::list<std::pair<Mode *, Anope::string> > DelModes;
-	/* Bot this is sent from */
-	const BotInfo *bi;
-
-	/** Add a mode to this object
-	 * @param mode The mode
-	 * @param Set true if setting, false if unsetting
-	 * @param Param The param for the mode
-	 */
-	void AddMode(Mode *mode, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param);
-};
-
-/** This is mode manager
- * It contains functions for adding modes to Anope so Anope can track them
- * and do things such as MLOCK.
- * This also contains a mode stacker that will combine multiple modes and set
- * them on a channel all at once
- */
-class CoreExport ModeManager
-{
- protected:
-	/* List of pairs of user/channels and their stacker info */
-	static std::map<User *, StackerInfo *> UserStackerObjects;
-	static std::map<Channel *, StackerInfo *> ChannelStackerObjects;
-
-	/** Build a list of mode strings to send to the IRCd from the mode stacker
-	 * @param info The stacker info for a channel or user
-	 * @return a list of strings
-	 */
-	static std::list<Anope::string> BuildModeStrings(StackerInfo *info);
-
- public:
- 	/* List of all modes Anope knows about */
-	static std::vector<ChannelMode *> ChannelModes;
-	static std::vector<UserMode *> UserModes;
-
-	/** Add a user mode to Anope
-	 * @param um A UserMode or UserMode derived class
-	 * @return true on success, false on error
-	 */
-	static bool AddUserMode(UserMode *um);
-
-	/** Add a channel mode to Anope
-	 * @param cm A ChannelMode or ChannelMode derived class
-	 * @return true on success, false on error
-	 */
-	static bool AddChannelMode(ChannelMode *cm);
-
-	/** Find a channel mode
-	 * @param Mode The mode
-	 * @return The mode class
-	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByChar(char Mode);
-
-	/** Find a user mode
-	 * @param Mode The mode
-	 * @return The mode class
-	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByChar(char Mode);
-
-	/** Find a channel mode
-	 * @param Mode The modename
-	 * @return The mode class
-	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByName(ChannelModeName Name);
-
-	/** Find a user mode
-	 * @param Mode The modename
-	 * @return The mode class
-	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByName(UserModeName Name);
-
-	/** Find channel mode by string
-	 * @param name The mode name
-	 * @return The mode
-	 */
-	static ChannelMode *FindChannelModeByString(const Anope::string &name);
-
-	/** Find user mode by string
-	 * @param name The mode name
-	 * @return The mode
-	 */
-	static UserMode *FindUserModeByString(const Anope::string &name);
-
-	/** Gets the channel mode char for a symbol (eg + returns v)
-	 * @param Value The symbol
-	 * @return The char
-	 */
-	static char GetStatusChar(char Value);
-
-	/** Add a mode to the stacker to be set on a channel
-	 * @param bi The client to set the modes from
-	 * @param c The channel
-	 * @param cm The channel mode
-	 * @param Set true for setting, false for removing
-	 * @param Param The param, if there is one
-	 */
-	static void StackerAdd(const BotInfo *bi, Channel *c, ChannelMode *cm, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param = "");
-
-	/** Add a mode to the stacker to be set on a user
-	 * @param bi The client to set the modes from
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param um The user mode
-	 * @param Set true for setting, false for removing
-	 * @param param The param, if there is one
-	 */
-	static void StackerAdd(const BotInfo *bi, User *u, UserMode *um, bool Set, const Anope::string &Param = "");
-
-	/** Process all of the modes in the stacker and send them to the IRCd to be set on channels/users
-	 */
-	static void ProcessModes();
-
-	/** Delete a user or channel from the stacker
-	 */
-	static void StackerDel(User *u);
-	static void StackerDel(Channel *c);
-};
-
-/** Entry flags
- */
-enum EntryType
-{
-	ENTRYTYPE_NONE,
-	ENTRYTYPE_CIDR,
-	ENTRYTYPE_NICK_WILD,
-	ENTRYTYPE_NICK,
-	ENTRYTYPE_USER_WILD,
-	ENTRYTYPE_USER,
-	ENTRYTYPE_HOST_WILD,
-	ENTRYTYPE_HOST
-};
-
-/** Represents a mask set on a channel (b/e/I)
- */
-class CoreExport Entry : public Flags<EntryType>
-{
-	ChannelModeName modename;
-
- public:
-	unsigned char cidr_len;
-	Anope::string mask;
-	Anope::string nick, user, host;
-
-	/** Constructor
-	 * @param _host A full nick!ident@host/cidr mask
- 	 * @param mode What mode this host is for - can be CMODE_BEGIN for unknown/no mode
-	 */
-	Entry(ChannelModeName mode, const Anope::string &_host);
-
-	/** Get the banned mask for this entry
-	 * @return The mask
-	 */
-	const Anope::string GetMask();
-
-	/** Check if this entry matches a user
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param full True to match against a users real host and IP
-	 * @return true on match
-	 */
-	bool Matches(const User *u, bool full = false) const;
-};
-
-#endif // MODES_H

include/module.h

@@ -1,57 +1,16 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- */
-
 #ifndef MODULE_H
 #define MODULE_H
 
-/* Just include everything for now */
-#include "access.h"
-#include "account.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-#include "base.h"
-#include "bots.h"
-#include "botserv.h"
-#include "channels.h"
-#include "commands.h"
-#include "config.h"
-#include "dns.h"
-#include "extensible.h"
-#include "extern.h"
-#include "hashcomp.h"
-#include "language.h"
-#include "lists.h"
-#include "logger.h"
-#include "mail.h"
-#include "memo.h"
-#include "modes.h"
-#include "modules.h"
-#include "oper.h"
-#include "opertype.h"
-#include "protocol.h"
-#include "regexpr.h"
-#include "regchannel.h"
-#include "serialize.h"
-#include "servers.h"
-#include "service.h"
 #include "services.h"
-#include "signals.h"
-#include "socketengine.h"
-#include "sockets.h"
-#include "threadengine.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "uplink.h"
-#include "users.h"
+#include "commands.h"
+#include "language.h"
+#include "modules.h"
+#include "depricated.h"
+#include "version.h"
 
-#include "global.h"
-#include "memoserv.h"
-#include "nickserv.h"
+#define MOD_UNIQUE 0
+#define MOD_HEAD   1
+#define MOD_TAIL   2
+
+#endif
 
-#endif // MODULE_H

include/oper.h

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/* OperServ support
- *
- * (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef OPER_H
-#define OPER_H
-
-#include "serialize.h"
-#include "service.h"
-
-class CoreExport XLine : public Serializable
-{
-	void InitRegex();
- public:
-	Anope::string Mask;
-	Regex *regex;
-	Anope::string By;
-	time_t Created;
-	time_t Expires;
-	Anope::string Reason;
-	XLineManager *manager;
-	Anope::string UID;
-
-	XLine(const Anope::string &mask, const Anope::string &reason = "", const Anope::string &uid = "");
-
-	XLine(const Anope::string &mask, const Anope::string &by, const time_t expires, const Anope::string &reason, const Anope::string &uid = "");
-	~XLine();
-
-	Anope::string GetNick() const;
-	Anope::string GetUser() const;
-	Anope::string GetHost() const;
-	Anope::string GetReal() const;
-
-	Anope::string GetReason() const;
-
-	bool HasNickOrReal() const;
-	bool IsRegex() const;
-
-	const Anope::string serialize_name() const anope_override;
-	Serialize::Data serialize() const anope_override;
-	static Serializable* unserialize(Serializable *obj, Serialize::Data &data);
-};
-
-class CoreExport XLineManager : public Service
-{
-	char type;
-	/* List of XLines in this XLineManager */
-	serialize_checker<std::vector<XLine *> > XLines;
-	/* Akills can have the same IDs, sometimes */
-	static serialize_checker<std::multimap<Anope::string, XLine *, ci::less> > XLinesByUID;
- public:
-	/* List of XLine managers we check users against in XLineManager::CheckAll */
-	static std::list<XLineManager *> XLineManagers;
-
-	/** Register a XLineManager, places it in XLineManagers for use in XLineManager::CheckAll
-	 * It is important XLineManagers are registered in the proper order. Eg, if you had one akilling
-	 * clients and one handing them free olines, you would want the akilling one first. This way if a client
-	 * matches an entry on both of the XLineManagers, they would be akilled.
-	 * @param xlm THe XLineManager
-	 */
-	static void RegisterXLineManager(XLineManager *xlm);
-
-	/** Unregister a XLineManager
-	 * @param xlm The XLineManager
-	 */
-	static void UnregisterXLineManager(XLineManager *xlm);
-
-	/** Check a user against all known XLineManagers
-	 * Wparam u The user
-	 * @return A pair of the XLineManager the user was found in and the XLine they matched, both may be NULL for no match
-	 */
-	static void CheckAll(User *u);
-
-	/** Generate a unique ID for this XLine
-	 * @return A unique ID
-	 */
-	static Anope::string GenerateUID();
-
-	/** Constructor
-	 */
-	XLineManager(Module *creator, const Anope::string &name, char t);
-
-	/** Destructor
-	 */
-	virtual ~XLineManager();
-
-	/** The type of xline provided by this service
-	 * @return The type
-	 */
-	const char &Type();
-
-	/** Get the number of XLines in this XLineManager
-	 * @return The number of XLines
-	 */
-	size_t GetCount() const;
-
-	/** Get the XLine vector
-	 * @return The vector
-	 */
-	const std::vector<XLine *> &GetList() const;
-
-	/** Add an entry to this XLineManager
-	 * @param x The entry
-	 */
-	void AddXLine(XLine *x);
-
-	/** Delete an entry from this XLineManager
-	 * @param x The entry
-	 * @return true if the entry was found and deleted, else false
-	 */
-	bool DelXLine(XLine *x);
-
-	/** Gets an entry by index
-	 * @param index The index
-	 * @return The XLine, or NULL if the index is out of bounds
-	 */
-	XLine* GetEntry(unsigned index);
-
-	/** Clear the XLine vector
-	 * Note: This does not remove the XLines from the IRCd
-	 */
-	void Clear();
-
-	/** Checks if a mask can/should be added to the XLineManager
-	 * @param source The source adding the mask.
-	 * @param mask The mask
-	 * @param expires When the mask would expire
-	 * @param reason the reason
-	 * @return true if the mask can be added
-	 */
-	bool CanAdd(CommandSource &source, const Anope::string &mask, time_t expires, const Anope::string &reason);
-
-	/** Checks if this list has an entry
-	 * @param mask The mask
-	 * @return The XLine the user matches, or NULL
-	 */
-	XLine* HasEntry(const Anope::string &mask);
-
-	/** Check a user against all of the xlines in this XLineManager
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @return The xline the user marches, if any.
-	 */
-	XLine *CheckAllXLines(User *u);
-
-	/** Check a user against an xline
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param x The xline
-	 */
-	virtual bool Check(User *u, const XLine *x) = 0;
-
-	/** Called when a user matches a xline in this XLineManager
-	 * @param u The user
-	 * @param x The XLine they match
-	 */
-	virtual void OnMatch(User *u, XLine *x) = 0;
-
-	/** Called when an XLine expires
-	 * @param x The xline
-	 */
-	virtual void OnExpire(const XLine *x);
-
-	/** Called to send an XLine to the IRCd
-	 * @param u The user, if we know it
-	 * @param x The xline
-	 */
-	virtual void Send(User *u, XLine *x) = 0;
-
-	/** Called to remove an XLine from the IRCd
-	 * @param x The XLine
-	 */
-	virtual void SendDel(XLine *x) = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // OPER_H

include/opertype.h

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Robin Burchell <w00t@inspircd.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Anope Team <team@anope.org>
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- */
-
-#ifndef OPERTYPE_H
-#define OPERTYPE_H
-
-#include "services.h"
-#include "account.h"
-
-struct CoreExport Oper
-{
-	Anope::string name;
-	OperType *ot;
-	bool require_oper;
-	Anope::string password;
-	Anope::string certfp;
-	bool config;
-
-	std::vector<Anope::string> hosts;
-	Anope::string vhost;
-
-	Oper(const Anope::string &n, OperType *o) : name(n), ot(o) { this->config = false; }
-
-	virtual ~Oper() { }
-	
-	/** Find an oper block by name
-	 * @param name The name
-	 * @return the oper block
-	 */
-	static Oper *Find(const Anope::string &name);
-};
-
-class CoreExport OperType
-{
- private:
-	/** The name of this opertype, e.g. "sra".
-	 */
-	Anope::string name;
-
-	/** Privs that this opertype may use, e.g. 'users/auspex'.
-	 * This *must* be std::list, see commands comment for details.
-	 */
-	std::list<Anope::string> privs;
-
-	/** Commands this user may execute, e.g:
-	 * botserv/set/ *, botserv/set/private, botserv/ *
-	 * et cetera.
-	 *
-	 * This *must* be std::list, not std::map, because
-	 * we support full globbing here. This shouldn't be a problem
-	 * as we don't invoke it often.
-	 */
-	std::list<Anope::string> commands;
-
-	/** Set of opertypes we inherit from
-	 */
-	std::set<OperType *> inheritances;
- public:
- 	/** Modes to set when someone identifys using this opertype
-	 */
-	Anope::string modes;
-
-	/** Find an oper type by name
-	 * @param name The name
-	 * @return The oper type
-	 */
-	static OperType *Find(const Anope::string &name);
-
-	/** Create a new opertype of the given name.
-	 * @param nname The opertype name, e.g. "sra".
-	 */
-	OperType(const Anope::string &nname);
-
-	/** Check whether this opertype has access to run the given command string.
-	 * @param cmdstr The string to check, e.g. botserv/set/private.
-	 * @return True if this opertype may run the specified command, false otherwise.
-	 */
-	bool HasCommand(const Anope::string &cmdstr) const;
-
-	/** Check whether this opertype has access to the given special permission.
-	 * @param privstr The priv to check for, e.g. users/auspex.
-	 * @return True if this opertype has the specified priv, false otherwise.
-	 */
-	bool HasPriv(const Anope::string &privstr) const;
-
-	/** Add the specified command to this opertype.
-	 * @param cmdstr The command mask to grant this opertype access to, e.g: nickserv/ *, chanserv/set/ *, botserv/set/private.
-	 */
-	void AddCommand(const Anope::string &cmdstr);
-
-	/** Add the specified priv mask to this opertype.
-	 * @param privstr The specified mask of privs to grant this opertype access to,  e.g. users/auspex, users/ *, etc.
-	 */
-	void AddPriv(const Anope::string &privstr);
-
-	/** Returns the name of this opertype.
-	 */
-	const Anope::string &GetName() const;
-
-	/** Make this opertype inherit commands and privs from another opertype
-	 * @param ot The opertype to inherit from
-	 */
-	void Inherits(OperType *ot);
-
-	/** Gets the icommands for this opertype
-	 * @return A list of commands
-	 */
-	const std::list<Anope::string> GetCommands() const;
-
-	/** Gets the privileges for this opertype
-	 * @return A list of privileges
-	 */
-	const std::list<Anope::string> GetPrivs() const;
-};
-
-#endif // OPERTYPE_H

include/protocol.h

@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/*
- *
- * (C) 2003-2012 Anope Team
- * Contact us at team@anope.org
- *
- * Please read COPYING and README for further details.
- *
- * Based on the original code of Epona by Lara.
- * Based on the original code of Services by Andy Church.
- *
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef PROTOCOL_H
-#define PROTOCOL_H
-
-#include "services.h"
-#include "anope.h"
-
-/* Protocol tweaks */
-
-struct IRCDVar
-{
-	const char *name;				/* Name of the IRCd command */
-	const char *pseudoclient_mode;	/* Mode used by BotServ Bots */
-	int svsnick;					/* Supports SVSNICK */
-	int vhost;						/* Supports vhost */
-	int snline;						/* Supports SNline */
-	int sqline;						/* Supports SQline */
-	int szline;						/* Supports SZline */
-	int join2msg;					/* Join 2 Message */
-	int chansqline;					/* Supports Channel Sqlines */
-	int quitonkill;					/* IRCD sends QUIT when kill */
-	int vident;						/* Supports vidents */
-	int svshold;					/* Supports svshold */
-	int tsonmode;					/* Timestamp on mode changes */
-	int omode;						/* On the fly o:lines */
-	int umode;						/* change user modes */
-	int knock_needs_i;				/* Check if we needed +i when setting NOKNOCK */
-	int svsmode_ucmode;				/* Can remove User Channel Modes with SVSMODE */
-	int sglineenforce;
-	int ts6;						/* ircd is TS6 */
-	const char *globaltldprefix;	/* TLD prefix used for Global */
-	unsigned maxmodes;				/* Max modes to send per line */
-	int certfp;					/* IRCd sends a SSL users certificate fingerprint */
-};
-
-
-class CoreExport IRCDProto
-{
- protected:
-	virtual void SendSVSKillInternal(const BotInfo *, const User *, const Anope::string &);
-	virtual void SendModeInternal(const BotInfo *, const Channel *, const Anope::string &);
-	virtual void SendModeInternal(const BotInfo *, const User *, const Anope::string &) = 0;
-	virtual void SendKickInternal(const BotInfo *, const Channel *, const User *, const Anope::string &);
-	virtual void SendMessageInternal(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendNoticeInternal(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &msg);
-	virtual void SendPrivmsgInternal(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendQuitInternal(const User *u, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendPartInternal(const BotInfo *bi, const Channel *chan, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendGlobopsInternal(const BotInfo *source, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendCTCPInternal(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
-	virtual void SendNumericInternal(int numeric, const Anope::string &dest, const Anope::string &buf);
- public:
-	virtual ~IRCDProto() { }
-
-	virtual void SendSVSNOOP(const Server *, bool) { }
-	virtual void SendTopic(BotInfo *, Channel *);
-	virtual void SendVhostDel(User *) { }
-	virtual void SendAkill(User *, XLine *) = 0;
-	virtual void SendAkillDel(const XLine *) = 0;
-	virtual void SendSVSKill(const BotInfo *source, const User *user, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendMode(const BotInfo *bi, const Channel *dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendMode(const BotInfo *bi, const User *u, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendClientIntroduction(const User *u) = 0;
-	virtual void SendKick(const BotInfo *bi, const Channel *chan, const User *user, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendMessage(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendNotice(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendAction(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendPrivmsg(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendGlobalNotice(const BotInfo *bi, const Server *dest, const Anope::string &msg);
-	virtual void SendGlobalPrivmsg(const BotInfo *bi, const Server *desc, const Anope::string &msg);
-
-	virtual void SendQuit(const User *u, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendPing(const Anope::string &servname, const Anope::string &who);
-	virtual void SendPong(const Anope::string &servname, const Anope::string &who);
-	virtual void SendJoin(const User *, Channel *, const ChannelStatus *) = 0;
-	virtual void SendSQLineDel(const XLine *x) { }
-	virtual void SendInvite(const BotInfo *bi, const Channel *c, const User *u);
-	virtual void SendPart(const BotInfo *bi, const Channel *chan, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendGlobops(const BotInfo *source, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendSQLine(User *, const XLine *x) { }
-	virtual void SendSquit(Server *, const Anope::string &message);
-	virtual void SendSVSO(const BotInfo *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendChangeBotNick(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &newnick);
-	virtual void SendForceNickChange(const User *u, const Anope::string &newnick, time_t when);
-	virtual void SendVhost(User *, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendConnect() = 0;
-	virtual void SendSVSHold(const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendSVSHoldDel(const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendSGLineDel(const XLine *) { }
-	virtual void SendSZLineDel(const XLine *) { }
-	virtual void SendSZLine(User *u, const XLine *) { }
-	virtual void SendSGLine(User *, const XLine *) { }
-	virtual void SendCTCP(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendSVSJoin(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendSWhois(const BotInfo *bi, const Anope::string &, const Anope::string &) { }
-	virtual void SendBOB() { }
-	virtual void SendEOB() { }
-	virtual void SendServer(const Server *) = 0;
-	virtual bool IsNickValid(const Anope::string &) { return true; }
-	virtual bool IsChannelValid(const Anope::string &);
-	virtual void SendNumeric(int numeric, const Anope::string &dest, const char *fmt, ...);
-	virtual void SendLogin(User *u) = 0;
-	virtual void SendLogout(User *u) = 0;
-
-	/** Send a channel creation message to the uplink.
-	 * On most TS6 IRCds this is a SJOIN with no nick
-	 */
-	virtual void SendChannel(Channel *c) { }
-};
-
-class CoreExport IRCdMessage
-{
- public:
-	virtual bool On436(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnAway(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnJoin(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnKick(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnKill(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnMode(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &) = 0;
-	virtual bool OnUID(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnNick(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &) = 0;
-	virtual bool OnPart(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnPing(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnPrivmsg(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnQuit(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnServer(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &) = 0;
-	virtual bool OnSQuit(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnTopic(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &) = 0;
-	virtual bool OnWhois(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnCapab(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-	virtual bool OnSJoin(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &) = 0;
-	virtual bool OnError(const Anope::string &, const std::vector<Anope::string> &);
-};
-
-extern CoreExport IRCDVar *ircd;
-extern CoreExport IRCDProto *ircdproto;
-extern CoreExport IRCdMessage *ircdmessage;
-
-extern CoreExport void pmodule_ircd_proto(IRCDProto *);
-extern CoreExport void pmodule_ircd_var(IRCDVar *ircdvar);
-extern CoreExport void pmodule_ircd_message(IRCdMessage *message);
-
-#endif // PROTOCOL_H